ESTABLISHED 1874 TEe S. Obermayer Co. OFFICES AND FACTORIES Cincinnati, Chicago, Pittsburg, MANUFACTURERS OF "Everything You Need in Your Foundry" General Catalogue No. 40 Class iS^Xl Book_. COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. ^^4. ESTABLISHED 1874. Complete Catalogue and Price List OF T?e S. Obermayer Co. Cincinnati, O. Chicago, Ills. Pittsburg, Pa. Manufacturers of and Dealers in "Everything You Need in Your Foundry »> Importers and Refiners , -. of -. , ;,,.T ^v^•^. ■, East India Plumbago and Silver Lead Shippers of CUPOLA BLOCKS, FIRE BRICK, FIRE CLAY, MOLD- ING SANDS, WELCH MOUNTAIN CLAY and CANISTER We are in a position to figure on Complete IR.ON, BRASS and STEEL FOUNDRIES, Also Pattern Makers' Supplies. Kindly State Kind of Castings You Want to Make, Amount of Metal You Desire to Melt, WE WILL DO THE REST. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY LIBRARY of CONGRESS Two Copies Received APR 15 1904 Copyright Entry CL'Kss O' XXo. No. COPY B ENTERED 1904, ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS, BY THE S. OBERMAYER CO., IN THE^ OFFICE OF Jl^^. l.l(lR,AfiJAN OF CONGRESS, ».r •-* i '■AT WASiikveTo'/J, D. C. Krehbiel THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY INDEX A Page Aim (Oiir Efforts) 370 Air Compressors 230, 340 Air Drills 310 Air Hoists 15, 311-319 Air Hoist on Trolley on lower llaiige T Beam 337 Air Hoist Mounted on Trolley on Traveling Crane '. . . . . 338 Air Hoist, "type A" 314 Air Hoist, "type B" 315 Air Hoist, Price List 317 Air Hose 318 Air Motor Chain Hoist 311-312 Air Keceivers 319 Ahmiinum Flux 77 Aluminum Supplies 15, 142-147 American Black Lead 30, 34-36 Anchors or Chaplets 106-111 Angle Bender 344 Animal Charcoal 105 Annealing 279 Annealing Carbon 77 Annealing Cast Iron 363 Annealing Charcoal 77 Annealed Core Wire 77, 102 Annealing Furnace 278 Annealing Rawbone 77 Annealing Steed 364 Announcement, Traffic 342 Answers, Orders, Shipment 367 Answers Regarding 365-366 Answers Regarding Forwarding, Etc 368 Answers Regarding Orders and Shipments 367 Arrangement for Battery of Brass Furnaces 157 Arsenic . 77 Asbestos, Crude and Ground .*..... 77 Ash Barrows 130-133 Automatic Air Compressor 320-321 Automatic Magnetic Separator 296 Automatic Sand ffifter 242-243 Average Temperature 354 Average Tem]>eraiture Under Dif- ferent Cbnditions 354 Average Weig*ht per Culiic Foot of Various Substances 361 Avoirdupois Weight 353 B Babbitt Ladles 176 Jiadtrer's ^lagnetic Separator 170 Bag, Dust 76 Page Baking Japan 77 Ball-!5earing Centrifugal Sand Mixer 225 Band Saws 122, 165 Barrows, National & Charging. .129-132 Barrows, Obermayer's 133 Barrows, Pig Iron, metal and wood 128 Barrows, Steel Hand 136 Bars and Plates 352 Baskets, Coke 87 Baskets, Galvanized and Steel 88 Bayberry \^'ax . .■ 77 Bees Wax 77 Belt Power Riddling Machines.... 247 Bell Blackings 20-25 Bellows, Hand 75 Bellows 72-75 Bellows, Facing 74 Bellows, Horse Hide 72, 73 Bellows, Sprinkling 74 Belting 360 Bench Bellows 73 Bench Brushes 40 Bench Rammers 78 Benders, Eye and Angle 343, 344 Beveled Flasks 153 Blackings 20-25 Blackings, Prices of 30 Blacking, Dry Sand 27 Blacking Sprayers 271 Black f.ead. /. 34-36 Black Strap ;Molasses 61 Blacking Swabs 271 Blacksmith Bellows 75 Blake Core Wire Straightener 299 Blast Gates 204 Blast Gauges 185 Blast Pipes 351 Blow Cans 88 Blow Hole Cement, National Iron. .54, 55 Blowers 200-206, 351 Blowers, Buffalo 201 Blowers, Connersville 206 BloAvers, Roots 205 Blowers, S|)eed, etc 351 Blowers, Sturtevant 202 Blowers, Usefvil Information .... 351 Blowers and Fans 200-206 Boards, Wood Molding 155 Boiler Brooms, luider and inside... 50 Bolts, Stoves 77 Bone Black 40 Bone, Case Hardening 77, 279 Books, Foundrv 349 Books, Scientific 349 Borax 77 Bott Sticks 214 VI THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Page Bowls and Ladles 208 Bowls and Shanks 208-20;) Boxes, Core 102 Boxes, Tote 136 Bracket Cranes 333 Brantling Irons 68 Brass Dowels 114-116 Brass Dowel Pins 114-116 Brass Founders' Supplies 15, 142-177 Brass Foundry p](iuipnient 150-177 Brass Foundry Flasks 153-155 Brass Foundry Riddles 85-87 Brass Foundry Sand 57, 160 Brass Furnace Linings 14!) Brass Furnaces, Natural Draft.... 147 Brass Furnaces, Forced Draft 148 Brass Holders' Clamps 93-97 Brass Molding Flasks 153-154-155 Brass Molding Sand 160 Brass Pattern Letters 08 Brass Wire Puddles 85 Brazing 363 Brazing 3L\ehine 166 Breaking Sltrength of U'ire Rope. 357 Bristle Brushes 38 Bristol Thermometers 277 Brooms Obermaver Foundry 81 Brooms, Steel AVire ! 48-50 Brooms, Whisk 81 Brooms, Wire Casting 48 Brown Steel Trolleys 303 Brushes, Bench and Flat 40 Brushes, Blacking 38-44 Brushes, Boiler 50 Brushes, Bristle > 38 Brushes, Round Bristle Core 44 Brushes, Bristle Fan or Top 44 Brushes, Brunneirs Wire Wheel... 52 Brushes, Casting 47 Brushes, Circular Scratch 53 Brushes, Core Box 41 Brushes, Core Painting 42-44 Brushes, Flask or Core 40 Brushes, Hard 41 Brushes, Machinist 40-49 Brushes, Molders' Double 43 Brushes, Molders' Soft 15, 39 Brushes, Plasterers' Washout .... 45 Brushes, Reliance 51 Brushes, Rubber Bound 40 Brushes, Russia Bristle 45 Brushes, Soft or Dusting 39-40 Brushes, Split Quill 44 Brushes, Tube Wire 50 Brushes, Varnish 43' Brushes, Wire 43-52 Brunnell's Wire Wheel Brush .... 52 Bryan Vacuum Molding Machine 260-261 Buckets, Oak 79 Buckets. Calvanized 79 Bucket Trucks 280 Buffalo Blowers 201 Page Buggv Ladles 346 Bull Ladles 209 Burdicks' Chaplets 77 Butts and Peans 78 Cabinet Makers' Clamps 95 Cabbage Pots 158, 177 Calcimine 77 Camels' Hair Brush 42 Cannon Stove Barrel Facing. . . .2, 25, 30 Cans, Seamless Economic- 97 Cans, Spray 88 Cans, Sprinkling 79 Capacities of Blowers for Cujjolas 351 Capacities of V\'hiting Cupolas .... 186 Carbons 28 Carbon Blacking 20, 25, 28 Carbonized Lead 28-34 Car, Charffing 330 Carrying Systems. . .303-307, 328-329-330 Cars, Core Oven 281 Cars, Flat (8 wheel) 329 Cars, Self Dumping 330 Cars, Tip 330 Cars, Track Brooms 49 Cars and Trucks 281-285 Cars, Wooden Frame 285 Car Wheel Brushes 48 Car Wheel Facing 28-30 Car Pusher 300 Case Hardening 363 Case Hardening Furnace 278 Case Hardening Rawbone 77, 279 Case Hardening with Prussiate of Potasli '. 363 Cast Steel Cement ■ 54-55 Coastings. S'hrinkage of 356 Casting Table Cirinder 249 Cast Iron, to Harden 363 Cataloijues 15 Catches, Door Ill Catch, Spring Cover Ill Caustic Soda 77 Cedar Backets 79 Cement 77 Centrifuiial S'and ^lixiny- Machine 246 Cevlon Plumbaoo '. . .28, 30. 34, 35 Chain Blocks ."". 302-303 Chain Hoist, Air Motor 311-312 Chain Slings 266 Chain Sprocket Hoist Traveling Crane '. 3.35 Chaplets 106. 108-111 Chaplets, Double Head 107 'linplets. Dove Tails Ill Chaplets, Perforated 108 ( haplets. Radiator 109 Chaplets, Shell 109 (haplets. Stems 106-107 Charcoal 30, 104-105 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Page Charcual, Lump 104-105 Charcoal, Parting 104 Charging Car 330 Charging Barrows 1 .33-135 Charging Doors 179-180 Charred Charcoal lUiubone 77 Giemistry 12 Chipuing Hammers (Pneumatic) .. 309 Chicago^'Plant 9 Cincinnati Plant 8 Cinder Crusher 174 Circle Fire Brick 194-196 Circular Brushes 51-52-53 Circular Bibbed Flasks 155 Clamps, Thomjjson 93 Clamps, Eccentric Cabinet Makers. 94 Clamps, "Esso" Screw 9G Clamps, Hawley's Adjustable . . . 97 Clamps, Malleable Iron Screw .... 94 Clamps, Steel Bar 95 Clamps, Wooden Flask 158 Classification (Facings and Black- ings) 28-29 Clay, Fire 193, 197 Cleaning Brushes 46-52 Cleaning Mills. .15, 163, 164, 218, 228, 230 Cleaning Room Illustration 230 Clear White Pattern Glue 77 Cloth, Wire 86 Coal Barrow 130-132 Coal Dust 20, 30-32 Coal Facing 20, 30-32 ■Coal Shovels 84 Code, Telegr^aphic 365-309 Coke Barrows 130-134 Coke Baskets 87 Coke Blacking 30 Coke, Foundry 104, 160 Coke Forks S3 Coke, Lump 104, 160 Coke Shovels 84 Collector, Dust 233 Colors of Iron Caused by Heat . . 354 Oommercial Weights 353 Comparative Weights of ^Metals.. 355 C'oiuparison of Weights 355 Compound .' 59, 90-91 Compressed Air 236-340 Compressed Air Cranes 337-338 Compressed Air Elevators 322 Contlitions of Sales 14-16 Connellsville Blowers 206 Connellsville Coke 104, 160 Coppering Iron 362 Core Blacking 28-35-36 Core Boxes T 102 Core Box Brushes 41 €ore Box Clamps 93-96 Core Coating 56 Core Compou.nd, Dry 59 Core Compound. fJlutroso 90 Core Compound, Dr. Kirk's 91 Page Core Flour 61 Core l-lour (Mixtures) 345 Core Machine 15, 138-141 Core Nails 77 Core Oils, Esso 137 Core Ovens 15, 274-275-276 Core Oven Cars 15,. 281 Core Oven Fitti'.igs 15, 275-276 Core Oven Furnaces 161-163 Core Oven, Portable 161 Core Oven Racks 276 Core Oven Shelves 274-276 Core Oven, Stationary 162 Core Oven Trucks 280 Core Sand 77, 345 Core Wash 24, 28; 30-36 Core Wire 102 Core Wire S'traiglitciier 299 Cover's Metal Respirator 235 Cranes 15, 31, 333-341 Crane Ladles 210-211-212 Crane Truck Ladles 241 Crayons, ^letal Workers' 71 Crow Bars 199 Crucibles 1 56 Crucible Tongs and Shanks 157 Cruslied Silica Rock 77, 198 Crusher, Cinder and Ore 174 Cruslier, Sand 295 Cubic Pleasure 353 Cupolas 15. 177-186 Cupola Blocks 190-191-192 Cupola Daubing 198 Cupola Elevators 322.327 Cupola Lining 187-198 Cupola Picks 199 Cupola Spout 181. 182, 184, 187 Cupola Tenders' Tools 214 Cupola, ■\Miiting 15, 177-186 Cutter, Sprue or Oate 171 Cylinder Air Hoist 317 Cylinder Air Hoist ^Mounted on "Trolley 338 D Daubing, Cupola 198 Dextrine 345 Diameter for Increasetl Length of i'ipes 351 Diamond Pattern Lumber 345 Diamond Snap Flask 101 Dillorcnt Colors of Iron 354 dimensions of Ladles 216 Dinus [Magnetic Separator ...168-169-170 Dirt Barrows 1.30-131 Discount (per cent) 3S9 Disintegrator and Sand Pulver- izer 44 Dogs. Pinch 97 Dolomite 345 Double Brushes 43 VIII THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Page Dove Tails Ill Dowels, Brass 114-116 Dowels, Brass Shoulder 115-119 Dowel Fins 77, 116 Draw Hooks, Plain 77 Draw Hooks, Rubber Head 69 Draw Screws, Iron 76 Draw Sticks 214 Drier, Sand 173 Drills .-. 310 Drills, Air 310 Drop Doors for Cupolas,. . . .179, 189, 345 Dry Measure 3o3 Dry Mixer 295 Dry Rolling Tumbler 227-228 Dry Sand Blacking 27 Dr'y Tumbling Mills 163-164-218 219-227-228-229 Drying Stove, Bamett 152 Dusters 39-40 Dust Bag 76 Dust Collector 233 Dust Hand Brushes 39-40 Dynamo for Sand Sifter 243 Dynamo for Separator 297 £ East India Plumbago .' 36 East India Silver Lead 35-36 Easy Car Pusher 300 Eccentric Clamps 94 Electric Elevators 325-326 Electric Separators. .168-169-170, 296-297 Electric Traveling Cranes 333-341 Electrotypin^ Plumbago 36 Elevators 322-327 Elevator Belt Power ....323-324-325-326 Elevator, Foundry 322-327 Elevator Platform 327 Elevator, Pneumatic 322 Emery Stones 76 Emery Wheels 286-292 Emery Wheels, Dressers and Cutters 77 Emery Wheel Grinders 287-290 Emery Wheel, Price List 292 Equipment Brass Foundry 150-177 Equipment, General 15 Esso Pkmibago 31-37 Esso Plumbago Core Wash 23-35 Eureka Snap Flask 99 Excelsior Facing and Blacking 345 Exhaust Fans 234-235 Exhaust System Showing Tumblers 230 Exhaust Tumblers 15, 218-235 Expansion and Contraction of Iron 354 Eye Benders 344 Eye Shields, Mica 345 F F. & C. Blacking 23 Facings 15-25-32-33 Facings, Prices of 30-36 Page Facing Bags 76 Facing Bellows 74 Facings and Blackings 30 Facings, Coal 20, 30, 32 Facings, Process of Manufacture. .20-25 Facings, Sea Coal 20, 30, 3:i Facings, Stove Plate 25 Factories 7 Facts (we call attention to) 17 Facts Worth Knowing 18-19 Fans (see Blowers) 200-206 Farwell's ^Molding ;^L^ chine 254-257 Ferruled Bellows 73 Ferro Manganese 92 Filler, National Iron 54-55 Filler, Reliance V\'ire 51 Fillet, Leatlier 113 Fillet, Wood 113 Fire Brick, Boiler 196 Fire Clay, (Lump and Ground) 193-197 Fire Mortar 345 Fire Sand 77 Fire Stone 345 Flake Graphite 36, 37 Flake Plumbago 37 Flasks, Brass Molders' List . .153-154-155 Flasks, Clamps 93-158 Flasks, Cut 99' Flasks, Eureka Snap 98 Flasks, Iron . : 153-155 Flasks, Iron Price List 154 Flasks, Pins 76^ Flasks, Round 99 Flasks, Taper Snap lOO Flasks, A\'ooden 98-101 Flat Bristle Brushes 42-43-44 Flat Cars (8 wheels) 329 Flax Swabs 42 Flexible Shaft Grinder 287 Flint 345 Floor Pendant, Hand Power Travel- ler 336 Floor Rammers 78 Flour 61 Flue Brushes 77 Flue Steel Wire Brushes 50 Fluor Spar 58 Flux, Mullins 159 Follow Board Compound 63 Forced Draft Brass Furnaces 1 48 Forge Bellows 75 Forges, Oil Rivet 27a Forks, Coke S3 Forwarding, Tracing, Etc 368 Foundation for Cupola 189 Foundry Barrows 128-133 Foundrv Books .... 349 Foundr'v Coke 104, 160 Foundry Elevators 15, 322-327 Foundrv Facings and Blackings 15-20-25 Foundry Flasks 98-101, 153-155 l<'oiuiilrv Flour 61 Foundrv Ladles 207-217, 346 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY rage Foundrv Lamps 08, 80 roundry Mills 220-228 Foundry Modern Tools 178 Foundry ^lolasses 61 Founder's Peerless Perfect Wash... .23-35 Foundry Rosin 61 Foundry Scales 293 Foundry Screws 245 Foundry Sprinkling Cans 79 Foundry Tumbling Barrels 228 Four Motor Traveler Crane 341 Frazier's Rapping PlatoA 117-1 IS French Molding Sand 3-15 Friction Geared Tumbler 223-224 Friction Tumbling Mills 220 Fuel in Consumption 359 Furnaces Lunkenheimer 143-140 Fvu-nace, Case Hardening 278 Furnace Cement 77 Furnace, Cupola 178-200 Furnace, Force and Natural Draft 147-148 Furnace Linings, Brass Furnaces... 149 Galvanized Buckets 79 Galvanized Riddles 85 Galvanized Spout Bellows 73 Gannister, Lump and Crushed. .198, 347 Garland Stove Plate Facing 22 Ciasoline Torches 80 Gate Cutters 265 Gate Rakes 83 Gate Spools 53 Gauges, Cupola Blast 185 Geared Crane Truck Ladles 214 Geared Elevators 15. 322-328 Geared Ladles 210-215 Geared Tumbling Mills 15, 218-230 General Equipment 15 Georgia Sbapstone 21, 28-30 Georgia Talc 21 German Crucible Clay 22 German Black Lead 34-30 Glue Heaters 120 Glue Pots or Heaters 120 Glutrose 77, 90 Glue, Liquid 365 Glue to Resisjt IVIoisture 363 Granulated Charcoal 105 Graphite 23, 34-36 Graphite, Flake 37 Graphite Paint 36 Graphite, Prices of 30. 36 (irev Iron Chaplets 110 Grinder. Emery ^^^leel 287-290 Grinder, Ore Crusher 174 Grinder, Rosin 175 Grindstones 62 Grind«to(nes, Weight of 354 Ground Fire Clay 193-197 Page Ground Pumice Stone 77 (irouiid Silica 198-345, 347 (ium Shellac 345 H Hack Saws 160 Hammers, Cliipping 309 Hammer Core Machine ..138-139-140-141 Hammer, Sledge 70, 345 Hand Bellows 75 Hand Ladles 208-209 Hand Lamps 80 Hand Plainer and Jodner 124 Hond Power Crane, Floor Pendant. 336 Hand Power Jib Crane 332 Hand Power Crane with Chain Block 334 Hand Power Crane with Chain Sprocket Hoist 335 Hand Torches 80 Handy Receipts for Foundrymen. 362 Handy References for Foundrymen 362 Hanna Screen Shaker .239-240-241 Hard Brushes 41 Hard Iron Stars 226 Hardened Cast Iron 3(53 Hardening Steel, to Drill 364 Hardwood Core Boxe-s 102 Hardwood Wedges 76 Hav Rope 77, 227 Hinge Tubes Ill Hay Rope Machine 268 Heaters, Glue 120 Heavy Facings 25 Heavy Machine Facings 28 Hemp Swal)s 42 Hexagon Tumbling Mills 224 History of the S. Obermayer Co. . . . 2 Hollow Ware Facings 28 Hoists for Cupola 322-327 Hoist. Horizontal 319 Hoisting Chains 266 Hoisting Rope 266-345 Hood, Roof 185 Horizontal Hoist 319 Horse Power 359 Hose, Air 318 Hose Trolleys 318 Hvdrotluric Acid 77 I Improved Turntables 282-284 India Silver Lead 36 Industrial Rv. System 328-329-330 Ingot Molds" . . .' 152 Ingot Mold Blackings 20-30 Insert (See colored page.) In Turning Iron or Other Hard Metals 304 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY I'ag-e Invincible Sand Mixer 24S Iron Cenienit, Cast 54-.).") Iron Chaplets 10(5, 107-110 Iron, C'opperinj^ .302 Iron Filler (Prepared & Xationial.) .')4-.).) Iron Flasks 1.33-1.54-l.j.) Iron I'lask Pins 76 Iron, Pijj: 3.)0 Iron Riddles (Scrap) S7 Iron Scales 293 Iron Softener 58 Iron Stars 22G Iron, Strength and Tensions of... .3.54 Iron, to Prevent From Rusting. . . 302 Iron, to Test Qualitv of \ .. . 356 Iron Wheel Barrows' 128-132 J Jacks, Screw and Hydraulic = 308 Jib Cranes 332 Joiner, Hand Planer 124 K Kjrk's Compound 91 L Laborers' Shovels 84 Laboratory 12 L acquers Used to Preserve Poli«ii on Brass 363 Ladles, Babbitt and Melting 176 Ladles, Foundry 15, 206-217. 346 Ladles, Geared' 210-215 Ladles, Hand 208 Ladles, Malleable 176 Ladles, Price List and Dimensions.. 216 Ladle Reheairsal 217 Ladle Shanks 208-200 Ladle Wash 198 Lamps, Hand 80 Larimer Plant 10 Lathe, Double End Wood 121 Lead Melting Pots 176-177 Leather Fillet 113 Letters, Brass Pattern 68 Letters, Pattern 65-68 Lifters, Pattern 117 Lifting and Draw Screws 117 "Light on a Dark Subject" 31-37 Light, Portable .' 272 Lime 77 Limestone 345 Linings, Cupola 187-198 Linings, Furnace 149-187-189-l!tS Lining Furnaces, Brass 149 Linseed Oil 345 Litharge 77 Liquid Glue 303 rage Liquid ^Measure 353 Loam Sand Pdacking 27-28- Louisville Cement 77 Low Grade F'lour 61-345 Lump Charcoal 104 Lump Pumice Stone 77 Lunkenheimieir F'untrtce 143-146 Lycapodium 77 M Machine, Whitewashing . ., 301 Machinery Facings and Blackings 20-30 ]Machinery Sand 57 JMJaclliinist Bench Brush, Wire . . . 49 Magnetic Separators 168-169-170' ^Magnetic Separators, Iron and Cu- pola Drop 296-298 Malleable Iron Do\\ el Pins 116 Malleable Iron Furnaces 345 Malleable Iron Screw Clamps 94 Mallets 69-70 Mallets, Raw Hide 69-70 Mallets, Rubber Head 6» ::Mallets, Wooden 69 Maple Charcoal 104 ^larine Glue 363 Jklason Automatic Valves 316 Match Parts 345 ilauls. Foundry 70-71 Mauls, Rawhide Faced 71 ]\Iauls, Wooden 70 INIeasure of Length 35i Measure of Surface 353 INIeasure of Weights 354 ]\lelting' Capacities of Cupola 186 :\Ielting Furnaces 143, 148, 179, 186 :\Ielting Ladles I7G Melting Point of JNIetals 354 Melting Pots 177 ]\letal Cutting Saws 165 Metal Pattern Letters 65-68 Metal Saws 122, 165-166 .Metal, Strengrth of 35-^ ;Metal Workers' Crayons 71 :\ietal Weights . . ." 355 !Mica for Cupola Holes 345 Mica Schist 197 Mica Schist Lining 197 Millett Core Oven 161-162 ]\Iineral Facing 23 ]\li\ers. Centrifugal f?and 245-246 ;\Iixers, Dry Material 295 Modern Tools in F'oundry 178 Mi)la,sses 61 Molding Bench 262-263 ^Molding Machines, Delano Pulley 258-259 ^Molding ^Machines, Pridraore 251-252-253 ^Molding INlaohines, Squeezer Type 254- 255-256-257 Molding Press 54, 114 Molding Sand 57, 347, 348 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Page IMiolders' S'ponges 255 Molders' Bellows 72-74 JMolders' Bench Bnislies 15 .Molders' Bnislies 38-52 iViolders' Buckets 79 Molders' Mallets 69-70 Molders' Shovels 82-84 Molders' Text Books 349 Moiders' Tools 15, i03 Molders' Wax Tapers GO Mold Drier, Portable 2(>:t Molds, Ingot 152 Moid Wash 24-28-30 Mortar and Pestle 158 Motor Driven Elevators ;J25-o2() Motor Driven Emery Wlieel Grinder 291 Motor Driven Sand Sifter 223 "Motto Our Insert Mouth Blow Cans 68 31ullin'3 Patent Flux 159 N Name Plates QS JSIational Cupola Blocks . . 194 ^National Iron Filler 55 National Patent Pig Iron Barrows 129 National Return Facings 2G National Wheel Barrows 129-133 ^Natural Draft Brass Furnace .... 147 New Orleans Molasses 61 Newport Brass Sand, ^Molders' ... .57, 160 Newport ]\rolding Sand 57 l^iekel Platers' Brushes 45, 53 Noodle (_;iue 77 North Carolina Lead 28, 30, 34 North Carolina Soapstone 28, 30 JSiorth Carolina Talc 23 o •Oak Buckets 79 Oberniayer Company History 2-5 Obermaj-er Cupola Blocks 192 OI)ermayer Telegi-aphic Code ....305-369 'Oblique Tumbling Machine 229 OfFioes, Branches 7 ■Ofi'ces, Foreign 7 Oil, "Esso" Core 137 Oil, Core 137 Oil Heater 270 Oil, Linseed 345 Oil of Vitriol 77 •Oil Pvivet Forge 273 Oil Torches 80 Old Brown Mineral Facing 20, 30 •Operator's Platform 185 •Ordering, Phrases for 366 Orders and Shipments, Amswers .. 367 •Orders and Shipments, Questions 367 ■Onlinarv Commercial Weight 353 rage Ore Cinder ( rus^her 174 "Our ]Motto" Insert Ovens 161-162 Oven Cars 281 Overhead Carrying System 303-307 P Paint, Graphite 36 Parting C'harcoal 146 Parting Sand Riddle .^ 85 Patent Bellows '. 72 Patent Steel Wire Brushes 48 Pattern Brushes 41 lattern Clamps 95-96 Pattern Fillet 113 Pattern Letters 65-68 Pattern Lifters, Eraser's 117 Pattern Lumber 345 Pattern Makers' Supplies 112-127 Pattern ^Makers' Sanding Trimmer 297 Pattern Makers' \'ise 119 Pattern Rapping Plates 117-118 Peans and Butts 78 Peerless Core Compound 59 Peerless Cupola Blocks 190 Peerless Follow Board Compound . .63-64 Peerless Heavy Machine Facing ... 21 Peerless Rosin Grinder 175 Peerless Stove Plate Facings 22-30 Peerless Stove Putty 62 Per cent Discount 369 Perfect Core Wash .23, 35 Perforated Chaplets 108 Pestle 15S Phrases for Ordering 366-367 Phrases Regarding Time 368 Piano mate Facing 20, 30 Pick Axes and Sle^lges 70-199 Picks, Cupola ." 199 "Pick Up" Tongs 157 Pig Iron 350 Pig Iron Barrows 128-129 Pig Iron Buckets 280 Pinch Dogs 97 Finch Point Crowbars 199 Pinchers, ^Molders' Wire 144 Pine Charcoal 104 Pins, Flask 76 Pins, Dowel 95 Pins, ^^'ood Do\\ el 95 Pipe Clf-aning Uru'Sihes 48 Pittsburg Plant 11 Plainer amd -Iciner, Haml 124 Pl;«n of Brass Foundry 150-151 Plater's Brusjies 45 Plates, Rapping 118 Platform, Elevator 327 Plumbago 31-34-35-36 Plumbago Blackings 28-30 Plumbago, Ceylon 30, 35 Plumbago Core \\'ash 28-35 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Page Plumbago, Different Kinds 27-37 Plumbaa^o, East India 35, 30 Plumbago, Electrotypmg 36 Plumbago, Esso 37 Plumbago Facings 30 Plumbago, Flake 37 Plumbago, Lubricating 37 Plumbago Price List 30-3(3 Pneumatic Elevator 322 Pneumatic Tools 15, 309-310, 345 Pointers about Facings and Sand. .32-33 Polishing ^^^leels 76, 286-202 Portable Compressed Air Oil Heater 270 Portable Foundry Light 272 Portable Mold Drier 260 Po'rtable Sand Shifting Machine.. 238 Positive Pressure Blowers 205-206 Pots, Melting 177 Powdered Glue 345 Power Jib Cranes 332 Power Transmitting by Wire Ropes 357 Prairie Ilay Rope 227 Preface 6-7 Prepared Iron Filler 54 Pressure Gauge 185 Prices (Foundry Facings and Black- ings) 30 Price List, Air Hoist 317 Price List, Cupola 179-186 Prices on Equipment 360 Pridmore Molding Machines 251-253 Proclamation 142 Pulverizer, Wet or Dry 174 Purchasing, AnsAvers Regarding .365-366 Purchasing, Questions Regarding. 365 Pure Ceylon Plumbago 34 Pure Mineral Facing 22 Putty, Peerless Stove 62 Putty, S'tove 62 Q Quality Insert Quantities of Earth Equal to a Ton 362 Questions, Orders and Shipments. 367 Questions Regiarding Shipments . . 365 Questions Regarding Forwarding and Tracing 368 Page Receipts for Tempering 364 Receivers, Air 31^ Rectangular Core Oven 174 Red Dog Flour 61-345 Reference Books 349 Reliance Blacking 20-29-30 Reliance Wire Wheel Brush 51 Remember Insert Reservoir Ladles 215 Resistance to Compression (Metal) 356 Resistance to Shearing (Metal) . . 356 Resistance to Tension (^Nletal) .... 356 Respirators, Cover's 235 Return Facings 25-29 Revolving Brushes 51-53 Revolving Core Oven 275 Rhode Island Facing 21 Ribbed Flasks 153 Riddles 85-87 Riddles, Brass 85 Riddles, Galvanized 85 Riddles, Scrap Iron 87 Riddles, Steel 85 Riddling Machines 237-24S Riveting Hammers 309 Roof Hoods 185 Roots' Positive Pressure Blower . . 205 Rope and Chain Slings 266, 345 Rope Slings 266 Rnpe Twisting Machine 26S Rosin 61 Rosin Grinder 175 Rotary Sand Sifting Machines .... 238 Round Flasks 99 Round Snap Flasks 99 Rowland's Molding Press 264 Rub Stones 76 Rub Stones, Emery 76, 286 Rubber Head Draw Hooks 69 Rubber Head Mallets 69 Rules 350 to 361 Rules and Tables 359 to 361 Rule to Find H. P. of an Engine. . 359 Rumbler, Todd T 164 Rumbling Stars 226 Rust From biteel, to Remove .... 364 R. Radiator Chaplets 109 Railway Industrial System ....303-307- 328-329-330 Rakes, Gate 83 Rammers, Bench 78 Rammers, Floor, Rubber Tipped ... 78 Rapping Plates 117-118 Rattan Brooms 81 Raw Hide Mallets 69-70 Re-carbon izetl Charcoal 105 Receipts and Compositions 358 Safe Pressure on Bearing and Slides 358 Sand 57, 347-348 Sand Blast Apparatus 231 Sand, Brass Molding 160 Sand Crusher , 295 Sand Drier, Obermayer 173 Sand, Fire 77 Sand Grinding Machines 77 Sand ^Machinerv 57 Sand Mixers . '. 245-246, 295 Sand Molding 57-114 Sand Pulverizing and Disintegrator 244 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY I'age Sand Sci'eens 8'.) Sand Sifters 2':i7-2i8 Sand Sifters, ilotor Driven 243 Sand Sifting Machines 2o7-24S Sand, Silica 77, 198, 348 Sanding Trimmers 2G7 Saws, Band 122, 105 Saws, Bench Universal 123 Saws, Hack 16G Saws, Metal 165 Sawyer's Magnetic Separator 107 Scales 293 Schist Mica 77-197 Scientific Text Books 349 Scoops 82-84 Scratch Brushes 47-53 Screens ; 89 Screens, Wire Cloth 80 Screws, Draw 70 Screw and Hvdraiilic Jacks 308 S'ea Coal Facing 20-30-32 Selected Charcoal 21 Self Dumping Cars 330 Separators 167-170 Separators, All Kinds ..168-170, 296-29S Separators, Ding's 108-169-170 Separators, Iron and Cupola Drop ..296- 297-298 Separator, Sawyer's 107 *'8hake Out" Tongs 157 Shanks, Ladle 208-209 Shanks, Crucibles 157 Shapes, Fire Brick 194-195 Shell Chaplefcs 109 Shellac Can 97 Shelves, Core Oven 162, 274-276 Shovels, Laborers' 84 Shovels, Molders' 82 Shovels, Scoop 82-84 Sieves 85-87 Silica Flour 198, 345 S'ilica Sand 77 Silica Wash 24 Sizes of Whiting Cupolas ISO Slag Spout 181, 182, 184, 189 Sling Chains 265 Snap Flasks 98-101 Soapstone 21-23-28-30 Solid Measure 35."i Spar, Fluor 58 Sparger's W'hite Heat Steel Com- pound 77 Spark Arrester 183 S'park Arrester and Roof Hood .... 183 Si>eeds and Cii.i>acities for Cupolas 351 Special Attention 16 Special Catalogues 15 Special Dry Sand Blaekiric- 27 Spec-ific Gravity of Various .Nub- stances 361 Specific Cravitv of Metals 355 Spelter and Babbitt Ladles 176 Page Sperry Twisting :Machine 294 Spill Troughs 152 Spiral Wire Brushes 50 Spools, Gate 53 Sponges, Molders' 205 S'{)ray Cans 88 Spraying Bellows 74 Sprayers, Liijuid and Blacking 271 Spring Closing Device 310 Sprinkling Bellows 74 Sprinkling Cans 7U Sprue or (iate Cutters, Belt Power. 172 Sprue or (;'ate Cutter>s, Foot Power 171 Spur Geared Elevators 324-325 Spur Geared Tumblers 222 Star fe'teel Core Coating 56 Stars, Hard Iron 226 Steam Heating Tumbling Barrels . . 229 Steel Annealing .•jt;4 Steel Barrows 15, 130-134 Steel Casting Wash 24-28 Steel Cement 54-55 Steel Core Coating, Star 5(i Steel Foundry Supplies 15, 143-177 Steel From Ru«>t, to Preserve 364 Steel Ladles 176-208 Steel Melting Ladles 176 Steel on One Edge ( )nl\ to Temper 364 Steel Plates, Pattern .\ 177 Steel Plate Tumblers 224, 230 Steel Plate Tumblers Showing Ex- haust system 230 Steel Riddles 85 Steel Sand 77, 345 Steel Spout Bellows 72 Steel Tempered 354 Steel, to Soften 364 Steel Tote Boxes 130 Steel Trolleys 303-304 Steel Trucks 135 Siteel Very Hani 364 Steel AVlieel Barrows 130-133 Steel Wire Cleaning Brushes 46-52 Steel Wire Screens 89 Stems, Chaplet 106-107 Stifi' Brushes 41-45 Stone and Iron .S(i2 Stone Coal Facing 20, 30-32 Stores, Rub 76 Stove Bolts and Rods 77 Steve. Brass Founders' Drying .... 152 Stove Brushes 41 Stove Cement 77 Stove Plate Facing 22-25-29 Stove Plate Grinders 249 Stove Plate Tumblers 225 Stove Poli.sih .-545 Stove Putty 62, 77 Stover's Tumblers 219 Strength of Iron 354 Strength of Materials 356 Strengtih of Metals .ir^ri Sturtevant Blowers 202 THE S. OPERMAYER COMPANY Page Sturtevant Countershaft 203 Sugar Sand 77 Suggestions for Lining Cupola .... 188 Sulky Ladles 346 Sulphur 77 Sundries 77-345 Surfaeer and Smoother, S'ingle .... 125 Swabs, Flax and Hemp 42 Swabs, Obermayer Blacking 271 Sweeping Brooms 48-49 Switch Brooms 48-49 Switch. Trolle^• 306 Swiveled Type Truck Ladle 346 System, Over Head Carrying 303-307 Syste)u, Kailway Industrial. .328-320-330 Table of Ardh Brick Table of Wedge Brick Table A\''liiting Cupolas Tails, Dove Talc, Georgia and Yellow Talc, North Carolina Talc, WJiite Taper Snap Flasks Tapers, Molders' Wax Tapping Bars and Chisels Tapping Spout 181, 182, 184, Telegraphic Code 305 Tempering Receipts Tempering Steel Tensile Strength of Metal (per sq. in.) Terms 14, Terms Applied to Electric Units. Terms of Sales Test Cupola Testing Machine Text Books Thermometer (Bristol's Recording) Thompson's Clamps Three Motor Electric Traveler (Special) Three Motor Electric Traveler Ticeoleum 6-1, Tile Tilting Double Oblique Barrel Time, Phrases, etc Tinned Chaplets 108- Tin Parting Sand Dusters Tin Sprayers Tip Cars ' To Compute tllie Weight of Cast Iron Todd's Rumbler To Drill Hardened Steel Tongs, Crucible Tools, Grinding Machine 290 Tools, Fillet Tools, Molders' : 15- Tools, Pneumatic 309-310, 360 360 186 111 21 23 23 100 60 214 189 369 364 354 355 368 357 16 183 294 350 277 93 339 340 77 196 229 368 111 77 8S 330 362 164 364 157 291 115 103 346 Page To Preserve Steel From Rust ... 364 To Preserve Wire Ropes 357 To Prevent Iron P'rom Rusting . . 362 Torch, Blow ' 68 Torch Wicks SO Torches, Wall and Hand 68-80 To Remove Rust From Steel .... 364 To Soften Steel 364 To Solder Without Heat 364 Tote Boxes 136 To Temper Steel on One Edge Only 364 To Temper Steel 'S'ery Hard 364 Tracing. Fcn-wa.rding, etc 368 Tracks 303-307. 328, 330 Track Brooms 49 Track Brushes 49 Trade, "Announcement" 113 Traffic, "Announcement" 342 Tramways and Tracks 284 Transfer Tables 282, 284 Traveling Cranes 333-341 Traveller, with Chain Block 334, Traveling Bracket Crane 333 Trimmers, Wood 126-127 Tripoli, Powdered 77 Trollevs, Hose 318 Trolley System 303-307 Trolley Tracks 305 Troughs, Spill 152 Trucks, Core Oven 281 Truck Ladles 213-214. 346 Trucks, Steel 15-135 Trucks, ^^'ooden Steel Frame .... 285 Tubes, Hinge Ill Tumblers for ^^'et or Dry Rumbling 228 Tumblers (for HeaAy Work) .... 228 Tumblers (for Light or Medium Work) 219-227 Tumblers for Brass Foundry . . . .163-164 Tumbling Mills .' . . 15, 218-230 'i umbling Stars 226 Tumblers, Stove Plate 225 Turntables 282-284 Tuyere System 184 Twisted Hay Roi>e 227 u Ultimate 356 Ultimate Compression 356 ITltimate Shearing 356 Ultinnate Tension 356 Ihiiversal Saw Bench 123 Universal Wood Trimmers 127 X^seful Information 352 Useful Rules and Tables o 59-361 Vacuum ^Molding ^Machine, Brj'ans 260-261 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY rage Valuable Practical Kec«pts and Compositions 808 Valuable Tables 3")!) to 3GI \'alves, Air Hoist 315-316 Valves, Mason Automatic 316 \'arious Compositions in ('onin)un Use 358 Vent Rotls " K»-2 ^'ents, \V'ax Tapers 60 Vise, Pa/ttern Makers lli> Vitriol 77-345 "Vulcan"Eniery ^^'lleel Grinders 288-289 w Wall Torohes 80 Wash, Core 24-28, 30 Wash, Plumbai-o 23, 35 Wa,sh, Silica 24 \V ash, Steel Casting 24 Water Tumblers 163-164 Watering Pots 79 Wax Tapers 60 Wedges, Hardwood 76 Weights and Measures 353 Weights of Eiirtili, Hock, etc .... 362 ^^ eights of Metals 355 Weig*htis per Cubic Foot of 3Ietal 355 "NA'eiahts per Cubic Inch of Metal 355 Welsh Mountain Clav 197 Wet Blackings 20-24-28-30-32-33 Wet Plumbago 20-24-28-30 32-33 Wet Tumbling .Mills 223, 229 \\lieeIbarro\vs 15-130-132-133-134 AMiisk Brooms 81 White Metal Pattern Letters 65-67 Whitewashing Machines 301 White Sand 77 White Silica Rock 77-198 ^Miiting Cupolas 179-186 Willow Charcoal 104 rage Wire Baskets 87 Wire Brooms 48 Wire Brushes 46-52 Wire Brushes, Patent 46 Wire Cloth So Wire Coke Baskets 87 Wire Cutter. Hand 300 Viive Biddies 55-57 Wire Ropes, Breaking Strength of 357 Wire Popes, to Preserve 357 Wire Sand Screens 89 Wire Straightener, Blake 299 Wire A\'heel Brushes 51-53 Wood Cha rcoal 105 Wood Dowell Pins 77, 95 Wood F]ll(>t 113 Wood Lathes 121 Wood Mauls 70 Wood Molding Boards 155 Wood Trimmers 127 "Wood \Vedges 76 A^'ood Working INIachinery 121-125 AVooden Buckets ". 79 Wooden Fla.sk Clamps 158 Wooden JNlallets 69 Wooden Stave Tumblers 225 Wooden Trucks 285 Worm Geared Elevator 323-326 Wrought Iron Chaplets 106-107 X XX ^Mineral Facing 23 XXX Mineral Facing 23 Yale and Towne Chain Hoists 302-305 Yellow Soapstone 21 Yellow Talc 21 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE development and growth of any large enterprise is always cer- tain to contain many elements of historical valne. Conspicuous among the list of enterprises, it is interesting to note how the business of this Company, which had such a small beginning, has gradu- ally expanded, ever keeping abreast of its allied industries until it has finally reached its present proud position as the Largest Foundry Sup- ply House in the World. The S. Obermayer Co. was founded in September, 1874, by Mr. S. Obermayer, in a most modest manner, occu- pying a space not over twenty feet square, in a frame building on the east side of Broadwaj', in Cin- cinnati. The style of the firm was S. Obermayer & Co., and the business was principally confined to grinding coal used in mix- ing with molding sand. There was but one man employed, and Mr. Ober- mayer looked after the finances and the selling of the manufactured product. By severe diligence, close mr. s. obermayer. application, economy and hard work, he accumulated enough money to permit of enlargement, and the business was moved to Gest St. and C. H. & D. Ry., where a more commodious plant was secured. Mr. Oberma5'er at this time associated himself with a local capitalist and they then formed a company, the name being "The S. Obermaj-er Foundry Supply Mfg. Co." The business continued to grow and expand, many additions were made, and the goods became known to every foundryman in the country, and were recognized as the standard in quality everywhere, while the business methods of the Company, owing to prompt attention, THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CINCINNATI PLANT liberal treatment and square dealing with its customers, placed it in that prominent position which it has ever since maintained. During the zenith of its prosperity, a most disastrous fire laid this large plant bare to the ground, and a new location was sought. Hardly were the ashes cold be- fore Mr. Obermayer started to build the present plant on Evans St., South of Eighth. Rare judgment was used in selecting the site, over six acres being secured with the best railroad facilities. In less than six months a new factory, with six times the capacity of the plant recently destroyed, was in full operation. In 1887 an immense seven story warehouse was erected, being the largest of its kind in this city. This warehouse has a storage ca- pacity of 20,000 barrels of Foundry Facings. The Company was re-organized in 1 89 1 with an increase of two and one half times its original capital stock and its style changed to the present title. At this time Mr. Obermayer, looking forward to the future, and having in mind the further developments and welfare of the business, bought four acres of ground in the city of Chicago, erecting the largest and most modern plant of its kind in the world. This plant is 400 ft. long by 100 ft. wide. In this factory was in- stalled the most mod- ern machinery for grinding and refining Plumbago and Fac- ings of all kinds, and since then many ad- CHicAGO PLANT ditions and improve- ments have been made. The factory is so situated between the Penna. R. R. and the C. B. & Q. Ry., with railway sidings from each, that all incoming and outgoing material is handled at its doors. In 1893 the mill at Larimer, Pa., was built for the manufacture of Sea Coal or Bituminous Facing. This plant is situated at the tipple of the celebrated Westmoreland Mines, where the best coal for gas and THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CHICAGO OFFICE Facing purposes is procured. Within the past few years, the mill ha s been in- creased so that its present capacity for manufacturing Sea Coal Facing is over 150 tons per day. In September, 1S98, Mr. S. Obermayer passed away, leaving his entire interests in charge of those whom he had trained, for many years, in the business. His dili- gence and thorough knowledge of the foundr)^ supply busi- ness and the knack he had of imparting this knowledge to those associated with him, left its strong impress, so that even after his death the business LARIMER PLANT continued to grow with unbounded suc- cess. In the manufac- ture of Foundry Fac- ings Mr. Obermayer had no peer. He knew how to manu- facture the best, and he knew how to sell his product. In ad- dition to his superior business qualifications he possessed those sterling personal char- acteristics which en- GENERAL OFFICES CIXCIXXATl PLANT THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY •deared him to all with whom he came iu contact, so that "None knew him but to love him." In 1900 a warehouse was opened in the city of Pittsburg, to supply the trade iu that section with all the articles ■of our manufacture. Offices have also been established in all the larger cities in the Union, as well as in all the commercial centers of Europe. Obermaj'er's goods are known in all civilized countries of the world where iron or brass are melted. Through honor- able dealings and fair methods, and by manufacturing the desi and most reliable goods, the S. Obermayer Co. has grown from an humble beginning to its present supremacy, and is recognized as the largest of its kind in the world. A practical idea of its volume of business during the year 1902 may be obtained from the following actual figures which are taken from our records : Number of full carloads shipped during the year . . 2,940 " " net tons " " " " . . 52,144 " pounds " . 104,288,000 PITTSBURG OFFICE AND WARlilluUSli CINCINNATI ENGINE ROOM NO. T THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PREFACE THE numerous daily inquiries for prices and estimates which we are receiving, stimulated by the general revival of the iron industry, induces us to present and prepare for our friends and patrons our entirely new and complete descriptive catalogue and price list of all arti- cles needed in a modern Iron, Brass or Steel foundry. In compiling this catalogue our intention is to mention something regarding each and "' every tiling needed in your fo2indryy If we have failed in this effort, and should you require anything in the foundry not listed, please let us hear from you, as our aim is to supply you with all requirements for your foundry. We are the largest manufacturers of foundry facings and supplies in the world ; the largest importers and refiners of East India, Ceylon, Ital- ian and German Graphite in the United States and therefore are in a position to fill your orders promptly at lowest prices. Our goods have been on the market for over thirty years. They have been so improved, lately, that they are acknowedged to be the standard and best by the trade in general. We use the best and highest quality of crude material in the manufacture of our facings, and for this reason they produce the best results. All crude material is analyzed and tested before it enters into the process of manufacture. We have full confi- dence in the facings that we ship, and our guarantee goes with them ; they are to give good satisfaction or you do not have to pay for the goods. All orders are shipped the same day they are received. Our large storage and manufacturing capacities, with the favorable locations of our different plants, make our shipping facilities beyond comparison. Your continued patronage is the highest testimonial to the superior- ity of our manufactures and to our commercial integrity and promptiiess. We shall continue in our endeavors to render satisfaction. We will main- tain our reputation by selling and guaranteeing the best materials for the least money, and desire the trade to know zve will not be undersold by any- one. We keep in our employ practical molders who are thoroughly ac- quainted with the methods of manufacturing products from metals in all their diversity, whether steel, stove plate, green or dry sand castings, THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY brass, bronze or aluminum. Our facilities for handling and manufactur- ing are "up to date." Our superior machinery is especially adapted to the facing and blacking business, and the fact that we knozv our business v^zx- rants us to guarantee the quality of our goods, which have no superiors, and certainly no equals. We take this occasion to thank our friends, customers and patrons for their liberal patronage during the past thirty years, and we hope the quality of our goods will merit a continuance of your esteemed favors. We are Respectfully yours, The S. Obermayer Co. * Factories, Offices and Distributing Warehouses : Cincinnati, O., 641-657 Evans Street, Chicago, 111., Eighteenth & Rockwell Streets, Larimer, Pa., (Westmoreland Co.) Pittsburg, Pa., 35th & Charlotte Sts. BRANCH OFFICES: St>. Louis, Mo., Roe Building. Denver, Colo., Cooper Building. Detroit^, Mich., Majestic Building. Philadelphia, Pa., Land Title Building. Milwaukee, Wis., Majestic Building. San Francisco, Cal., 157 Montgomery St. FOREIGN OFFICES: Paris, London, Hamburg. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CINCINNATI PLANT The Largest^ Foundry Facing Factory in the World This Factory Covers Over Six Acres of Ground It is Situated on Evans Street, South of Eighth Street WE occupy 55,570 square feet of real estate, and use 90,000 square feet of floor space. Our railroad facilities are unsurpassed ; our private switch permits tracks through our entire plant, so that cars can be loaded or tiuloaded at our doors. We have, besides the Manufacturing Department, a warehouse build- ing seven stories high, which is 90 x 100 feet, in which to store our manu- factured products, so you can readily see we are in a position to carry ^ large stock of goods and to fill orders the same day they are received Visitors x\lways welcome. To visit our plant, take any Eighth street car going west. Long Distance Telephones, West 873 and West 1507 Direct Telegraph Connections to the Offices THE S. OBERMAYER COI.IPANY CHICAGO PLANT w, '' ^ «^fi|MH ^^H ^1 t p^ ^'r'-:^ i^piHIl j^^ ^ffll ■^ggin ,=....jil 'Am 21' Jii •...J-Ji a Pl| m Wmwmwm ■1 MP*'^^^ Bjial^iiita ff^ jg^R'T^^ THE most modern factor}^ for manufacturing Foundry Facings and Blackings in America. It covers over four acres of ground. We occupy 40,000 square feet of real estate, and use 65,000 square feet of floor space. It is situated on Eighteenth and Rockwell streets. How to Reach Us You can take Metropolitan Elevated R. R. (Douglas Park car) any- v.'here on the Union Loop, and ride to Western Avenue ; then walk two blocks north. Our switching facilities can not be excelled. We have an Eastern Line, the Pennsylvania R. R. Co., and two Western, C. B. & Q. R. R. Co. switches running into our factory buildings and warehouses. We are the only concern operating a foundr)'' facing factor}' in the West. Our Sample Rooms show everything needed in a modern foundry for either iron, steel or brass. Visitors alwavs welcome. Four Long Distance Telephones Private Switch Board Direct Telegraph Connections to Our Offices We have made extensive improvements in the way of new and 'modern machinery recently in this plant. 10 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY LARIMER PLANT Capacity, One Hundred and Fifty Tons per Day. Fifteen Hundred Carloads Shipped from this Plant During the Year 1902 THIS Facing Factory is situated on the main line P. R. R. 22 miles east of Pittsburg, in the Youghiogheny district at the tipple of the Celebrated Westmoreland Coal Co. Mines, at Larimer, West- moreland County, Pa. This Coal is acknowledged to be the best known for foundry facing purposes. It contains more Carbon and less Szilphnr than any other coal. At our Larimer plant we have the only apparatus in this country for separating slate and other impurities from the coal. Our shipping facilities are unsurpassed. We operate our own en- gines for hauling and moving cars. Direct Telephone Connections, Irwin 61 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 11 PITTSBURG PLANT AND WAREHOUSE THE most modern office and warehouse building in the East for handling Foundry Facings, Supplies and Equipments. This build- ing is situated at the corner of Thirtj'-fifth and Charlotte Streets, alongside the tracks of the Allegheny Valley Branch, of the Penn. R. R. The plant has ample space for handling stock of EVERYTHING NEEDED in a BRASS, IRON or STEElv FOUNDRY. Wire or tele- phone your orders. Should you desire to visit our plant take Butler Street or Penn. Ave. cars to Thirty-fifth Street, where we shall be pleased to welcome you. Direct Telegraph and Telephone Connections to Offices Direct Telephone Connections Irwin No. 6 1 ) to our Larimer Mill Pittsburg Office Telephones, Dell Telephone No. 24 Fisk, or Pittsburg &. Alle- gheny Telephone No. 324 Lawrence. 12 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY LABORATORY OF THE S. OBERMAYER CO GOOD evidence is illustrated in a corner of the laboratory of the S. Ober- luayer Co., not only that greater exactness is demanded by foundrynien, but that they are insisting upon certain qualities being present in the ma- terial they purchase. The laboratory is not a deviation, as a certain journal termed it, but a necessity. Its present form is the result of improving and conceutraLing existing facilities in order to meet modern requirements. The importance of a careful examination and analysis of the crude stock enter- ing into the manufacture of foundry facings and the various commercial articles used in foundries, was early recognized by the late Mr. Ubermayer, who devoted considerable of his time to the study of chemistry, which resulted in the production of several facings now extensively used. For the last fifteen years the chemical work of the S. Obermayer Co. has been in charge of Mr. Herman Mende, who is a graduate of the University of Jena, Germany, where he was assistant at the miner- alogical and geological museum. The principal work at the Obermayer Company's laboratorv is of an analytical nature, which consists of examining the crude material, such as graphite, coke, bituminous facing, clay, charcoal, anthracite, sand, flour, rosin and other material which enters the foundry in various forms of manufactured articles. Experiments on a scientific basis are continually being made to improve pres- ent products and invent new ones, besides a helping hand is extended to customers if thiv should desire a chemist's assistance. The laboratory includes the latest and best instruments for the determination of graphite and carbon in various states. Half-shade polariscope for examination of other substances ; Microscope with latest features and attachments ; Mohr's bal- ances for determining specific gravity, not to mention other instruments which are necessary to a well equipped laboratory. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 13 WE present to 3-011 what we term our " Combined Equipment and General Foundry Supply Catalogue No. 40," in which we desire to give you an idea of the latest improvements and labor saving devices connected with a modern and up-to-date foundry. We desire to call to your attention the fact that we can figure with you on " everything needed in a brass, iron or steel foundry." WE HAVE IN OUR EMPLOY FOUNDRY EQUIPMENT EXPERTS Who have entire charge of this special department, and they devote their entire time to all correspondence which relates to Cupolas, Cranes, Ladles, Tumbling INIills. etc., etc. We desire to advise our customers and friends that we are in a position to fur- nish you with Foundry Plans and Ideas of the latest and most improc'cd designs. We can furnish your foundry complete in all details, also supplying you, when necessary, with the plans for the building or for the Placing of the equipment, so that it will not only be a source of economy, but more convenient in every wav. With the list of goods mentioned, together w-ith our equipment department, we can furnish you with " all and everything needed in your foundry." Write us for special circulars. Advise us if you are experiencing anv trouble in the foundry —we will try to help you. We invite correspondence. All letters, will have our prompt ami personal attention. We desire foundrymen to advise us if they have any new ideas, plans or im- provements for foundry work, which we can place upon the market to the greatest advantage of all interested parties. We have been manufacturing Foundry Facings and Supplies for the past thirtv years, and our goods are known as the Best and Standard. Our Equipment De- p.\RTMEXT is not a new business with us, we having placed many of these goods on the market during our business career, but we are now in a far better position to- satisfy your wants in this department than any other concern in the rcorld. In sulunitting figures we do not expect to be the lowest, Init we will at all times guarantee our goods as represented — finished in the best possible manner — finished according to specifications furnished. The best material and workmanship enter into their manufacture, and thej- are built in a truly mechanical and practical man- ner. Each and every part is tested, and we know that every machine which you purchase from us will do the work in the manner intended. We thank you for your liberal i)alronage, and we hope the (piality of our goods and the service we have rendered you in the past will merit a continuance of vour valued commands. Yours verv trulv, The S. Obermayer Co. The Largest and Most Reliable Foundry Supply House in the World. Established 1874. Factories : Cincinnati, O. Chicago, 111. Pittsburg, Pa. 14 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY REMEMBER. Prices subject to change without notice. All orders and contracts subject to de- lays, on account of strikes, car supply and other causes beyond our control. Prices named subject to a liberal dis- count. Quotations binding only for immediate acceptance. Cable address, " Esso," Chicago, 111., Cincinnati, O., or Pittsburg, Pa., U.S.A. All standard Codes used. We have direct telegraph and telephone connections to all our offices. TERMS : Net cash thirty days, unless by special agreement or contract other- wise specified. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 15 Special Catalogues WE issue Special Catalogues and Circulars on the following and we would suggest that you write for any in which you are interested. In these catalogues we give you more general and detailed information : Holders' Tools . . . , Illustrated, with prices Wheelbarrows Iron, Steel and Wood for all uses Brass and Aluminum Supplies . . Illustrated with prices Core Machines " " " Sand Sifting Machines ..... " " " Tumbling and Cleaning Mills . . " " Molders' Brushes " " " Cupolas " " Capacities, etc Ladles " " Prices and Descriptions Core Ovens and Core Oven Fittings " " Descriptions Pneumatic Tools " " Prices and Descriptions Foundry Elevators " << << « Cranes " " Descriptions Air Hoists Trucks, Turntables and Core Oven Cars General Equipments ..... " " " Foundry Facings and Blackings " Obermayer Bulletin of Information " " We issue Special Circulars and Catalogues from time to time and we will be pleased to put your name on our mailing list. Send in your name and address. 16 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SPECIAL ATTENTION If we please you, tell others ; If we don't, tell us. WE shall consider ourselves indebted to those who may inform us of any just complaint which they may have regarding our manu- factured products. We will thank them to call our attention to any faults or shortcomings, and we assure manufacturers and the trade that we shall investigate such matters promptly, also take special pains to rectify any wrong. "To err is human," therefore we hope you will never hesitate to advise us. We desire your trade and our object is. to furnish you with perfect goods and entire satisfaction. Conditions and Terms of Sales. PRICES mentioned are subject to a liberal discount, varying with the fluctuations of the market, and they are binding only at the time given. No quotations given by our salesmen are binding on us, sin- less the order is given to them at the time. Prices subject to change with- out notice. We necessarily send our catalogue to many with whom we have not had the pleasure of an acquaintance and all persons ordering goods from: us for the first time should accompany their orders with cash or satis- factory references, unless satisfactory financial rating is shown in the Commercial Agencies. P'or the same reason as the foregoing we must, decline to ship goods C. O. D. to strangers, unless they comply with the above request, because of the weight and bulk which would entail un- necessary additional expense in case of non-acceptance by the purchaser. Special quotations furnished when desired. Your inquiries will receive prompt, careful and thorough attention. We pack carefully and ship in merchantable condition, and our re- sponsibility ceases with such delivery at .shipping point. Claims for missing packages, overcharges or unusual breakage should be made oui the Transportation Companies. We contract through freight rates on lots of over 200 pounds at: lowest figures to all points. Our shipping facilities are unexcelled, shipping goods from our Cin- cinnati plant to the North, South and the INIiddle West ; shipping to the West and Northwest from our Chicago plant and shipping from our Pittsburg plant to all Eastern points. W^rite for our prices. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 17 WE TAKE THE LIBERTY OF CALLING YOUR. ATTENTION TO THE FOLLOW- ING FACTS. THAT good facings, when properly used, are a source of profit to the manufacturer and a saving of time to the molder. That in making smooth, clean and good Castings, soft fluid iron, good sand, good molding and good facings are the elementary ne- cessities. That if one kind of our Facings does not suit your sand, we have ■others that will. That we sell good molding sand for every description of castings. That we have done more to assist in the saving of labor and mate- rial in the cleaning and improving the appearance of castings, and in the reduction of prices than all similar establishments in the country. That we are well acquainted with the wants of Foundrymen, and are prepared to furnish everything in their line with promptness and dis- patch. That we meet the trade personally and thus have opportunities of •deriving valuable information about their requirements in different sec- tions. That, being the manufacturers, we are able to offer DEALERS and HEAVY BUYERS the most flattering inducements as regards special prices. That we contract freight by rail or water at the very lowest figures. That foundrymen needing molders and other mechanics can have their wants supplied by us, free of charge, by informing us of the nature of the work to be done. We will always endeavor to secure skilled workmen for you. That foundrymen in doubt as to the kind of Facings required for their work, and those desiring any information connected with the busi- ness, can obtain cheerfully what knowledge or advice we may possess, by corresponding with us. We offer our best efforts to them from our knowledge and that of experienced foundrymen in this and other cities. 18 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FACTS WORTH KNOWING THAT we are the largest and most reliable foundry supply house in the world. That we are the largest importers and refiners of East India or Cey- lon Plumbago, Graphite and Silver Lead. That we employ skilled mechanics only in our establishment, among whom are molders and experts in the various branches of their trade. That the United States Government uses our Facings exclusively, and in letting contracts specifies the quality of material wanted upon the standard of our manufactures, using our name in their specifications. That our concern is the only establishment where you can get a com- plete assortment of Brass Pattern Letters. That in orders placed in carload lots you will save twenty-five to fifty per cent in freights and besides we make a special discount on such quantities. That we do not sell Facings in smaller quantities than one barrel. We pack in tight barrels, paper lined, and make no charge for them. Special freight rates secured. Facings and Blackings are often condemned without a fair trial. The molder should exercise patience and perseverance in applying them and judgment in pouring the metal. Don't condemn them at the first unsatis- factory trial. It is likely you have not used them properly. When you are in doubt, write to us for directions, and they will be cheerfully fur- nished. That our plant at lyarimer is the largest and best equipped plant of its kind for the manufacture of Sea Coal or Bituminous Facing. That our plant at Chicago is the latest and best equipped factory for the making of all kinds oi foundry facings in the country. That we fill all orders for the Eastern trade from our Pittsburg ware- house. That orders are shipped from the nearest factory to your foundry, giving you the advantage in time and freight. That in shipments going a long distance we can save you money in freight charges by making complete shipments of Equipments, Facings and Supplies all in one car. You receive dollar for dollar from us. We offer you the most liberal terms. We make prompt shipments. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 19 Transportation Companies are responsible for the goods after our delivery, in good order, to them, but we are always willing to aid our customers in settlement of any claims for loss or damage while in transit. Should there be any loss in transit make your claim to them. Quotations subject to change without notice, and all contracts are contingent upon strikes, unavoidable delays and circumstances beyond our control. A cheap thing is seldom good and a good thing is .'^eldom cheap. If you should desire to telegraph us use either our Telegraphic Code or A. B. C. Code. Foundrymen or Holders desiring information should communicate direct with us. Our entire tonnage exceeds the tonnage of all others combined. Our No. 40 catalogue is the most complete of its kind in this line of business. Always keep all Facings in a dry place. On your orders always designate definitely by figure or letter the article in mind, thus making known your wants, which will avoid mis- takes and facilitate filling your requirements. WE HAVE " EVERYTHING YOU NEED IN YOUR FOUNDRY " CINCINN.\TI ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 20 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY FOUNDRY FACINGS AND BLACKINGS Process of Manufacture and Quality EVERY foundryman is interested in good Facings and Blackings, and no article in the market can we call to mind that varies so much in quality as these. Raw material of the basest impuritj^ is sometimes utilized by unreliable manufacturers and offered at temptingly low prices and guaranteed as A No. i. But poor facings will produce poor castings, and they are dear at any price ; that is self-evident. Our goods have been pre-eminent for more than thirty years — they require no introduction. Over six thousand foundrymen use them daily. Our new and improved machinery for the reduction of material into blackings grinds them into an impalpable dust. Blackings and facings reduced to that desirable texture should be demanded. Coarse blackings are the cause of much dissatisfaction and of considerable expense ; they result in too much waste in the "shakings " that are left, which must be thrown away. Our Facings and Blackings are ground from the purest and best se- lected material only, and our Bolted Facings are finer than flour. We employ a chemist who analyzes all the material we manufacture ; should any fall below our approved standard of purity and excellence, it is promptly rejected. High grade goods have made our reputation, and to maintain this standard is our constant endeavor. Our Sea Coal or Bitiiminoiis Facings are ground from the best qual- ity of gas coal and contain neither slate nor sulphur (these being eliminated by a process of our own invention) but are rich in Hy- dro-carbon gases, and are at least twenty-five per cent stronger than any other coal facings. They are ground fine and uniform, and should be mixed with the sand in proportion of one shovel of coal facing to twelve or fifteen shovelfuls of sand for medium and light castings, and of one shovel of coal facing to nine or ten of sand for heavy castings. Such firms as are located adjacent to a railroad or have switching facilities, and who are provided with a bin or other proper receptacle, can save money by ordering these facings in carloads in bags. We are ship- ping large quantities to firms having such conveniences. Foundrymen should please bear in mind that this advantage is only vouchsafed to those who are so situated. Something is needed that will prevent the sand of the mold from being burned by the molten metal ; that will cause the casting to " peel " readily ; that will permit the casting to be delivered from the THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 21 mold with a " slick," smooth surface and a bright color ; and in order to do this, the facing used must be refractory ; something that will nei- ther burn or run before the molten metal at the time of pouring ; it must adhere firmly to the surface of the mold, and part well, or '' peel" readily from the casting; it must admit of being smoothed or " slicked " in the finishing of the mold ; finally, it must give the casting a uniform bright color. Plumbago (or black lead) blacking or facing, if of good quality and properly prepared, contains the above requisites. It will do it well and cheaply, and enough of the expense of dressing castings will be saved to more than pay for the blacking. Our Georgia or Yellow Talc Is absolutely pure, and will not wash when used in moderate quan tity. It contains no marble dust, oyster shells or other unmarket- able trash to make it sell cheaply. Good for hollowware and other light castings. Our Selected Charcoal Facing Is ground from hard and heavy wood — no mixture of anthracite to make it weigh heavily. Good for core blacking, for returning pat- terns and on light work. Our Pine Charcoal Facing Is a splendid facing for brass and bronze work, and it is sometimes preferred as a Return facing. No other establishment but ours grinds pure white pine charcoal. Our Coke Facing and Blacking Is ground from the pure and genuine Connelsville Lump Coke. It is excellent for general and dry sand or loam work. Our Rhode Island Facings Are pure and unadulterated ; they are too well known to require comment, having been used by the leading foundries for the last thirty-five years, and being fully up to the standard at the present time, and at greatly reduced prices, merit your consideration. Our Peerless Heavy Machine Facing or Blacking Is a graphitic coal; it is unequaled for all classes of work, and espe- cially on all machine work, where fine, smooth castings are desired. We can truthfully say Peerless Facing or Blacking will satisfy you. It has a heavy Black-Lead body and is composed entirely of fire proof 22 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY ingredients, which, with their different properties, compose the very best heavy lacing or blacking o" the market. It will not run before the iron; it can be "slicked" vithout adhering to the trowel, and it will make the smoothest, brightest and best colo7'ed casting possible with the use of a facing or blacking. We heartily recommend it for all kinds of work and if not entirely satisfactory in every particular 3'ou can hold it subject to our order. Our Peerless Stove Plate Facing Is giving splendid satisfaction. We have introduced it in stove foundries in all parts of the country, and in all kinds of sand. Ever)'- where the result has been the same. A smoother, brighter and better peeled Casting was never obtained with any other facing. We are informed by customers that they accomplish this result with a saving of at least 25 per cent in facing. Our Pure Mineral Facing Is ground from pure graphitic coal. It is good for the heaviest and lightest work. Do not confound it with the XX Mineral Facing. Our **Blackstone*' Heavy Machine Facing and Blacking Is used, not only for the heaviest class of work but also for the light- est. On the latter it need not be slicked; on the former it may also be rubbed into or brushed on the mold with the hand, or with a camels hair brush. This Facing and Blacking is extensively used on fur- nace and rolling-mill work. The United States Gover^iment uses it in its arsenals and ivorkshops, and it is used by all the railroad foundries in the country. This is a good Blacking for loam and dry sand work. It is also very good as a heavy stove plate facing. Our Garland Stove Plate Facing Is a fireproof and a magnificent facing. It will not stick, wash or cut under the gate, and it peels easily. Our German Crucible Clay Is used as a foundation facing in the place of lime or cement, in a great number of the largest and best stove foundries in the United States. It assists in making very smooth castings. Our Reliance Facing Is an excellent facing for general work, including sinks, car- wheels, etc. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Our "H. B. B." and *T &. C.*' Blackings Are intended for heavy work and for loam and dry sand castings. Our Founders* Peerless Perfect Wash Is used on very particular cores and on heavy castings that are de- signed to be extra smooth ; also on brass, dry sand work and espe- cially on cylinders. Our Esso Plumbago Core Wash Is splendid for large or small cores. Our XX Mineral Is good on car wheels, for light and medium weight work. When Blackings are " sticky " or curl under or follow the trowel, let the molder dust a little charcoal over them very lightly ; or, if more convenient, he can mix a little common low grade flour into the bag with the blacking before dusting on the mold. He will thus be en- abled to slick it more readily or to return the pattern without fear of the mold adhering to it. Our American Graphite, Which we placed on the market ten years ago, has deservedly at- tained great favor as a general utility Blacking for all purposes, and where work is not so particular it is giving good satisfaction at a lower cost than either Silver or German Lead. It is a pure Plum- bago, works free and easy, and it will stand the iron without cutting or washing, which produces good, clean castings. By examining the samples and trying them on the sand, by the side of other facings, you will find it a most economical facing to use, owing to its fine- ness and heavy body. We have modified it, making four adaptations. • The "sticky" we denominate No. i; that which "slicks" best and is the least " sticky," we denominate No. 4. Of course Nos. 2 and 3 are between the two extremes. Our North Carolina Talc Is not recommended as a facing, but as a lubricator. It is of pure white color, and the finest grade is called French Chalk, for leather finders, druggists, kid glove dealers, etc. Our Brilliant Facings, Of which there are three grades, whose refractory powers are modi- fied in accordance with the nature of the castings desired, were iti- 24 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY vented and patented by our Mr. Obermayer while experimenting with various chemicals which he used in blacking molds for steel castings. Brilliant No. 1 Will withstand a white heat without running before the metal. It forms a surface which resists the heat like a Salamander, the result being a clean scale when the casting becomes cold. It is a splendid blacking and dusting facing for general work. It can easily be " slicked," does not wash, and peels readily when the casting be- comes cold. It is excellent for blacking rolls and other heavy work. Brilliant No. 2 Is the best stove plate facing ever invented. Many stove manufac- turers use no Return or Charcoal facing with it, but return pat- tern directly upon it. It leaves a beautiful color and finish on the casting ; it does not wash or run before the iron ; does not burn un- der the gate or sprue, and peels the sand readily, also permits the castings to grow cold quickly. For extra fine work you should dust our Return Facings very lightly over this facing. We recommend it heartily to Stove Manufacturers. Brilliant No. 3 Is a splendid facing for medium or light work, and it answers well as a stove plate facing. Our Steel Casting Wash Is one of Mr. Obermayer's discoveries. It is, as its name implies, a perfectly indestructible blacking for steel castings and for steel con- verters. Our Silica Wash For steel castings, is absolutely pure. It is the very best on the mar- ket and is used in almost all the steel foundries in the United States. No charge for Trial Samples of any kind. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 25 TO THE MANUFACTURERS OF STOVE PLATE CASTINGS Our Stove Plate Facings have been on the market for the past thirty years, and they have proven themselves all that we claimed for them, that is the VERY BEST. Every Stove Mokler in the country is familiar with our brands of STOVE PLATE FACINGS, and he knows how to use them to the best advantage. Our Stove Plate Facings are finely ground so there are no shak- ings, all the Facing passing through the Dust Bags. In order to make perfect Stove Plate Castings, two Facings are essential, a top or Heavy Facing dusted on the mold to cover the pores of the Sand, a light or Return Facing dusted on the top or Heavy Facing to prevent the pattern from " Sticking" when the pattern is " returned or printed back." In ordering Stove Plate Facing state whether your vSand is "Open " or " Close." We give you below the names of our well known brands of Stove Plate Facings. TOP OR HEAVY FACINGS LIGHT OR. RETURN FACINGS XXX Heavy Stove Plate Facing National Return Facing Brilliant Stove Plate Facing Eagle Return Facing Esso Stove Plate Facing Peerless Return Facing India Silver Lead Facing Prepared Charcoal Facing Fire Proof Facing White Pine Charcoal Facing In conjunction with the above Facings BOLTED CEMENT is dusted on near the sprue or gate of the mold. This will prevent the iron from " Washing'" at that point. Our Stove Plate Facings have been endorsed at various meetings of the National Stove Manufacturers' Associations as the Standard of Quality. If You Want Good Clean Stove Plate Castings Use " Obermayer's " Stove Plate Facings 26 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY NATIONAL RETURN OR LIGHT FACING For Stove Plate and Light Castings IN this branch of the Fachig business we pride ourselves on making the finest and most complete line manufactured. When castings are wanted particularly smooth, bright, and of a uniform color, it is neces- sary to return the pattern. Our Return Facings will not stick to the pat- tern, while they aid the first or heavy Facing. The particular benefit de- rived from their use is in making a bright, smooth casting, of uniform color, true to the pattern. This can not be obtained by the use of Charcoal. We have RETURN Facings for all classes of work and all kinds of sand. When the Heavy or First Facing is put on the mold it should be allowed to settle before the Return Facing is shaken over it. With the use of our Return Facings a quick return of the pattern is not as necessary as it is with the use of Charcoal Facing. Return Facings must be kept in a dry place as they absorb moisture very rapidly. We make Facings for both open and close sand, therefore it is always best to let us know what kind of sand you use. The very best results are obtained by following these directions. If your sand is poor use our German Crucible Clay as a foundation Facing. The moisture which this Facing absorbs from the surface of the sand, and the heat of the iron, forms a crust which readily scales from the casting, and our National Return Facing is found to be the best for this purpose. Use XXX Heavy Stove Plate with above to secure good castings. THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 27 DRY AND LOAM SAND BLACKING IT is necessary, very often, for foundrymen to make castings in Dry or lyoam Sand, and to secure the best results the item of a good, first-class Blacking should be given serious consideration. For the above classes of work we recommend a Blacking that will withstand or resist the action of the hot iron when it is poured, which will permit the casting when it is taken from the sand to peel readily and retain a good blue color. To secure these results for a foundry- man the manufacturers must understand the quality of material which is suitable for this class of work. We have made a particular study and have given careful attention to castings which have been made in Dry and Loam Sand, and we are in a position to furnish the right kind of Blacking. We have prepared a SPECIAL DRY SAND BLACKING, which takes in consideration all the vital parts with which one has to contend in this class of work, and it is known as our SPECL\L DRY SAND BLACKING, which we guarantee to give full and entire satisfaction. When you are interested, write us and we shall be pleased to sub- mit samples and prices. This DRY SAND BLACKING is the best and most successful material which has ever been placed on the market. It's noi cheap but iCs good. Obermayer's Blacking Swab is used successfully for distributing this blacking on the mold. Use No. 702 Ceylon Plumbago on Green Sand work, especially where Heavy Machine Castings ^Yith smooth surface is desired. 28 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY T CLASSIFICATION AND USES OF FACINGS AND BLACKINGS O enable foundrymen at a glance to select the brands of Facings or Blackings suitable for the size, nature and quality of castings which they may desire to make, we classify them as follows : For Cast Iron, Gas, and Water Pipe: Best Coke, Lehigh, Reliance and Charcoal. For Lightest Machine, Brass Castings and Hollow-ware: Talc, Soapstone or Charcoal, Pure Peerless Plumbago. For Cores : Charcoal, Coke, Blackstone, Anthracite, Plumbago or Graphite, Peer- less' Perfect Wash and Esso Plumbago Core Wash. For Agricultural Implements and Medium Weight Castings: Brilliant No. 3 Plumbago, Reliance, Blackstone, Pure Mineral, XX Mineral and Peerless Plumbago. For Heavy Machinery, Rolling Mills, Car Wheels, Ingots, Blast Furnaces, Etc. : Founders' Perfect Wash, Brilliant No. 1, " H. B. B." and " F. & C." Plumbago, Blackstone, Peerless Perfect Wash, Esso Plumbago Core Wash and American Graphite. For Car Wheels: XX Mineral, Reliance, Blackstone and Special Car Wheel Facing. For Loam and Dry Sand Work : Reliance Blacking, Peerless Perfect Wash, Esso Plumbago Core Wash, Pure Ceylon Plumbago and Special Dry Sand Blacking. For Steel Castings and Steel Converters: Brilliant No. i, our vSpecial Steel Casting Wash and Silica Wash. For Brass Castings: Charcoal, Carbon, East India Silver Lead or Ceylon Plumbago and Georgia Talc. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 29 For Stove Plate or Piano Castings, Light and Heavy Facings are Used as Follows: First or Heavy Brilliant No. 2 Plumbago. Blackstone Heavy Machine. XXX Heavy Stove Plate. Garland Stove Plate. American Graphite. Esso Heavy Stove Plate. Light or Top or Return Superfine National Return. National Return. Eagle Return. Phoenix or Carbonized Return. Selected Charcoal. Peerless Return. In some parts of the United States either German Crucible Clay, Foundation Facing or Prepared Bolted Cement are used in addition to the Light and Heavy Facings on Stove Plate. These are dusted directly upon the Sand to fill up the pores and to draw dampness. For Hollow-Ware Castings: Yellow Talc, Ceylon Plumbago and sometimes extra Fine Sea Coal. For Cannoi\ or Cylinder Stoves and Kettles: Our celebrated Cannon Stove Barrel Facing applied with a camel's hair brush and our Peerless Plumbago. Sometimes a mixture of Talc and fine Pure East India Plumbago. Sea Coal is al.so mixed with the Sand on this class of work. Sea or Bituminous Coal Facings Are invariably used in machine foundries in addition to the black- ings. The object of their use is to assist in peeling a casting as well as to vent the mold. They are mixed in with the sand and in machine foundries extensively used mixed with the sand for making cores. Put yourself in correspondence with us regarding Facings and Blackings. 30 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PRICES ON FOUNDRY FACINGS AND BLACKINGS Founders' Perfect Wash . lo cents per lb. Peerless " " 8 " Esso Plumbago Core Wash 6 " Brilliant No. i Facing, patented July 26, 1884 63^^ " No. 2 " " " " ....... A}4 " Peerless Plumbago 3)^ " Steel Casting Wash 5 " "H. B. B." Blacking A% " "F. & C." Blacking 3% " American Graphite .... 3 " Rhode Island Facing and Blacking, ist quality 3 " " " " " " 2d qviality 2% " Reliance Facing 2^^ " Pure Mineral Facing 3 " Blackstone, Heavy Machine (a Carbonized Lead) 3 " Providence, R. I., Heavy Machine 3 " Peerless, " " 3 " Esso, " " 3 ■' XXX Heavy Stove Plate Facing 3 " Peerless Stove Plate 3 " Brilliant " " -3 " Superfine National Return Facing 3 " Regular " " " Improved " " " " Eagle " " " Peerless " " Coke Blacking and Facing (Hand-Picked, 72-hour Connelsville) Commercial Coke " Selected Charcoal " White Pine " '• Prepared Charcoal " Lehigh " Anthracite " "XX Mineral Facing 3 3 3 3 ^Va 3 3 2 1)2 2 North Carolina Soapstone (Pure white) or Talc 1% " Yellow " " " iJ€ " Pennsylvania " << <. ^y^ u Georgia or Cream " .< » ij^ " Sea Coal or Bituminoas Facing .... $1.00 per bbl. of 200 lbs. Sea " " " " in carloads. Prices on application. Bolted Sea Coal F'acing i " " German Crucible Clay \% " Prepared Bolted Cement i)^ " " Foundation Facing 2 " " Sea Coal or Bituminous Facings shipped in carloads direct from nearest plant. Above prices in original barrels ; in less quantities, add 2 cents per lb. For prices on Plumbago, see page 36. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 31 A LITTLE LIGHT ON A DARK SUBJECT "ESSO PLUMBAGO" 32 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY POINTERS ABOUT FACING AND SAND I. The gases in molding sand pass out when iron is poured into a mold. 2. When gases pass up through the iron, it is because the sand is rammed too hard or it is not properly vented. 3. Steam accumulated under liquid iron will raise and cause blow holes. 4. Too much water used in mixing sand creates surplus steam when the metal is poured into the mold. 5. When iron bubbles or boils, the gases are passing off the wrong way. 6. Iron naturally seeks a soft bed. If poured on a hard bed it will bubble and fl}'. 7. If there is not a good opportunity for gas and steam to escape down- wards, it is seldom that there is pressure or body of iron strong enough to keep them from passing up through the iron, and thereby causing a casting to blow or be scabbed. When iron bubbles or boils in a mold, it will make a scab. Too much venting will seldom do any harm, but hard ramming may cause all kinds of trouble. Whenever hard ramming is required, it should be done on the out- side portion of a mold. Dry sand molds, as a general thing, should be rammed harder than green sand molds. 12. The rammer should never be permitted to strike a pattern when ramming up a mold. 13. The narrowest point of the mold fitted is the one which should be rammed the hardest. 14. Too much depth of sand in ramming will be apt to make swells on the 'side of a casting unless well gaggered and strong sand is used. 15. Any bottom section of a mold that is covered rapidly with iron, so as to have a pressure upon it, will stand harder ramming than where it is to be covered over slowly. 16. Never patch a mold with a tool when you can patch it with your hand or finger. 17. The le.ss sleeking in order to properl}* finish a mold, the better will be the casting. 18. A hard surface sleeked mold is apt to cause cold shut and thin scabs on a casting. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 33 19. Never sleek the mold twice where once will do. 20. A close mixture of loam or dry sand is very liable to scab, while if it is too open, the mold will not stand the dropping or w^ashing effect of the iron when poured. 21. If No. 702 Plumbago is used as a blacking and rubbed on with the hand, you will prevent scabbing, and the casting will be bright, smooth and peel off clean. 22. A cold shut casting is harder to deal with than a scabbed one. 23. Scabs can be chipped off, but to obviate cold shuts has puzzled many a molder. 24. Dry sand or loam molds, if not thoroughly dried, generally cause a casting to become scabbed. 25. Using the facing sand too strong cau.ses cold shut or streaked cast- ings. 26. Wet blackings, dry sand or loam work should be mixed with molasses water instead of clay. It should be mixed gradually leading up from paste. Add more water until proper consistency is secured. 27. A casting poured hot will finish up cleaner than one poured dull, but a casting poured with dull iron will take a greater strain or weight to break it than one poured with hot iron, but b}- using No. 702 Ceylon Plumbago or Esso Plumbago Core Wash you can pour the iron as hot as you desire and as soon as you tap the iron. 28. For ornamental or small brass castings, use New Process Brass Sand. If convenient put the sand through a No. 60 riddle. 29. When pouring off after night, use white Soapstone or Flour aroun-d the gates. 30. Use our XXX Heavy Stove Plate for bottom and National Return for top facing to keep the pattern from sticking. These make "up-to-date" castings and are the finest castings in the world. 31. If 5'ou want a good "all-round" facing for a jobbing Foundry that can be used as a heavy dust, or as a wet blacking (when mixed' wuth molasses or clay water) use our Brilliant Facing. It makes \ the castings as clear as a mirror. It makes an excellent F.vciXG for STOVE plate CASTINGS. 32. Always see that your gates are cut before closing your cope or clamping the flask. 33. After closing flask note carefully that same is weighted and well clamped. 34. When it is possible to make castings in green sand they are prefer- able to those made in loam or drv sand. 34 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY PLUMBAGO, BLACK LEAD, OR GRAPHITE THESE three names mean essentialh^ the same thing, though it may seem strange to the enlightened citizens of this country that, aside from most of those who have adopted scientific pro- fessions, a dense ignorance exists as to the nature and uses of Graphite. Thus many molders maintain it to be unhealthy because it is Black Lead (probably associating the name of White Lead with it). It is not Lead, but simply a condition of carbon or pure coal, of which the finest and purest is the diamond, which, being crystallized, is the most perfect specimen. Like every article of commerce, it is graded in qualit)' and has its different degrees of purity. The best quality of Graphite in its crude state is mined in the Island of Ceylon in the East Indies. A very fine Graphite is mined in New York State and in Canada, but this contains large quantities of quartz, which must be separated from the Graphite, entailing additional cost. German Black Lead of various grades is a graphitic clay. Our Blackstone Facings are ground from a graphitic coal. We presume that graphite, in sundry stages of purity, is found in every country on the globe, but not in a remunerative quantity or quality. We are direct importers of the Ceylon Graphite and German Black Eead, and besides have the most extensive establishments in this or any other country to employ and convert native graphite to manifold purposes. Refined Graphite, which is reduced to an impalpable dust, is denominated Electrotyping Plumbago. Then we have the refined, floated, foliated or flaky graphite from which every particle of foreign matter is removed, notably any grit it may have contained. This article, when reduced, is denom- inated Lubricating Plumbago, and in quality varies from the absolutely perfect to grades often very imperfect. It is used for many purposes, but this article has nothing to do with any of them except those pertinent to the iron trade. As a dry lubricant for blowing cylinders for rolling-mill machinery or any machinery that is liable to get hot or squeaky, it is in- valuable, and acknowledged indispensable. It enters into the manufacture of crucibles for the melting of steel, iron, and brass. Castings of every description are made almost perfect by applying it in its proper condition to the molds. Of these conditions PURITY is paramount. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 35 Ceylon Plumbago There is no doubt that pure CEYLON PLUMBAGO, with a heavy body, will assist to produce the cleanest and brightest castings. Pure Ceylon Plumbago If properly used on the mold will save you money in cleaning and dressing the castings, alter they leave the mold. We furnish the best grades suitable for your class of work, and we guarantee every pound of our CEYLON PLUMBAGO to satisfy you in every respect. It will give your castings a good blue-steel color. East India Silver Lead Most suitable for green sand or dr}^ sand work. We make the grades and qualities suitable for your purpose. Our experience of over thirty years in the business is of some value to you. Founders' Perfect Core Wash This is applied to the mold after mixing it with Molasses Water. It forms a hard skin or veneer on the mold, which does not run before the molten metal. It is intended for dry sand and skin dried molds and for painting large cores. •'Esso'* Plumbago Core Wush The best Core Wash ever put on the market. Cores can be dipped or painted with Camel Hair Brush. Mix this Esso Core Wash with molasses water, and thin down to consistency of thick cream. We are the largest importers of Ceylon Plumbago in the United States. We give you the best values 36 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY INDIA SILVER LEAD AND EAST INDIA PLUMBAGO For Foundry Uses -i^'o- 914 I pQi- i^ggyy castings 10 cents per lb. o- 913 ( Special heavy mining machine castings ... 8 ^* ^^/ f Medium weight castings 7^ or 716 j & t> ^°- 9f Kight castings 1% or 728 j -^ » » I ^ o- 909 ( General iobbing work 6 or 710 j ■' ^ No. 905 \ ggg^ Plumbago Core Wash 6 or 712 I '- No. 911 \ pQ^„-,^|gj-s' Peerless Perfect Core Wash ... 10 or 732 j Above prices in barrel lots. In less quantities, add 2 cents per pound. PLUMBAGO— GRAPHITE— BLACK LEAD For Electrotyping, Lubricating, Etc. Electrotyping Graphite (molding) 35 cents per lb. " " (polishing) 40 Esso Perfect Flake L,ubricating Graphite 25 Stove Polish Plumbago 10 German Black lycad 3 American Graphite No. i 3 No. 2 3 Paint Graphite No. i 4 " " No. 2 2 Special prices in large quantities. All Plumbago packed in good strong barrels, paper lined. Barrels contain 500 pounds. Half barrels contain 300 pounds. Kegs contain loo pounds. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 37 **ESSO'' PERFECT LUBRICATING PLUMBAGO ^T^HIS is Nature's own perfect lubricant. It is merely Ceylon Plum- -*- bago, reduced to flake, with all impurities removed. "Esso" Perfect Lubricating Plumbago can be used successfully wherever friction exists. It is not affected by heat or cold, or acids. It can be mixed with oil or water and applied wherever a lubricant is required. Within the past few years we have installed special machinery for the production of this material, and we can furnish same to the trade or consumer in an)- quantit}'. Prices in bbl. lots 15 cents per lb. " one half bbl. lots 18 " " one hundred pounds 25 " " " in cans 30 " " To the Dealers: We are prepared to furnish this Lubricating Graphite, using your own brands if you desire. NOTICE We manufacture a special grade for use in blowing-engines in blast furnaces, also for steel manufactures. 38 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY BRISTLE BRUSHES For Foundry and All Other Purposes IT is a positive fact that we are manufacturing the very best quaUties of Molders* Hard and Soft Brushes. In our experience of over thirty years in the Foundry Suppl}' busi- ness, we have found that the best goods are the cheapest, and this appHes in particular to Holders' Brushes. CINCINNATI PtANT WAREHOUSE NO. 2 A good brush will last three times as long as a cheap one, and it will do the work better. A molder's poor brush is dear at any price. All our brushes are made under our own supervision. Special brushes made to order ; send us your drawings. We make steel wire brushes of all kinds. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 39 MOLDERS' SOFT OR DUSTING BRUSHES Russia Bristle Brushes are Sent Unless Otherwise Specified We can furnish any Style, Size or Grade you Desire You may search the world and you will not find a better brush for the purpose, both in quality and work- manship. We make only one grade of this style. The bristles are four inches long, selected Russia, wire drawn. The block in two parts se- curely glued and is screwed together. It is an extra large brush. Price $15.00 per doz. ri( r"iG. We recommend figures Nos. 2 and 3 soft brushes, which are wire drawn and of the best bristle. We recommend this type as we have studied the wants of the molders, and it is our aim to give them a satisfactory brush. The Russia Bristle Brush will cost more money, but will last longer and give the best of satisfaction. Tlie prices on these two figures are the same, according to the size of block and quality of bristle used. Best Russia Bristle $900 per doz. American Bristle 8.00 " " Horse Hair Bristle 7.20 " Mixed Bristle 6.00 Fig. 4. Machine Molders Fic. 5. Stove Molders. Figures Nos. 4 and 5 are the waxed or pitched brushes. These have the same kind of bri.stles as figures Nos. 2 and 3, but will fall out more readih- 40 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY than the wire drawn. We do not recommend the pitch brushes, but some molders prefer to use them. The prices are the same. The No. 4 brush has a larger block and is used by machine manufacturers, while the No. 5 is used by stove manufacturers. Best Russia Bristle $9.00 per doz. " American Bristle 8.00 " Horse Hair Bristle 7.20 " Mixed Bristle 6.00 " Fig. 6. Flask and Core Brushes Mixed Bristle $6.50 per doz. Best Pure Bristle 7-50 Vic. 7. Machinists and Molders' Bench Brushes Pure Bristle 1 10.50 per doz. Mixed Bristle ai:d Tampico 9.00 Our Molders' Brushes are made for rough usage in the foundry Fig. 7^4 Rubber Set and Bound Flat Brush Length of bristles extending from 2)4 in, to 4)4 in. from block. All sizes in stock from 2)4 in. to j^}4 in. in width. Write for prices. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 41 HARD OR STIFF BRUSHES For Brushing Iron Patterns Kussia Bristle Brushes are Sent Unless Otherwise Specified. We Can Furnish any Style, Size or Grade You Desire Fic;. 8 Medium Size Extra quality selected Russia Bristle . . $12.00 perdoz. Russia Bristle . . . 6.50 " American Bristle . 4.50 Tampico and Bristle 3.00 " Extra size, 1J2 inch, stock. Fig. 10 Large Size Only Russia Bristle . . . $8.50 per doz. American Bristle . . 6.50 " Tampico and Bristle 4.00 " Russia Bristle . American Bristle S6.50 per doz 4-50 Fic. 9 Medium Size Russia Bri-stle . . . $6.50 per doz. American Bristle . . 4-5o " Tampico and Bristle . 3.00 " Fig. II For Stove Foundries Russia Bristle . . American Casings Bristle 6.50 American Bristle . . 5.50 $7.20 per doz. Stove Foundries— Extra Size Extra quality selected Russia Bristle . . $10.00 per doz. E.Ktra quality selected American Bristle 7.50 " American Bristle . . 6.00 " 'i'liiiilllMlllllllllllllllllillWilllllllBllBlillliilllg Width, i^ inch . . $4.00 " H " • • 4-25 " n (( • • 450 " i/s (( . . 5.00 " ^Va " • • 5-25 Fig. 14 Core Box Brushes — Best Russia Stiff Bristle 00 per doz. Width, i}4 incli . "2 '• . $5. 50 per doz. 5-5 6.00 6.50 " Bristles extend one inch from block. Remember, we have had thirty years' experience in manufacturing brushes. 42 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CORE PAINTING BRUSHES These brushes are carefully made and well adapted to liquid use. We furnish them bound with tin or brass. The bristles are selected American, but we will quote prices with Russia Bristles upon application. These quotations are on tin-bound brushes (Fig. 15V Width ^4 inch $1.75 per doz. 2 3 3>< 4 4>< 5 6 2.00 2.25 2-75 3-50 4-50 550 7-50 850 9-50 10.50 12.00 Fig. 15. Flat Bristle Brushes L^arge core brushes for gas and water pipes (not For Painting Cores bristle), $6.00 per dozCU. Double Thick and Brass Bound These brushes are made extra THICK of picked camel hair. The brass binding having its edge turned under gives additional security to the hair and • • prevents it from cutting on edge of bind- Camel Hair Brushes ing, which frequently happens and causes the hair to come off on the work. . $14.45 per doz. 1 8 00 . 20.00 " . 30.00 " Write for Discounts idth, I inch . . $ 7.20 per doz. Width, 2 inch - i^ " . 9.00 " " 2V^ " " i>^ " . , 10.50 " 3 " i^ " . . 12.60 " " 3V3 " Hemp $2.00 per doz. Flax 2.75 " Fig. 18 A Splendid Lathe Brush Machinist No. 19 Excellent for Brushing Lathes and Planers, Price $2.50 per doz. THE S. ORERMAYER COMPANY 43 Molder's (Combined) Pattern Double Brushes and Dusters Fig. 19 Fig. 20 These brushes are all carefully made and will outlast others of this style. The upper part is stiff Tampico and bristle. The lower part is pure soft bristle. No. 19. Best Bristle . . No. 20. Bristle .... . $9.00 per doz. . 7.20 We manufacture our own brushes, so we can furnish the kind suit- able for your purpose. Flat* Bristle or Varnish Brushes Fig. 21 Triple thick. Finest French bristle, perfectly chiseled. This is the finest brush obtainable for finest finishina:. Beaver tail handle. Width, I inch ; length of bristle, 2 inch 1/2 2 3 -^4 3 . $ 8.00 per doz 10.00 " . 16.00 " . 24.00 (1 . 32.00 " Order our Holders' Hard or Soft Brushes for a trial. 44 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Fig. 22 Bristle Fan or Top Finishing Brushes In Tin. Cedar Handles. Width, I, 1%, 2, 2}i, 3, 3>^ and 4 inches. Price per inch 28 cents Camel Hair ** SPLIT QUILL" Brushes 2 Quills . Fig. 23 . $5.00 per doz. 5 Quills $ 9.00 per doz. 6.00 " 6 " 12.00 " . 7.00 " 8 " 18.00 " Bristle Core Round Brushes Fig. 24 Can be used for cores in order to get into small corners. Length of bristle, 25 8 inch $16.00 per doz. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 45 NICKEL PLATERS' RUSSIA BRJSTLE BRUSHES These are acceptable Core-box Brushes, but rather high priced to use for the latter purpose. They are made of the best quality of Russia Bristles, stiff and warranted to withstand acid in an}' liquid form. Fic. 25 \y% inch wide and contains 92 pods of bristles, 4 pods wide by 23 long. Price, ^7.50 per doz. Fig. 26 yi inch wide, contains 115 pods or bunches of bristles, 5 pods wide by 23 long. The pods, however, are smaller than those in the i^-inch brushes. Price, $7.50 per dozen. Fig. 27 These are extra quality stiff Russia Bristles. The pods are bunched in large holes and the brush is particularly strong and well made, the top being screwed on. They contain 120 pods, 8 pods wide by 15 long. Price, $12.00 per dozen. In the above styles of brushes the bristles extend one inch from block. Platers* Washout Brushes Prices per Dozen Fig. -n Straight or Bent Handle. ^^' ROWS. Pure Mixed Gray imte Russia, Bristle Tampico. Tampico. 260 I $3 50 %2 50 $1 30 Si 20 261 2 4 50 3 50 I 70 I 50 262 3 6 00 4 50 2 60 2 30 263 i 4 7 00 5 50 3 50 3 00 264 5 8 50 6 CO 4 30 3 70 265 6 9 50 7 00 5 20 4 50 46 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PATENT STEEL WIRE BRUSHES Patent Hinged Bridle Cleaning Brush Fig. 29 For General Use in Cleaning Castings This brush will outlast any other, the bridles on the ends of the brushes preventing the wires from vibrating — vibrating causes the wires to become brittle. This trouble is obviated with our patent bridle brush. A trial will convince you of the advantages. Price, 4-Row Brush. $8.40 per dcz. 5-Row Brush, $9.60 per doz. No. o, No. I, No. 2, Either 4 or 5 Rows Wide. For Cleaning Heavy Castings FiG. 30 The above cut is a fac-simile of our Patent Brtis/i. Consumers of wire brushes will readily recognize the true and correct principle on which it is constructed. In the old brushes the vibration of the wires which pressed backward and forward suddenly by the user in cleaning castings produces crystallization, and causes them to break off close to the edge or shoulder of each perforation. Price, 4-Row, $8.40 per doz. 5-Row, $9.60 per doz. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 47 STEEL WIRE CASTING OR CLEANING BRUSHES Fig. 31 Square Brush No. No. Length of wire Price No. No. Length of wire Price Rows. Rows. extending out- Per Rows. Rows. extending out- Per Width. IvCngth. side of block. Dozen. Width. I^ength. side of block. Dozen. I 2 in. $2 00 5 14 3 $6 00 I 12 2 2 25 4 12 4 6 00 2 12 2 " 3 25 4 14 4 6 25 2 12 3 3 50 5 12 4 6 50 2 12 4 3 75 5 14 A 675 3 12 2 " 3 75 4 12 5 675 3 12 .3 4 00 4 14 5 750 3 12 4 4 50 5 12 5 750 4 12 2 425 5 14 5 7 75 4 12 2 " 450 : 4 12 6 7 75 4 14 3 525 i 4 14 6 825 4 12 3 550 5 13 6 850 5 14 J 5 75 5 13 6 9 00 Extra sizes made to order. State if you want fine or coarse wire. Warranted best Bessemer steel. Fig. 33 Round Brush. Fig. 32 Oblong Brush, with Handles Four Rows Wide Same sizes as above list are carried in stock. Round Brushes for Cleaning Castings Length of wire, extending outside of block, 4 inches, $6 00 5 " 6 50 Iron bound, extra quality and strength . . 6 " 8 00 48 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Steel Wire Casting Broom Fig. 34 For Cleaning Large Pulleys, Car Wheels, Rolling Mill and Blast Furnace Castings. Price, $13.50 per dozen. Extra sizes and steel wire brushes of any description made to order. Quotations mailed on receipt of a sketch and dimensions. Upright Steel Sweeping Brooms For Freight and Cattle Cars, Street Railways, Streets, Stables, Docks, Factories, Iron Works, Railroads, Steamboats, Sugar Refineries, Oil Refiner- ies, Tank Cars, Tanneries, Rolling and Paper Mills, Gas and Glass Works, Street Pav- ers, Packing Houses, Furnaces, Breweries, Malt Houses, Dis- tilleries, etc. They are the best Brooms ever made for the pur- pose. They can be used on Ce- ment Floors, Asphalt, Wood or Brick Floors, Coolers, Tubs and Hogsheads. Warranted not to scratch the finest var- '" ^5 nished tub. These Brooms are not to be compared with other Steel Brooms that have been sold for years ; they are made on an entirely new principle, of the best and finest steel wire. Warranted to sweep cleaner and better than any broom made. They will outwear twenty-five of the ordinary brooms. Great care is used in tempering to secure the required elasticity and strength for the purposes intended. Price, $20.00 per dozen. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 49 HEAVY STEEL WIRE CASTING BRUSHES. BROOMS, ETC. For Heavy Work Car Track Brooms Fig. 36 For Rough Sweeping About the Factory Price, $36.00 per dozen Sweeping and Scrubbins Brooms iMG. 37 For Sweeping Purposes To take the Place of Corn, Rattan or Bass Brooms Steel Push Sweeping and Scmbbing Broom for Light and Coarse Sweeping, Cleaning and Scrubbing Fine Steel Wire Machinist's Bench Brush Made of very fine steel wire, for sweeping off Planers, Lathes and Drills. Warranted to outwear fifty best bristle brushes. Fig. 38 Price, $9.00 per Dozen 50 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FLUE AND SPIRAL TUBE STEEL WIRE BRUSHES Fig. 40 Fig. 39 For cleaning the flues or the tubes of steam boilers, thereby economizing fuel to a greater extent than any patent arrangement for that pur- pose. Parties interested will duly appreciate the merits of an invention designed to keep the flues or tubes of steam boilers in the best possible con- dition to produce steam. Ashes, soot and other deposits are well known to be non-conductors of heat. Figure 40 shows our large flue brush with iron guard. At a glance you will perceive that it is the best made. The center or wire cones being enclosed at each end with cast iron and having a flange all around of one inch, makes it im- possible for the brush to slip or come apart in the flue. The braces at the end strengthen the brush and serve to slide it into the flue again in case it is pushed entirely through, saving the trouble of crawling over the boiler and lifting it in as with other brushes. We make any size, from 4 to 24 inches diameter. When ordering specify style desired. Price, $1.00 per inch on either style. Steel Wire Brush with Long Handle Fig. 41 For Cleaning Out Pipes, etc. Price, $12.00 per dozen Under Boiler Broom Inside Boiler Broom Fig. 42 Will keep the rust from destroy- ing the boiler at the bottom. Price, $36.00 per do;£ei\ Fig. 43 Will keep the inside of boiler free from scales or rust. THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 51 ** RELIANCE" STEEL WIRE WHEEL BRUSHES Can be placed on an ordinary emery grinder. Suitable for cleaning all kinds of castings. Especially designed for Platers, Stove Manufacturers, and Hard- ware Manufacturers ; also used b}' Cycle Makers. Fig. 44 "Reliance*' Wheel Brushes Complete, Including Metal Hub Number. Diameter. Width of Face. List. SO S3 54 55 15 in. 12 " 10 " 8 " 2J^ in. 2 $15 00 each. 13 50 " 12 00 " 10 50 " State Size Arbor Hole Required No. 50 brush is the one in most general use. Nos. 50, 53, and 54 are regularly made for arbors 1^2-in. and smaller. No. 55 for arbors i-in. and smaller. For larger sized arbors there will be an additional cost. The finer grades of sections or fillers can be furnished oi Brass Wire. Sections or Fillers for ** Reliance '* Steel Wire Wheel Brushes Brush Section Sections List. No. No. Per Set. 50 3314 6 $7 50 per set. 53 341 1 5 6 50 54 358 5 6 00 55 3^^ 4 5 50 Fig. 45 In our "Reliance" Wire Wheel Brushes we have listed only those sizes which are in general use. Our invention enables us to make these goods just as large as may be required. There are now in use a con- siderable number of 15-in. and i8-in. diameter brushes, with face varying in width from A^]-z-n\. to 12-in. These brushes are all .so constructed that when ivorn out, the refillings or sections (as shoicn above) can be replaced by any operator, thus saving the delay and expense of returning the hub to us. These Wire Wheel Brushes are proving of great advantage for a variety of purposes aside from platers' and foundry use. They are suitable for polishing, cleaning and refiiiishing all kinds of metal; also for removing scales from hot forgings, tools, etc. Special sizes and sections made to order. 52 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY BRUNNELL'S PATENT WIRE WHEEL BRUSH Fig. 46 A New, Useful and Practical Invention For Scouring, Buffing and Cleaning All Kinds of Castings Specia:iy Adapted to Stove and JVlantel Manufacturing, Electro Plating and all Machine Work. Its simplicity, durability and practicability recommends itself to all manufac- turers who desire a rapid and efficient means of cleaning, polishing and buffing both plain and difficult castings. For the most speedy cleaning of small gear wheels and preservation of the sharp edges of the teeth this wheel brush can not be excelled. This invention, which is made of steel, allows the wire to be easily replaced when worn out, by means of a removable nut and disk on the front part of the wheel. DIRECTIONS Any kind of wire can be used, but after ten years' experience the use of bright wire No. 23, or broom wire No. 22, is recommended. To insure good work this wheel should run at about 1,000 revolutions per min- ute, though it can be operated safel}- at any speed. Care should be taken not to bear too hard against the wire, as by doing so the side, instead of the point of the wire, comes in contact with the work, rendering liability to bend ; but should this happen, simply reverse the wheel. In order to get the cutting point of the wire, bring the wire barely in contact with the end of it and better and more rapid results will be obtained. The wheel should have a bonnet-shaped piece of sheet iron covering it about half way to prevent injuries by wire striking the operator, as occasionally there may be a loose w'ire. It is in use in many foundries and machine and plating shops, to any of which we will with pleasure refer you. The hub of this brush is made in two sizes, four and seven inches in diameter; the brushing surface can be extended to almost any size. In ordering please give us the diameter of the shaft on which you intend to place it. Price, $20 each. Extra sets of wires to replace those worn out, five pounds to each brush, 25 cents per pound. THE S. OBERMAYF. R COMPANY 53 BRUSHES SPECIALLY MADE FOR PLATERS AND METAL FINISHERS Circular Scratch Satin Finish) Brushes For heav}' use, made very strong of coarse brass and steel wires, centers filled with lead. Diameter. each u 4X 5 S% 6 e% 7 2 50 3 00 4 50 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 10 1 1 00 12 00 13 00 14 00 3 Row. $ 3 75 4 .50 7 00 8 00 9 00 10 50 11 50 12 00 13 00 15 00 16 50 19 00 21 00 24 00 25 00 $ 5 00 6 00 9 00 11 00 12 00 13 50 14 50 15 00 16 qo 18 50 2 1 50 24 00 27 00 30 00 33 00 4 Row. P 7 00 8 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 18 50 20 50 22 00 24 00 27 00 30 00 36 00 40 00 44 00 48 00 % 9 00 10 00 15 00 18 00 21 00 24 00 27 00 29 00 32 00 36 00 39 00 42 00 48 00 54 00 60 00 In ordering brushes state size of center block and arbor hole, num- ber of rows, size of wire, and the work for which the brush is intended. GATE SPOOLS We can furnish these Gate Spools in several sizes. We have one STANDARD SIZE we carry in stock, which we find is used extensively in Stove Foundries. Price on STANDARD SIZE $2.50 per dozen They are made of dry, selected, seasoned wood. 54 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Obermayer's Prepared Iron Filler READY FOR. USE You May Need it for Blow Holes, Patching or Defects in Castings SUPERIOR TO ANY OTHER IN THE MARKET JANUFACTURED BY INNATl-CHlC/lG0PlTT5il f*UTUPlN Fig. 49 Its use is not confined to Iron Founders and Machinists because it is adapted for all kinds of I^eaks in Water, Steam or Gas Pipes, Boilers, Oil Tanks, Cisterns, Hydraulic Machiner}-, Caissons, Gaskets, C}'linders, Flanged Connections, etc.; blemishes or pitting in Hulls of Iron or Steel Ships. In 25-Pound Cans 25 cents per lb. In 12 " " 30 " " Directions for use are very simple and as follows: "This can be applied with a knife, the same as putty, but care should be taken not to get it too thick ; or it can be thinned with turpentine and applied with a brush." It will dry hard in twelve hours and retain same color as the casting. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 55 National Iron Filler Cement THIS is a metallic compound in dry powder form, ground extremely fine, which, when mixed with water to a consistency of thick paste and allowed to dry a few hours, becomes as hard as iron, entirely insol- uble in oil or water, and proof against intense heat. It quickly and easily repairs any Blowholes, Cracks or Imperfections in any Iron or Steel Casting which it matches in color. It does not chip out. Don't Throw a Large Casting away on Account of a Small Imperfection or a " Blow Hole " We Can Save the Casting We Can Save You Time We Can Save You Money We Can Save You Trouble We Can Save Your Soul (by preventing you from using a lot of bad words) AND ONLY BY U5INQ NATIONAL IRON FILLER. Which Is the same color of the casting and it gets hard as the iron, and sets in less than ao hours and remains as hard and tough as the iron Itself Fig. 50 PRICE, 25 CENTS PER. POUND No More, No Less Put Up in 12-Pound Cans Directions for Use — Measure out enough National Iron Filler to fill the defect, and add sufficient water to make a thick paste. Put the material into the hole and smootli with a Putty Knife. Keep dry and always see that the can is kept closed. THIS IRON FILLER IS A GREAT SUCCESS 56 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY STAR STEEL CORE COATING THE formation of smooth and approximately accurate holes in iron or brass castings always involves trouble and expense. The method proposed by usis to substitute, when possible, a little extra attention and labor in *^^he foundry for the wear of machine tools, supplies, power and labor of the machine shop. Broadly speaking, the improvement suggested is to insert steel cores of the shape and size of the shaft or bar for which the hole is to fit in the mold and afterwards remove them from the casting. This has been done in many foundries for years, except for special work, where tapering cores must be made so they may be removable and the crystallization and chilling of the iron makes it difficult, if not .impossible, to do anv further work on a casting that cannot be brought to the emery wheel. These objections have prevented the general use of steel cores. It will be admitted, however, if these steel cores can be coated with a composi- tion which will resist the heat and pressure of the melted iron, be non-conductive enough to prevent "chilling," and free from gas producing substances as to reduce the liability of "blowing" to a minimum, of a nature not antagonistic to the iron, where it will lay, hard enough when placed upon the steel cores to bear ordinary handling, and after the casting has been made, to become so soft as to offer no re- sistance to its removal, the use of steel cores is capable of a greater adaption to modern foundry work than it has yet been given. It is not asserted that a steel core will work in all places. It cannot compete with a sand core for producing a hole that is as perfect as made with the sand core without drilling or reaming. It has been found impracticable to cast a thin shell around a large steel core, but thinner shells can be cast around a steel core standing on end than lying down in the mold. A thinner shell can be cast around a well proportioned mold with thin webs if the metal can be poured slowly. Good enough holes can be made with sand cores, steel cores, a drill or reamer according to the work. Between steel cores and drilling there is not much choice if the drill is ground true and held solid, but the steel core is much cheaper. It does not cost anything foi jigs or fixtures, and it is a good way of saving shop costs. It has been proven that Star Steel Core Coating is the only successful prepa- ration. One pound properly thinned will make enough castings to cover nearly 900-12/3 inch cores, or 2,000 one-half inch set screws. Put up in One and Five Pound Cans $1.25 per Pound T.'iiis is Particularly Useful for Agricultural Inipleme-nt castings. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 57 WE ARE SHIPPERS OF Albany \ MOLDING White Core Sand ; also Canister, Zanesville/ SANDS Centerton for Fire Brick and Welch Mountain Clay Newport ( ^^^^ ^isht Sandusky \ or Medium Indiana / Castings We manufacture and Grind Special BRASS MOLDING SAND for Fine Ornamental Castings We furnish WINDSOR. LOCK MOLDING SAND for Aluminum and Brass Work Prices, Carloads or Less, upon Application 58 THE S. OBER MAYER COMPANY FLUOR SPAR. Have you ever used FlyUOR SPAR in your Furnaces or Cupola? If not we desire to call your attention to the following benefits derived from its use : 1. It will save from 3 per cent, to 5 per cent, more Iron than I^imestone. 2. It will reduce the Sulphur and Phosphorus. 3. It will increase the Silicon and Manganese. 4. It will increase the Tensile Strength of iron and steel. 5. It will increase the Capacity of your Furnace or Cupola. 6. It will increase the Heat and Save Fuel. 7. It will lengthen the life of j'our Furnace Blocks and Ivining. 8. It will save the I^abor of handling Limestone and Cinders. 9. It will Fluid and Clean the Iron from all impurities. ID. It will Fluid the Slag. II. It will Clean your Furnace or Cupola. It is the only natural Flux known in the world for all kinds of metals, and should be used in all Furnaces, Converters, Cupolas, Cruci- bles, etc. Six (6) pounds of Fluor Spar to the ton (2,000 lbs.) of iron will be suflScient in most cases. Price in Barrel Lots, $25.00 per Ton Special Price in Car Loads Special Circular Furnished With Full Description on Application THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 59 PEERLESS DRY CORE COMPOUND This Compound is, as its name implies, a substitute for flour, rosin and other materials formerly used in making foundrj^ cores. It has been in use for more than fifteen 3-ears, and is still the reliable compound for mixing with core sand. Cores made with this mixture are more solid and compact; it pre- vents blowing and swelling, and can be easily removed by a few raps on the casting. This obviates the necessity of slow laborers' annoyance, which is an expensive charge to foundrymen. Directions for Using the Peerless Dry Core Compound As the quality of sand used in making Cores in various localities differs, it is impossible to give the exact proportions to be used; but tell your Coremakers to use the Peerless Dry Core Compound in place of flour or aiiytJiing else yoii have been using, and in about the same quanti- ties. If your Core is TOO stiff use LESS, or if not stiff enough, use more of the PEERLESS Dry Core Compound. After one or two trials you will get the correct proportion {ox your Core Sand. For Large Cores Take I shovelful of PEERLESS Dry Core Compound to lo or 12 shovelfuls of ordinary Core Sand ; if the Core is too stiff add two shovelfuls of Burnt Sand, such as is scraped from castings. For Small Cores in Brass Foundries The following are the directions : Use two pounds of the Compound to one bushel of Iron Founders' Burnt Sand, such as is scraped or falls from their castings, sifted through a No. 14 Sieve, this proportion of each to be mixed thoroughly ; and when used to be mixed with Water. For all Cores above i inch in diameter, add i quart of Sharp Sand. Our object in putting this on the market as a Compound, and not the Core Sand ready for use, is to avoid the expense of transportation, which can be readily understood. Packed in barrels of about 225 pounds. It will be to your advantage to give it a trial. Our improved Esso Core Wash can not be excelled by any in use, and it is furnished for less money than any other of more pretentious claims. Trial Samples Sent Free of Charge 60 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY MOLDERS' WAX TAPERS For Venting Cores WAX Tapers are used as an improved method of venting cores, where complicated connections have to be made, permitting the free flow of gas from the core. In making port cores for cylinder work, it would be very difficult and slow work to connect all the vents made by the ordinary method of wire-venting, whereas the Taper can be rammed up in the core and left there. Then the heat melts the wax and leaves a perfect connection for vent. In numerous other instances the Wax Taper can be used to much better purpose at considerable saving of labor. They being very light in w^eight, the cost is so small that the value of the individual Taper can scarcely be computed. The size or length can be varied to suit the emergencies. We can supply any length or thickness, the standard size being ^ inch diameter by i8 inches long, this size taking about fifty Tapers to a pound. In stock ready for immediate shipments. Price 60 Cents Per Pound Put Up In 1 , 5 and 1 Pound Packages Invaluable for Cylinder Castings THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 61 HIGH GRADE FOUNDRY ROSIN Our Rosin is especially selected and graded for the Core-room. We are the only concern who can furnish you with crushed Rosin. We have at all times a large stock of Rosin, and are, therefore, in a position to furnish it at lowest market prices, in car loads and in barrel lots. Our machinery is especially adapted for Ground or Pulverized Rosin. FOUNDRY OR. CORE FLOUR We have contracted for the entire output of one ot the largest flour mills in this country, and can make shipments direct, thereby saving you time and freight charges. We furnish the best foundry flour for core work, and always carry a large stock on hand in our warehouses, and can fill all orders promptly. Lowest market prices on application in ton lots and car loads. We make a Specialty of flour for core work in foundries. Special Price on Genuine Rye Flour NEW ORLEANS BLACK STRAP FOUNDRY MOLASSES Extra Thick and Heavy It can be thinned down to any consistency wanted. Our Molasses is not to be compared to ordinary grocers' Syrup. One gallon of our Black Strap Foundry Mola.sses will go further in use, and will make three gallons of the ordinary Syrup. Price, 15 Cents Per Gallon in Barrel Lots Special price in Car Load lots, which we ship direct from our Plantation, thus saving you time and freight. 62 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY PEERLESS STOVE PUTTY Sold in Kegs, Tubs, Half Barrels and Barrels Onr Stove Putty is very elastic and adhesive, will not burn or .crumble, perfectly fire-proof, used to fill up joints, cracks, etc. It is mixed with a pure vegetable oil; it has none of the bad fea- tures or the fishy odor of the many inferior and cheaper articles on the market. In Tubs of ICO lbs. each 6 cents per lb In Kegs of 200 " 5 " " In Half Barrels of 400 " 4)4 " " In Barrels of 800 " 4 " " GRIND STONES Mounted and Unmounted Wet and Dry all sizes. Quality the best. All Orders Filled Promptly In Ordering, state for what Purpose Stone is to be used Fig. 51 Price, $35 per Ton Stones Shipped Direct, from Quarry to Save Freight* We Make a Specialty of Selecting Grind Stones for Foundry Use THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 63 PEERLESS FOLLOW BOARD COMPOUND Something New in Foundry Practice YOU KNOW THE COST OF FOLLOW BOARDS WE have a composition of chemicals in poivdered and liquid form which, when properly- used, becomes as hard as the wood. It will produce perfect partings Fig. 52 with sharp, hard, durable edges. It will neither swell nor shrink. It is light and strong and improves with age. We obviate chiseling the Follow Board from wood by the use of our COMPOUND. This exceeds other compounds known for matches or for similar purposes. Directions for Using Select location for the pattern, ram up drag and make partings in the usual way. Shake the Liquid Compound thoroughly before using. Oil the exposed portion of pattern. Then shake on a thick coat of powdered Soapstone or Talc. A wooden frame should be made with strips crossways,which should not be more than Yz in. deeper than pattern ; do not use a solid bottom board, but leave space between the strips through which to pour the Compound when mixed. Place this frame on drag, adjust clamps or weights ; take enough of dry Compound and heat it until lukewarm ; then stir the Liquid Compound and mix with the dry thoroughly, using just enough to permit of it being poured. After which set it aside for one hour, then turn the top frame over, take oflf the sand and place the newl}' made Fol- low Board in a temperature of 300 degrees. The material will get per- fectly dry and hard over night, it will resist dampness, remain hard and will be ready for use the next p^^ J. morning. Leave the pattern on the Fig. 53 64 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY board until the compound becomes hard and thoroughly dry, after which give it one or two coats of shellac and same will be ready for use. Fifty pounds dry and five gallons liquid Compound will be sufficient quantity to give a good trial ; smallest package sold. Put up in larger quantities of 500-pound barrels and 50-gallon packages. It will save you about sixty per cent in making Follow Boards in comparison to the old method. A trial order will convince you how much money can be saved. Write for prices. TICEOLEUM For Dressing Iron, Brass, Composition, Metal and Wood Patterns Ticeoleum will not gum the patterns. Will not need heat. It will not allow the pattern to rust. Patterns dressed with TICEOI^EUM will not corrode or rust. It dries quickly on the pattern, leaving a hard sur- face like enamel, smooth as glass, and prevents anything from adhering to it. Considering quality and the service it renders, Ticeoleum ranks far above the realms of competition among so-called pattern dressings, hence its value as such is incomparable. It is a new departure and does not contain a particle of acid or beeswax. Ticeoleum prevents 57.nd or facing from sticking to the pattern when it is returned to the mold to be printed. Particularly useful when molding small or difficult pieces, as it assists in drawing the patterns very readily. Directions Remove all wax or rust from patterns. Shake the can well and pour out a small quantity of Ticeoleum Pattern Dressing (as much as you think will cover the pattern) into a dish pan. PUT THE SCREW-CAP ON THE CAN TO PREVENT EVAPORATION. Apply the Dress- ing to the pattern with a rag or small brush, and, before it dries, com- mence to polish it with a hard bristle brush. It is advisable when a pattern is dressed the first time with this dressing to give it TWO COATS. After polishing the last coat finish the pattern with a few rubs with a dry cloth. Price, 50 cents per Quart or $2.00 per Gallon Freight allowed on orders of 10 gallons or more. THE S. OBERMAYEK COMPANY 65 FULL-SIZED ILLUSTRATIONS AND FACE MEASUREMENTS -OF METALLIC- PATTERN LETTERS ANR FIGDRES, For Foundrymen Machinists and Pattern Makers, to Put Inscriptions of Names^ Dates of Patents, Etc., on Patterns of Castings. Greatest Variety in the United States, ROMAN STYLE. ^his is the leading style, and gives universal satisfaction. The dark lines over the letters show their thickness. ^^ i-S 2C. 3-16 2C 1-4 in. 2C. 5-16 in. 2c. 3-8 in. 2^c. 7-i6in. 2^c. 1-2 in. 2^< i}^ inch 6 cents. lyi i'li-'h 7' 2 cents. c inch 9 cents. /Use 2}4 inch 14 cts. , 3 inch (heavy) 16 cts. . 4 inch 30 cts. , (5 inch 35 cts. 6 inch 40 cts., figures only). 1^9 cts., 2^ inch Condensed Roman 14 cts. Note. — The Roman Series is a universal favorite with Pattern ^Makers. Extra Thin Roman 5-16, 3-8, 1-2, 5-8, 3-4 inch made to order, of about one-ha.lf standard thickness. 2 inch Roman, double thickness, 12 cents each. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SHARP FACE GOTHIC. ^2c. 3-16 2c. X 2C. 5-16 2c.% 2;^c. >^ in. 2>^c. ^s^n. ^c. 3/in, 3^c. I in. 5c. Condensed Thin Roman. ya in. 2>^c. }4 in. 2>^c. ^ in. 3c. Ji in. 4c. This is a new and desirable style. It is more condensed and thinner than the regular Roman. FLAT FACE GOTHIC. THIN LETTER. m }i in. 3>^ " " i 25 Large ^}i " " ^ 2j{ " " 1 50 Other Sizes Made to Order Rubber Mallets are especially valuable where light and thin castings are made, in that they do not break the patterns. Every tap of the mallet vibrates the pattern so that the sand does not stick to it. 70 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY MOLDERS' PATENT RAWHIDE MALLETS List of Prices No. Diameter Length. Weight. Per Doz. O I in. 2^ in. 1}^ oz. $ 3 2o I 1% " 23^ " 3>^ " 4 20 2 l>^ " 3 " 6 " 4 So 3 l|^ " 2,% " r/z " 5 6o 4 2 " 3X " lO " 7 20 ■^ 2V, " aYat " 21 " 1 8 50 6 2 3^ " 4^^ " 22 " 20 00 Fig. 62 These are light Mallets, made entirely of hide (except the handle) and suited to a variety of uses. Rawhide, as a Mallet, is especially valuable where light and thin castings are made. They do not break the patterns. We respectfully call the attention of stove manufacturers to the advisability of adopting them. LARGE FOUNDRY MAULS USED ON FLASKS FOR FLOOR WORK Fig. 61 These Mauls are made of exceptionally strong, well-seasoned wood, and when desired can be furnished at extra cost with an iron band on the ends to prevent the edges wearing away rapidly when in use. Size 6x9 with handles, length over all, 32- in. Large size Foundry Mauls, as illustrated, at $24.00 per doz. We furnish small mallets which are used for large Core Boxes. Size 4x6, made of Elm, with handles lo-in. clear of Maul at $8.00 per doz. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY RAWHIDE FACED MAULS 71 These Mauls, or Hammers, are invaluable for Holders, Machinists, Workers in Brass or Silver, Jewelry Manufacturers, or for any one who needs to strike a hard blow without bruis- ing the material when he is at work. When worn out, the faces Fig. 63 can be renewed at slight cost. The old ones are easily removed by fasten- ing the Maul in a vise, when a few blows on the side of the faces will usually knock them out. If worn down very much a cold chisel may be necessary. The new faces need no fastening except a tight fitting in the shell. List of Prices Without Extra Faces No. Weight. Diameter of Face. Price Per Dozen. Extra Faces Per Dozen Pairs. I 2 3 I in. 2 I '4^ in. $12 00 15 00 18 00 $ 3 60 4 So 6 00 4 5 U "' 2 " 23^ " 24 00 36 00 7 20 9 60 METAL WORKERS' SOAPSTONE CRAYONS For Marking Iron Patterns or Castings I'lC. 64 The Following Sizes in Stock A X >^ X 5 I X X >^ X 5 f $3.00 Per Gross Ax ^ X 5 I K X i^ X 5 f Packed in i Gross Boxes, $4.00 Per Gross. 72 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY A Great Success. Your Molders Want Them OUR. NEW IMPROVED MOLDERS' BELLOWS With Sheet Steel Spout Patented — Fig. 6=; The new feature of this Bellows is the Sheet Steel SpOUt, which will neither mash, break nor rust, as the galvanized sheet iron pipes. This Sheet Steel Spout is nicely fitted on the Bellows Head, to which a Strong Steel Hinge is adjusted, and all are firmly riveted together. This Bellows has three thicknesses of leather at the head (where Bellows usually first break or wear out). This doubly strengthens the Bellows where it is most needed, and makes it perfecth^ air tight at that point. Notwithstanding the superior excellence of this Bellows, we have placed them on the market at the price of ordinary bellows, believing that the appreciation of foundrymen will be manifest in largely in- creased sales. 9 inch $i2.oo per doz. lo inch 14.00 " 12 inch 18.00 " THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 73 MOLDERS' FOUNDRY BELLOWS These Bellows are made especially for our own trade and are the strong est Molders' Bellows offered for foun- dry use. The Blow Pipe is set firm; is less liable to get out of place and at the same time is airtight. A ten ■ inch Ferruled Bellows is equal to an ordinary twelve-inch bellows. The leather is heavy, selected sheepskin. They have melallic hinges and a galvanized iron spoilt. Prices according to size, from $12.00 to $21.00 per dozen. Fig. 66 Molders' Ferruled Bellows Molders' Ordinary Bellows With Galvanized Spout These are made with Blow Pipe fastened in the regular way. They are very good Bellows in every particular, and have a strong blast. Not quite as durable as Ferruled Bellows and don't cost as much. 8 inches . . . . $10 00 per doz. 12 inches 9 " .... 1 1 00 " " 14 ID " .... 12 00 " " 5i5 00 per doz. 18 00 " Molders* Bench Bellows Fig. 68 Bench Bellows These are a great convenience. No spout, but short, light and exceedingly strong and durable. Prices same as the above quotations. We make Molders' liellows which have hor.se hide, calf skin or any tough leather, when they are preferred, at special prices. We manufacture our own Bellows. They are made to last. Investigate Our BLACKSMITH BELLOWS 74 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SPECIAL FOUNDRY BELLOWS Obermayer*s Facing Bellows Fig. 69 For distributing Blacking upward and where it can not be applied with the dust bag. It is very favorably spoken of where used. Price, $3.25 Oberinayer*s Sprinkling Bellows Fig. 70 For saturating the mold, when advantageous, with water, benzine, kerosene, etc. Price, $3.50 Each These Bellows are of special value to Foundry men, especially so where Dry Sand Molds are made. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 75 LARGE BELLOWS FOR FORGE OR BLACKSMITH WORK Strictly First-Class High-Grade Bellows English (Extra Long) Pattern 28 in $14 00 30 " 15 00 32 " 17 00 34 " 19 00 36 " 21 00 38 " 24 00 40 " 28 00 42 " 34 00 44 " 40 00 46 " 45 00 48 " 50 00 50 " 60 00 60 " 125 00 Opens Wide Fig. 71 Best Oak Tanned Leather The above illustration shows the manner in which these are made, and you will notice they have five folds of leather, three in the top and and two in the bottom. No other makes have this feature. We manu- facture Hand Bellows (not molders), which are made of the very best leather. Hand Bellows 6-inch $ 9.00 per doz. 7 " 10.00 8 " 1 1 00 9 " 1300 10 " 15 00 12 " 20.00 IF YOU GIVE THESE A TRIAL YOU WILL SEND US DUPLICATE ORDERS 76 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Fig. 72 EMERY OR VITRIFIED RUB STONES For Cleaning or Producing a Very Smooth Surface on Castings We carry the following sizes of Rub Stones in stock : 2 in. X 2 in. x 6 in $0 75 each 2 in. X 4 in. x 6 in i 00 4 in. X 4 in. x 6 in i 50 2 in, X 2 in. x 8 in 2 00 2 in. X 4 in. x 8 in 2 50 4 in. X 4 in. x 8 in 3 00 " Draw Screws For Wood Patterns Fig. 73 Small Size $1.50 per dozen Hardwood Wedges The Obermayer Dust Bag $2.50 per dozen Fig. 74 Iron Flask Pins, No. 2 $2.00 per hundred I'IG. 76 $16.00 per hundred Cheaper than you can buy the Shipments made promptly lumber. Number in a barrel, 600. by express or freight. Write for Discounts THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 77 SUNDRIES Beeswax. Baj'berry Wax. Lump Pumice Stone. Ground Pumice Stone. Portland Cement. L,oui.sville Cement. Plaster of Paris. Annealing Carbon. Draw Hooks lyime. Core Nails. Flue Brushes, lyycapodium. Noodle Glue. Sparger's White Heat Steel Comp'd. Annealed Core Wire. Litharge. Tripoli, Powdered. Arsenic. Pure Shellac Varnish. Caustic Soda. Oil of Vitriol. Baking Japan. Fire Sand. VvHiite Sand (for cores). Sugar Sand. Hay Rope. Clear White Pattern Glue. Ticeolium. Asbestos, Crude and Ground. Stove Putty. Annealing Charcoal, Charred Raw Bone Charcoal. Pattern Makers' Supplies. Case Hardening Raw Bone. Parting Sand Riddles. Glutrose. Annealing Raw Bone. Borax. Sulphur. Silica Sand. Emery Wheel Dressers and Cutters- Stove Cement. Furnace Cement. Aluminum Flux. Tin Parting Sand Dusters. Stove Bolts and Rods. Sand Grinding Machines. Pure Turkish Emery. Sheet Mica. Hydrofluric Acid. Burdick's Chaplets. Bone Black. Wood Dowel Pins. 78 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY FLOOR RAMMERS-COMPLETE Fig. 77 $15.00 per dozen Hickory Handles only $6.oo per doz. Polished Iron Butts and Peans 75 per set. Brass Butts and Peans furnished when desired at extra cost. Molders' Hard Wood Bench Rammers Fig. 78 Made From the Very Best Hard Wood, Well Seasoned and Oiled READY FOR USE 13 inches long, 4-inch butts 60 cents a pair. Special sizes to order. Rubber Tipped Floor Rammers Fig. 79 We furnish RUBBER TIPPED FEOOR RAMMERS when desired. Large size, 3 in. wide, 7^ in. long ; holds tip 3 in. wide, {I in, thick and ^( in. high. Small " 2 " 2^ " " 2^ " H " " H " Prices upon application. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 79 FOUNDRY SPRINKLING CANS Extra Heavy and Strong These are made of Galvan- ized Iron ; also of Copper, which have double bottoms, and are very strong. For foundries, etc. Prices, Galvanized Iron, $2.50 each; Copper, $8.00 each. All sizes carried in stock. Our Foundry Sprinkling Cans are built extra heavy to withstand the rough usage in the Foundr}'. Fig. 8u FOUNDRY GALVANIZED BUCKETS Made of Heavy Galvanized Material Fig. Si Used in handling Clay Wash or Molasses Water. Price, $9.00 per dozen Capacities from 2y^ to 3^^ gallons each. Always carried in stock. PATENT FOUNDRY BUCKETS Made of Either Oak or Cedar Wood Fig. "62 Extra Heavy and Strong. Price, $9.00 per dozen Constructed to withstand the rough usage in a foundrv. 80 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Fig. 83 THE RELIABLE WALL TORCHES Our Torches Give a Bright, Clear Flame, Almost Equal to an Arc Light They are the best and simplest Torches made for lighting Factories, Foundries, Machine Shops, Blacksmith Shops, Rolling Mills, Warehouses, etc. They are made with both single and double burners. Made for Kerosene or Gasoline. In ordering state kind desired. Single Burner, $3.00 each. Double Burner, 4.50 each. HAND TORCH LAMPS l||^^H& ' Made For Rough Usage ■n/WHtii'in miiHi Fig. 84— No. I J^ Fig- 85— No. 2 f ms Fig. 86— No. 3 No. I $0 75 each No. 2 I 00 each No. 3 I 25 each Made from Sheet Steel, Brazed with hard Spelter Solder. These goods are practically indestructibk. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 81 OBERMAYER FOUNDRY BROOMS These Brooms are made of heavy steel bands or heads which are securely nailed together. By this method of construction it is impossible for the brooms to work loose or the handles on the material to fall out. No. I. Corn and Japanese Fiber mixed, 35 lb. per doz., at $8/:o per doz. No. 2. Corn and Rattan Fiber mixed, 35 lb. per doz., at ;^8.oo per doz. No. o. All Japanese Fiber, 33 lb. per doz., at $8.oo per doz. No. I. All Japanese Fiber, 39 lb. per doz., at ^P90o per doz. They are adapted for all kinds of heavy and light sweepings. They will last longer and give better service than any ordinary wire wound broom. No shoulders to break or tear when sweeping around machinery. The brooms keep their shape till entirely worn out. They are useful for Factories, Iron and Steel Mills, Foundries, Ware- houses, Railroads, Packing Houses, Stables, and wherever rough service is required. Fig S; CORN WHISKS These are sometimes used by Foundries ana Machine Shops for bench use. No. I at $3.00 per doz. No. 2 at $3.50 per doz. No. 3 at $4.00 per doz. No. 4 is made heavy and extra strong for shop use at $3.50 per doz. Prices subject to discount. liitiiiiiiift* Fig. 88 82 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY MOLDERS' SHOVELS Our Own Brands and Those of Leading Shovel Manufacturers Fig. 89 "Split" Handle Fig. 90 "D" Handle Different Brands and Descriptions Our Holder's Shovels are the best. We offer you a larger variety than any other concern. We call your particular attention to our *' Obermayer '* and '* Peerless *' Brands, which we guarantee to be second to none. When ordering, specify whether " Split" or " D " handle is wanted. Prices and Brands Ames $16.50 per doz. Obermayer .... $13.50 per doz. Blair 14.00 " Peerless 12.50 " Tredwell .... 12.50 " Justis 8.40 " Hadwin .... 11.80 " Eagle 6.50 " We carry an immense stock of different Brands of Holders Shovels at our various warehouses. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 83 "OBERMAYER" GATE RAKES "OBERMAYER" COKE FORKS Sizes From 10 to 16 Tine Fig. 93 From ^3.00 to $3.75 each, according to size. All sizes always carried in stock for immediate shipment. 84 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY "OBERMAYER'S" COAL, COKE SHOVELS AND SCOOPS Plain Black Polished Lipped Shovels Fig. 94 " D " Handle From $7.50 to $15.00 per doz. Coal or Coke Shovels Fig. 95 "D" Handle From $12.00 to $20.00 per doz. Obermayer Scoops Fig. 96 From $8.00 to $21.00 per doz. Large assortment always carried in stock for immediate shipment. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 85 MOLDERS' EXTRA HEAVY STEEL, GALVANIZED AND BRASS RIDDLES Obernvayer's Riddles are Guaranteed to be the Heaviest, Strongest and to Withstand the Roughest Usage. Cross Bars are Equalized on the Bottom. Fig. 97 Fig. 9S Steel Wire Riddles iS-iiich Foundry Riddles, from No. 2 to No. 12 mesh . . $6.00 per doz. Galvanized Wire Riddles 18-inch Foundry Riddles, from No. 2 to No. 12 mesh . . $8.50 per doz. Brass Wire Riddles iS-iuch Foundry Riddles, from No. 2 to No. 18 mesh . . $12.50 per doz. Brass Parting Sand Riddles 18-inch from No. 20 to No. 26 $3.00 each Extra Fine Brass Riddles for Rosin, etc. From No. 28 to No. 100 S4.Soeach We carry all Riddles in stock. ])()th with or without cross bars. All kintls made to order. Special Sizes Made to Order 86 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY DOUBLE CRIMPED WIRE CLOTH Exact Size of Mesh ■ ■ ■ 1 ■ ■ t ■ «■■ !;■■ 1 ■■,.■■ ■■■I ,■ » ■ 1 ■ ■ ■ i ■:,■"■ 1 1 ■; ■ 1 1 ■ ■ 1 turn Hi. ■■■■■■ 1 i, ■ ■ 1 ■■ '1 Bi Hi ■ ■ ■ B ■. ■ ■■ 1 ■ ■ 1 ■■■■ Fig. 99 4 Mesh. No. 11 Wire .•ri*riii>«-»tir«iir»«rB«r(i'rk»r«iri«r«trii»r-#r-*>r«* -»■•'•■ •■:«>r»>rii'r««r •**'■'<"»'*"■• r ••#•«'*■ n'r ■■#■'# ■-••■-•'••ii'r»'*-»>*-«tr«i-i*-ii'r»'#«'C»'« ••■■■# ••cii^r I •• •♦rii'»- ••#■■«'•' i'r»'r«'r«>r»r«'rrr«*r»-r ■!§-■>! -■>*-a-ir#rB ■'«>•■ rn* • r« ■■•*■»• r.'r»r»'«-«>ri '#■'*•'■■•'■■■••'•'•'*'•• r«-ir»ir«-»' ■•r«'r •'•*■'•■■ I 'k'«'«-«'*'» «'■'■■ iTa'Ci ■'*'■"■■■ ■■«'■'■"■'« a'ra'r*' if I •tf I'lr »'»"•** **"»-r»**rr»- *■« iirtfB'rrrB'irB'ra'i •»■■-«♦•■'■■••• ■'r«'r«r»'«r»>>f»*r«'r»>rrir ■»»-■♦*•! :■■"••«' r «'if •••■■•* n'ra- r ••*-»• r»r»->r'a'«'B-r-ii'a ■*r>^r«-irf ••■>jf ■<■"«* •"«•«• »'r»' If a'lra' If ■ #a'tf»>«*a'«-a'««>«rB>j •••Ca»a-a»a •'••••"" »;ra'r»irn'*-a«r BrB'r8'«(*B'ira'i Br«'«ra'if ••irB^ 20 17 9 31 50 112 3 20 21 II 36 CO 113 4 20 27 13 45 00 Fig. 104 Complete Double Bottom strong, Durable, Light Weight Rope, Iron or Clip Handles, as you like. Specify which, otherwise we send Iron. Extras Add for Wire Me.sh Bottoms $ 6.00 per doz. " " Shoes or Runners 6.00 " " " " Casters $6.00 to 24.00 " " " Covers 30 per cent " " Heavy Tin Plate 50 " " MOLDERS' SPRAY CANS Fig. 105 For spraying water or other liquids on the mold. Made substan- tially from either Brass or Enamelled Tin. Smaller size in Copper or Tin of other design. Price, Brass, $1.50 each. Tin, 75c each. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 89 STEEL WIRE SAND SCREENS Fig. io6 Double Wires The above Screen is made from Selected Steel Wire, extra laced with DOUBIvE WIRES instead of single. The frames painted and the wires coated to prevent rusting. The regular size for Foundry use is 4 Mesh, for fine sand 5 Mesh, and for gravel 3 Mesh. No. 1 Steel Wire Sand Screen Size, 6 feet high, 28 inches wide $10.00 each No. 2 Steel Wire Sand Screen Size, 5 feet high, 24 inches wide $ 9.00 each Special vSteel Wire Screens to order. 90 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY GLUTROSE (LIQUID) CORE COMPOUND Sold oi\ Quality, Retained on Merit Glutrose Core Compound is an article made in liquid form, to be mixed with the sand. This mixture is diluted by the use of water to the consistency desired, then the sand is tempered according to the size of the core. Cores can be made to have a hard outer surface so the thin places and corners may be kept sharp and strong. No Gases are Generated thus preventing blow holes in your castings. We manufacture several grades which are intended for general foundry use — one grade for small, fine cores, especially valuable for brass work ; also a grade for radiator work, where a strong, slender, tough core is required. SAVES TIME, SAVES MONEY and SAVES TROUBIvE. It has a heavier body than any Liquid Core Compound on the market. Diluted and used often as a substitute for molasses water. A trial will convince j'ou. Always in stock. Prices on application. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 91 DR. KIRK*S CHEMICAL COMPOUND OR FLUX For Cleaning, Softening and Strengthening Cast Iron When Melting ii\ a Cupola This Compound is designed to supply Carbon, which is a strong ele- ment that is desired in producing good castings. In the process of manufacture, where fluidit}- in melting is essential, this flux, when used, will make a good, strong casting. This Compound will assist in making hard iron soft. It will reduce percentage of loss ; it will reduce tend- ency to clinging to lining, and it will facilitate escaping of dirt and dross from the iron. It will assist the lining in being glazed, thus cleansing the Cupola and makes the slag brittle and easily removes it. Directions Use about five pourids to each ton of iron melted ; make into a tliick paste and distribute equally upon each charge of fuel before you add the charge of iron. This compound should be used dry before tapping when placed in the bottom of ladles. 92 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY i FERR.O m MANGANESE We can furnish 80 per cent pure Ferro Manganese in LUMP or POWDERED form in carloads or less. Ferro Manganese is one of nature's own remedies, and has been used in the iron industry for many years. It strengthens the iron ; it prevents blow holes, and otherwise improves the iron. When used in very small proportions it acts to soften the chill. Used in larger proportions, say i per cent, it acts to strengthen soft iron. It aids the escape of gases, thus reducing the chances of blow holes or unsound castings. It assists won- derfully in eliminating sulphur in coke or iron w'hen it is melting in the Cupola. With the use of FERRO MANGANESE you can safely use more scrap iron in your mixtures. When using FERRO MANGANESE for chilling or softening iron, there is a general improvement of the iron iu solidity, toughness, etc., and after a little experimenting it will prove to you that FERRO MANGANESE is a valuable adjunct in your foundry for nearly all classes of castings. The most economical way to use FERRO MANGANESE is to put it at the bottom of the ladle. It may be used in lump form in the Cupola. W^hen placed in the tapping spout in running metal it will mix thor- oughly. You should use one pound of ground FERRO MANGANESE IN LADLES to about 400 pounds of iron. If this does not produce the results required, experiment a little, using more or less FERRO MAN- GANESE, as ,your case may require, and in a short time you will fully realize the benefits of this material. Lump In small lots of 25 lbs 10 cents per lb. In lots of 200 lbs 7 In ton lots 4>^ Powdered In small lots of 25 lbs 15 cents per lb. In lots of 200 lbs i2>^ " " In ton lots 8 F. O. B. Factory THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 93 THOMPSON'S ADJUSTABLE FLASK CLAMPS Prevent Run-Outs by Using the Best Flask Clamp Thousands in Daily Use— Send for a List of Users Fig. 107 Fig. 108 This Cut Shows Clamp in Use These Clamps will not only save time, but do away with wooden wedges. They are the most practical and economical flask clamps on the market. It is not necessary to have a great variety of sizes. The following sizes carried in stock. No. I. lo-inch . . $ 9.60 per dcz. No. 5. 30 inch . . $20.40 per doz. " 2. 14 " . . 12.00 " " 6. 36 " . . 24.00 " " 3. 18 " . . 1440 " " 7. 42 " . . 31.20 '■ 4. 24 " . . 16.80 " It is to your interest to order a trial lot. 94 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY ECCENTRIC CLAMPS Fig. 109 Has Advantages Over the Ordinary Screw Clamp. A Time and Labor Saving Instrument. Nos o Open, inches . . 2^ Price $4.00 I 2 3 4 4 6 8 12 .00 $7-50 $ 1 1 . 00 $13.00 per doz MALLEABLE IRON SCREW CLAMPS Fig. 1 10 Nos. ..... Open, inches . Price 2 6 $7-50 i 11.00 per doz. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 95 CABINET MAKERS' AND BUILDERS' STEEL BAR. CLAMPS Fig. III 12 inches . . $13.00 per doz. 48 inche-s . . $26.00 per doz 15 " • 1375 " 54 . 28.00 " 18 " . 15.00 60 • 30-75 " 21 " 16.00 " 66 • 32-50 " 24 " • 17-25 " 72 • 34-75 " 30 " • 19-50 " 78 - 3700 " 36 " . • 21.75 " 84 • 3900 " 42 " - 23.85 " 90 • 41-50 " The increased demand for long Clamps by manufacturers of cabinet and undertakers' goods is fully met by this Clamp. No clamp made equals it in strength, convenience and ease of adjustment. It clamps instantly any width of work up to eight feet. Any odd size made to order. We make this Clamp with a screw head in place of the eccentric head, when so ordered. The Only Steel Bar Clamp Made inch 1 G _7 1 (T WOOD DOWEL PINS Prices on Maple, Hickory, Ash or Oak Rods 50 per 1,000 ft. 50 00 30 60 _9_ 1 G ii 1 6 $6.50 per 1,000 ft. 7.00 " 8.00 10.00 " 96 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY "ESSO" SCREW CLAMPS Fig. 112 With Ball and Socket Swivel Fig. 113 With Riveted Swivel Heavy Square Thread on Screws. Frames " Ribbed " all around. The Strongest and Best Clamps made. To Open, inches .2 2^3 4 5 6 Price $4.00 $5.20 $6.00 $8.40 10.00 $13.00 per doz. To Open, inches. .7 8 9 10 12 Price $15.60 $18.00 $20.00 $22.00 $27.00 per doz In Ordering, Please State Which Style Swivel is Desired From 2 to 6 inch, half doz. in box. From 7 to 12 inch, quarter doz. in box. Cabinet Makers' Clamps in .stock ; large assortments. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 97 HAWLEY'S PATENT ADJUSTABLE CLAMP These Clamps are made from the best malleable iron and are so constructed that they can be adjusted instantly to any size flask within the length of the Clamp. Each Clamp will take the place of five to ten plain, old style clamps. The}^ are strong, comparatively light and durable. No. I adjusts from " 2 " " " 3 " Fig. 115 7^^-in. to ii-in. Flask 9 " to 14 " i2,y2 " to 24 " " PINCH DOGS 6.00 per doz. 7.50 18.00 No. 00 i/2in 30 cents per doz. 02 " • . 40 " " I 2V2 ''.... • 50 " " 23" 70 " ECONOMIC SEAMLESS STEEL CAN For Shellac, Paint, Varnish, etc The Hermetical Seal Pre- serves Brushes and Contents This can is made from smooth surface, cold-rolled "Swedoh" steel, drawn seam- less, in two parts. It is well finished and heavily enameled outside, the interior being coated with a light varnish that will not discolor the material kept in the can. It commends itself at once to pattern and cabinet makers and all who use fine paints, varnish, shellac, etc. Size of "Economic Can" 9^^2 inches high, 6 inches in diameter. $3.00 each r'iG. 116 98 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE EUREKA SNAP FLASK The Most Perfect Acting aad Reliable Flask Upon the Market. Cheap in Price and Always Ready Hardwood— Malleable Iron Trimmings Fig. 117 The placing upon the market of a ready-made vSnap Flask is an ar- ticle as new as it is needed, and we are determined to give Foundrymen a chance to get the best constructed, the best acting and most durable Snap Flask at a price that will be a great saving over the old way of making them for themselves, and, besides, getting a superior article. It can be seen by the cut that the flask has the most perfect acting hinge. It is so constructed that the sand can not get into it, and does not have to be cleaned every time it is taken off the mold, nor will it break or crack the mold in taking it off. It has an adjustable guide, which can be adjusted to the pins very quickly. The pins are V-shaped, with corresponding bear- ings on the adjustable guide, which insures a square and perfect lift of the cope. This flask is bound on both edges with heavy band iron. The cor- ners are all rabbeted together and bound with heavy corner irons, which makes them stiff and strong. The hook is the simplest and most perfect in action of any hook made, and when closed holds the flask perfectly tight and stiff. The cope is grooved all the way around so as to prevent an}^ sag in lifting off or closing up. This flask complete cannot be equalled in quality for the price. Price $6.00 Each, Any Size Snap Flask Trimmings $3.00 Per Set THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 99 EUREKA ROUND SNAP FLASK Fig. ii8 We illustrate our Eureka Round vSnap Flask, which fills a long-felt want in the Foundry. They are I'/i inches thick. They have our pat- ent hooks. The edges are bound with heavy band iron, and have our latest improved adjustable guides and pins. The cope is grooved, and is made to stand a great deal of rough usage. It works perfectly. Price, $10.00 Each EUREKA SPECIAL CUT SNAP FLASK Fig. 119 The above cut illustrates the Eureka Snap Flask, cut for a special pattern. We make this Flask c/d in any shape. In ordering, send drawing of the sides ot the Fla.sk as it is to be cut to fit the pattern, or send pattern. Use Our Taper Snap Flask LoiC. 100 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE STANDARD TAPER. SNAP FLASK Fig 1 20 All Measurements Given at the Parting (Flasks Taper 1 inch to 1 ft.) For Example: A flask 12x12 inches, 6-inch cope and 6-inch drag, would measure 13x13 inches at the bottom, 12x12 inches at the parting, and 1 1 x 1 1 inches at the top. They are made with special machinery and built on templets, and the taper is perfect. Therefore, in ordering, if you are going to use wood slip-boxes, we would prefer to cut them out for you, and when nailed together we will guarantee them to fit perfectly on all four (4) sides. Instead of grooves we use band iron for holding the sand in cope, as shown in cut. For any special casting, which has to be perfect, there is no better flask in which to make it than these, if you have perfect slip-boxes. They do not crush the mold. Band Iron, extra $2 00 Price for cutting slip-boxes, each 50 List Price for Taper Flask complete, each 10 00 Write For Discount R U a User of Obermayer's Facings? THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 101 NEW DIAMOND SNAP FLASK Fig. 121 The New Diamond Snap Flask is furnished ot the very best ma- terial, with malleable iron trimmings mortised and dovetailed into the wood. The pins and sockets are placed on with bolts, and the hinges are warranted not to get loose from the wood. On each flask is one adjustable socket to take up the wear. The New Diamond Snap Flask is the lightest, strongest, and best flask on the market. It suits the majority of molders, for both bench and machine work. This flask is guaranteed to be perfect in every respect. Sets of Five. — We call special attention to a set of five Snap Flasks of any size, length and width, which consists of five drags, each 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 inches, and of five copes the same. They are interchangeable, and the following twenty-five depths of Flasks may be made of one set. Copes 22222 Drags 65432 3 3 3 3 3 65432 44444 65432 Copes 5 5 5 5 5 Drags 65432 6 6 6 6 6 65432 These sets are used for odd jobs, as they do away with the nailing on of strips to suit the work. Price for single Diamond Snap Flask (cope and drag) .... $6.00 Price of sets of five is $27.50. Match and cheeks made when desired. Price, $2.50 each. Prompt Shipments 102 THE S OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER. CORE BOXES Fig. 122 We furnish a complete set of Core Boxes which consists of fourteen sizes and three lengths to each size, viz.: 6 in., 12 in., and 16 in. long, making in all 42 boxes. Straight ends $40.00 per set Cone end extra 10.00 " List of Standard Cores Diam. of Core. To Bore Diam. of Core. To Bore III 2)i Diam. of Core. To Bore Diam. of Core. To Bore 2^ 3^8 1-3- 3i\ 3U 3^8 3}f 4,\ 4iV They are made of hard poplar, which is not likely to warp as maple wood does when used continually with the wet sand. Core Boxes made in any size and sold in any quantit}- desired. ANNEALED CORE WIRE We furnish to the trade Annealed Iron Wire in bundles, and carry in stock assorted sizes, from No. 8 to No. 16, standard wire gauge. Other sizes fur- nished when ordered. We always ship this in bundles unless otherwise specified, without making extra charges, the average weight being from 100 to 150 lbs. each bundle. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Fig. 123 Decimal Figures refer to Diameter in Decimal Parts of an Inch Investigate Our Core Wire Straightening Machines THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 103 HOLDERS' TOOLS Fig. 124 Fig. 127 ALL KINDS, SIZES AND MAKES CARRIED IN STOCK FOR IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT Fig. 128 All Holders' Tools sent by express or mail with charges prepaid. Fig. 132 SEND FOR SPECIAL MOLDERS' COMPLETE TOOL CATALOGUE, which we send to any individual molder FREE OF COST. Fig. 133 Fio. 134 104 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY LUMP CHARCOAL Carloads or Less We are prepared to furnish at all times Charcoal used by foundries for skin drying molds and other purposes. We operate our own Charcoal Kilns and burn nothing but Hard Wood. Less than carload lots put up in barrels. Shipped in Bulk in carloads to all parts of the United States and Canada. NOTICE We desire to call the attention of the trade to the fact that we furnish all kinds of Willow, Maple and Pine Charcoal and carry this material in stock ; Charcoal for Animal Food, Veterinary and Medicinal purposes. We furnish Charcoal for every purpose known, in lump, granulated or powdered form. FOUNDRY COKE We ship genuine 72-hour Councils ville Foundry Coke at lowest mar- ket prices. We have made arrangements to secure for the foundrymen the best Connellsville Coke. Carloads shipped direct from the Coke Ovens. Less than carloads shipped from our nearest warehouse. Write for prices and freight rates. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 105 RE-CARBONIZED GRANULATED WOOD CHARCOAL For Filtering Purposes We are furnishing this material to the builders of refrigerating plants, also to the manufacturers of Artificial Ice. Our Granulated Charcoal is pure and sweet, and free from all foreign matter, being used for all filtering purposes; it is manufactured from simple burnt hardivood Charcoal. This gramdated wood Charcoal is suitable for purifying water, whether used in the manufacture of Ice or not. Put up in bags or barrels ; 3 cents per pound. Special prices in car loads. Special prices to dealers and Ice Machine builders. Order from our nearest Warehouse. Notice Our filtering Charcoals are made from hard wood — Maple — and made under our own supervision. We Are Manufacturers of Granulated Animal Charcoal for Filtering, etc. 106 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY i ft? z CO 0^ i S 1 g^ Wrought Iron Ghaplets and Ghaplet Stems. r _ t*(" CO CO o CO 1— I CM o 05 O QO o CO o US O CO o lO CO CO CO CO t>. l>- t^ (JO 00 05 OS o rH '♦l CO o 00 X) 1>- t>. 05 o CO o CO o o CO o ^^ CO CO 00 ^ "^ ^ T}H '^ -^ lO lO lO CO CO CO '^•r o o CO o o o CO o oo o o o o 1— ( o CO o o o C<1 C. t^ 00 05 o 1—1 y-l rH T— f G 0) o N c3 U V Ih bO 03 O M J2 e ^ "O C 3 li u OJ c o o Ul o (U .-^ o o (U <*-! ^ o ri^ a; () Lh o SIZES IN STOCK. % Fig. 136 i Aii Tinned. m* 10 00 CO 00 CD OS 00 CO Oi oq (35 rH 00 rH oq rH o^ 10 oq CO Oa u*» CO CO 10 CO 00 10 1—1 CO OI CO CO X) Oi CO (oq LO 00 j—i OO lO CO 00 oq Oi 10 Oi CO rH H •-*» CO CO CO 00 CO 10 o^ o^ X) 10 Oi lO CO lO CO 10 CO lO CO CO CO 1 < Q •*» tH CO cq oq 10 oq CO oq oq 00 oq Oi oq CO rH CO CO CO CO CO 1 Oi CO -fS CO 00 1—1 ■6*9. OS r-l Oi 1—1 to oq CO rH oq oq Ol lO CO oq CO o? lO 10 OI oa CO oq 00 CO oq lO oq 00 oq -*)• lO 1—1 CO rH 10 CO I— 1 tH 00 r- 1 00 Oi r-t LO OS tH oq uO oq rH oq rH oq o< oq 10 oq oq •ui JO 90B gui.ti J tUOJJ c CO CO ■^ Hid CO Hid CO t^ 00 OS rH 1-* oq 1-* THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 107 SIZES IN STOCK, WROUGHT IRON CHAPLET STEMS. WITH SQUARE PLATE FITTED. PRICE PER HUNDRED. DIam.of Plates. IJin. IJin. If in. 2 in. 2iin. 3 in. Thick's of Plates tV in- e'l '"•• i in. 1 1 in T3 in- iin. Diam.of Stem. iin. T5 in- 1 in- ^ in. fin. fin. Length 3 in. $2 80 $3 43 $4 00 $6 43 $9 83 13 97 H " 2 85 3 50 4 10 6 60 6 77 10 10 10 37 14 35 4 '' 2 90 3 57 4 20 14 73 H " 2 95 3 65 4 30 6 95 10 65 15 10 5 " 3 00 3 73 4 40 7 13 10 92 15 47 5^ " 3 05 3 80 3 87 4 50 7 30 11 20115 85 6 " 3 10 4 60 7 47 11 48 16 22 61 " 3 15 3 95 4 70 7 65 11 75 16 60 7 " 3 20 4 03 4 80 4 90 7 83 12 07 16 97 n " 3 25 4 10 8 00 12 30 12 60 13 15 17 35 8 " 3 30 4 17 5 00 5 20 8 20 17 75 9 " 3 35 4 25 8 55 18 60 10 " 3 40 4 33 5 40 8 90 9 25 9 60 13 70 14 25 19 25 11 " 3 45 4 40 4 50 5 60 5 80 20 00 12 " 3 50 14 80 20 7-5 N>t Prise J9r Curving PUles to Suit Diun. XOora. 25 35 45 60 75 1 00 DOUBLE HE&D GH&PLET STEMS. Made of ^ inch round Iron, from % to 2]{ inches long (measuring from face of shoulder). Price, per hundred, from S/g to jYs inches $4 00 Price, per hundred, from ij| to 2j^ inches 5 00 Fig. 138 DOUBLE HEAD GHAPLETS, WITH FORGED HEADS. Made of ^ inch round Iron, from 3^ to 2}4 inches long, with heads ^ inch in diameter. Price, per hundred, from )i to i^ inches $5 oo Price, per hundred, from 1%. to 2}4. inches 6 00 DOUBLE HEAD CHAPLET STEMS, WITH SQUARE PLATES FITTED. Tinned. Fic. 139 Stems made of ^ round Iron, from % to 2^ inches long. Price, per hundred, }4 to i inch, with plates from 3/ to iX inches $S 00 Price, per hundred, lyi to i^z inches, with Plates from iji to 2 inches 9 00 Price, per hundred, i^ to jyi inches, with Plates from 2 to 2)4 inches 10 00 Special Size Chaplets Made to Order. 108 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY •*ESSO" PERFORATED TIN CHAPLETS Fig. 141 These Can be Made in Any Size, Shape or Form WE HAVE found, through experiment, and after considerable ex- pense, the many advantages secured by the adoption of Perfo- rated Tin ChapletS. They are used extensively on radiator work and in stOVe foundries where gas ranges are manufactured, and are particularly useful on gas-burners, water backs, water fronts and ends. No measuring necessary, as the Chaplet is made the thickness of metal required. The iron flows through all perforations, thus making a solid mass ; whereas in using other tj^pe Chaplets there remains a head or rod extended outside of casting, which has to be chipped or cut oflF, thus entailing extra expense and loss of time, and adding innumerable chances for leakage. On all sanitary plumbing work, engine work or other castings which necessarily have any port-holes, they are found in- valuable ; in fact, anything pertaining to cored work of any description. THE MORE COMPLICATED THE WORK, THE MORE INVALUABLE THEY WILL PROVE. We are prepared to make the dies necessary to suit any class of work, making Perforated Tin Chaplets any size, shape or form required. Write for particulars with prices. Send for Trial Samples "Everything You Need In Your Foundry" THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY RADIATOR. CHAPLETS 109 M^IATOR .NO WATER-BACK CHAPLET5. Fig. 142 No. I. Head, Yt, inch, stem, yV, length to order. No. 2. Double Head, same size No. i. No. 3. Head, Y^ x ^, stem, ■^^, length to order. Special Chaplets and Plates Made to Order Write for Prices and Discounts Prompt Shipments Guaranteed LOVEJOY'S SHELL CHAPLETS •iiail Fig. 143 ■ 3 wm- Fig. 144 The illustration shows the manner in which the Chaplets are placed when in use. They are made from ^s-in. to i-in. thickness and are used to a great advantage. An accurate adjustment of core may be secured without the use of gauges, effecting a saving of time and labor. Also securing smooth surfaces of the casting outside and inside. Perfect amalgamation of Chaplet with the cast metal. A vented top for the escape of gas, thus insuring a full pour within the shell, consequently a preventive to " blowing" of the molten metal. Strength to resist pressure and to do perfectly the work they are intended to accomplish. Trial lots forwarded without charge. State thickness of metal in casting when ordering, and if possible give approximate weight of cores. All sizes in stock and we make prompt shipments. 110 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER'S GREY IRON CHAPLETS Fig. 14s We can furnish in large or small quantities the cheapest and most practical chaplets for general work that have been introduced. They are the invention of an experienced foundryman, and they have been tested in actual practice on various kinds of work. They leave ver}' little, if any blotch on the surface, and fuse well into the hot iron, so as not to cause blow holes. As they become part of the casting, there is no loss of weight, and the time saved in molding pays for the chaplets many times. We make the following; sizes: List Prices I/Cngth, y^ inch $0.72 per hundred 3/ If 8 2 .78 .84 .90 .96 1.02 1.08 1. 14 1.20 1.26 1.32 1.38 1.44 F. O. B. cars or express here. No charge for boxing. We will accept no order for less than 500 of one size. Coppering 40 cents per 100 extra. Prompt shipments. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 111 W No. 1 DOOR CATCH (Pat. May 31, 189S.) Y No. 3 Z No. 4 SPRING COVER CATCH (Pat. May 16, 1S99.) A No. I B No. 2 A B No. 3 Fig. 147 These catches are designed to dispense with setting cores or fihng or cutting lugs to swinging hearths, tops or covers. DOVE TAILS (Pat. May 16, 1899.) F F No. I GO No. 2 Fig. 148 For holding legs in stoves, sinks, bath tubs, or where dove tail is required in Foundry work. HINGE TUBES (Pat. Maj- 16, 1S99.) All tubes filled with composition. .M^ ii A^ Fig. 149 If Interested Write for Other Styles and Prices Fig. 150 Round Hole Oval Hole 112 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Pattern Makers' Supplies WE FURNISH A COMPLETE LINE OF PATTERN SHOP SUPPLIES WHICH CONSISTS OF Brass and Malleable Iron, Peg, Plate, Shoulder and Tube Dowels, Rapping Plates, Lifters, Leather Fillet, Brass and White Metal Pattern Letters, Bending Irons, Varnish Cans, Vises, Sand and Wood Trim- mers, Hand Screws, Glue, Shellac and all kinds of Glue and Paint Brushes, etc., etc. STOCK ROOM CINCINNATI WAREHOUSE THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 113 LABOR SAVING LEATHER PATTERN FILLETS Fig. 151 Sizes run in sixteenths from ,^j; to % — in eighths from }i to i inch. Our Flexible Leather Fillet can be applied to any corner, and is as easily handled upon a compound curve as in a straight line. It is the best fillet produced, and a trial never fails to demonstrate to the entire satisfaction of the most skep- tical. It is a great time and labor saver, as the applying of it is accomplished -svith a single operation ; no tacking or clamping, thus dispensing with the use of miter box. It is not affected by heat, cold or moisture an}- more than is the pattern itself, while its lightness, durability and neatness soon win for it golden opinions. The progressive pattern maker will perceive the absolute practicability of our Leather Fillet and its superiority to all others. It is furnished in lengths of 4 and 5 feet, and put up in bunches of 100 feet each, ready for shipment by mail or ex- press. All sizes are constantly carried in stock and prompt shipments guaranteed. Our Wood Fillet is made in eleven sizes — viz., from J^ to 2-inch radius in 3 feet lengths, and sold by the yard. It is made of the best clear white pine, kiln dried and free from knots, sap and blemishes, worked in cove to feather edge. Our wood fillet, having the advantage of being shellaced on cove only, is constructed to accommodate the standard draft that all patterns should have ; therefore, it will fit perfectly when in position, and is practically useful and of trifling cost. How to Order.— Our Fillets are numbered by sixteenths contained in a radius^ viz., I inch radius is No. 16. Always order by number. Be sure and state whethei Wood or Leather is wanted. Use wood fillet for straight work, and leather fillet of same number for all curved lines. Sold by the yard, packed in light wooden cases. Owing to this fact 33 yards is the smallest quantity for which we accept orders. Price List Leather Pattern Fillet, per 100 Ft. No. I, i^g in radius $1 50 2, 1^ " 2 50 " 3. T5 " ■•• 3 50 " 4. X " 4 00 " s, tV " \-^^ 6, y% " 5 oc 8, >^ " 6 00 " 10, >^ " 7 00 " 12,14^ " S50 " 14. ^ " 9 7? " 16, I " 10 50 No. Wood Pattern Fillet, per 100 Ft. 4, j^,y in radius $3 00 390 4 05 4 65 6 K 9. 8 "> T5 12, it 14.11 16, \% ''O 'i^- ~^1 1 8 24. T -A 28, ft " 32, ?| " Leather and Wood Fillet in Stock, all Sizes. 480 540 6 00 1050 12 00 13 00 15 00 114 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY BRASS DOWELS OF ALL KINDS Peg and Tube Brass Dowels Plate Brass Dowels Fig. 153 Full Size 2^2 Inches (Measurement Indicates Length of Plate.) 1 in $ 6.50 per gross iJ4^ " 7-50 " i}4 " 8.50 2 " 1350 " 2% " 21. so " Brass Dowels With Pegs I in. in Diameter, $3.00 Per Doz. For Patterns are far superior to wooden pegs. Always perfect fitting and interchangeable MOLDING SAND If 3^ou are experiencing some trouble in securing a good sand in casting steel, we are in position to furnish you with a Sand suitable for Steel Work and which many foundrymen are using on this kind of work with good results, especially for Green Sand Molds. Write us for prices. THE S. OBBRMAYER COMPANY 115 A. SHOULDER. BRASS DOWELS Fig- 154 Si/e A Diam. of Pin ^3 in. B C D E F G /4 1 tj y^ " I 4.50 per gross. 5-50 6.50 8.50 10.25 12.50 15.00 Order by Size FILLET TOOLS For Pattern Makers' Use in Applying Fillet Fig. 15s No. I. For yV in., and }i in. at $0.50 "2. " ,3_ a .< i^ « ^t 75 " 3- " T^ " " ¥^ "at i.oo "4. " >4 " " 5^ " at 1.50 Price Per Set $3.50 116 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 16 3/8 MALLEABLE IRON DOWEL PINS Pins and Holes Finished to Fit Used In Same Manner As Brass Dowel Pins Fig. m6 )0.90 per doz. pairs. I.20 " 1.50 1.80 ys in 3/ " >2.io per doz. pairs. 2.40 " 2.70 OBERMAYER'S BRASS DOWEL PINS 1 2 '"^f ^' Kiuao No. 00 " o " I 2 " 3 4 " 5 ' V=^ 5o.6o per doz. v .72 .84 1.08 1.44 2.04 2.76 Fig. 157 Full Size — In Ordering Please Name Size These Pins require no Mortising — No Wood Screws — No Squaring over of centre — but are placed in the old reliable way. To place the Pin, bore a hole through the Cope and part way into the drag, the same as for wood dowels. Drive the Brass pin in from the parting and plug up the hole in the Cope. We carry a large stock of the above on hand at all times. All orders filled promptly. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Protect Your Patterns by Using FRASER'S PATTERN LIFTERS ^g-in ....... $i.8o per doz. >^ " 2.25 58 "...•.. • 2.70 H " 3-30 We Have the above also with Key Sets 117 Fig. 158 Fig. 159 Oblong Style Made of malleable iron with rapping holes, tapped draw hole and screw holes. Fig. 160 Fig. 161 Triangular Style Fig. 163 Triangular Style Fig. 163 Square Style We carry them in stock, and all orders are promptly executed. We are exclusive selling agents. Send us vour orders. iMG. 164 Square Style 118 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FRASER'S RAPPING PLATES 2sro. I tapped 34-i:i . $0.50 per doz. No. 1 1 tapped ^2-in . . $1-05 2 " " . •53 12 " 5 8-in . 1-15 3 " " • .50 13 " " • 1.30 4 " " • .60 14 " " . T45 5 " .60 15 " " . 1.65 6 " " . .70 16 " " . 2.10 7 " ^2-iu . . ■75 17 " " . 2.85 8 " " . .85 " iS " }i-n\ . 3-30 9 " " ■ .90 19 " " . • 3-90 lO " " 1. 00 " 20 " " . 4-35 per doz. Dimensions of the Different Styles of Rapping Plates Oblong Style Number. I^eiigth. width. Thickness. I 1)4 inches. 1 1 inch. }i inch. 2 2 " J L " >^ " 3 1^ " iif " -A " 4 S 1% " If ;; ?4 6 2h " ?4 1% " 7 2 If; " rs " .•J << 18 8 3h " Vs " 1 r, 9 2U " 1 " K " 10 3H " I *' X " 12 3^ " iX " 1% " 14 4^ " iX " l""!! 15 S'A " I -A " t\ J7 5l'6 " 2% " 1 « 18 7i\ " 2^8 " 1 a 19 1034: " 2J^ " 16 Triangular Style Square Style Number. Height. Width. Thickness 16 Square. Thickness. 2^ in. We have the exclusive sales agency for Frazer's Rapping Plates throughout the United States and carry a large stock at each one of our plants. They are made of a superior quality of malleable iron, with rapping holes, tapped draw and screw holes. They are as neces- sary for pattern shops as screws and nails, and the low price enables large manufacturers to carry a stock at a very small expense. Order a quantity and give them a trial. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 119 PATTERN MAKERS' VISE Jaws Leather Faced Height, 42 in.; width jaw, 6 in.; depth to screw, 10 in.; opens 18 in.; screw, 24 x i}{ in. Price, $16.50 Adopted by the largest and best equipped shops as the most practical Pattern Makers' Wood Vise. Jaws always open parallel, but they can be ad- justed to catch taper by loosening screw at bottom. Fig. 165 WINKLEY THREADED BRASS DOWEL PINS For Patterns D No. I N„. 4 Fig. 166 No. s They are made to fit holes bored by Jennings' Bits as follows No. I. No. 2. No. 3. No. 4. To fit hole j^ in., size of pin, ^i " tV " " " K ji 1 (T 16 m $2.50 per 100 pair " 3-50 " " 5-50 " " " 8.00 " " These Dowel Pins are made of brass and so arranged that Ihey may be driven or screwed into place and easily removed at any time by simply unscrewing same. Especially valuable in hard wood patterns. Made in four sizes and so arranged that the upper half of the pattern frees itself as soon as it is well started. These Threaded Dowels are used extensively by manufacturers of fine machine tools, as they are inductive to good smooth joints on castings. The cuts shown above are full size of Dowels. Figure No. 5 slwivs ix sectional viezc of one of these Dozcels when placed in the pattern. 120 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY No. 20 GLUE HEATER. Has Four No. 2 One-Quart Galvanized Pots Fig. 167 Weight, 125 pounds. Floor space 12 x 30 inches. No. 20 Heater furnished complete as shown. No. 6^ GLUE HEATER. No. 26 GLUE HEATER Has One Two -Gallon Galvanized Pot Fig. 1 68 Floor space i6 x i6 inches. Weight, no pounds. Has Two No. 4 Half-Gallon Galvanized Pots X^ Floor space 12 x 24 inches. Weight, 100 pounds. No. 6% Heater or No. 26 Heater furnished complete as shown. THE S. OBRRMAYER COMPANY 121 NEW DOUBLE-END WOOD LATHE With Floor Stand, Etc. Fig. 170 These improved lathes are offered to the trade at the price of single- end lathes. The workmanship and materials are first-class in all respects. The head and tail stocks are cored hollow with the metal placed so as to resist all vibration or " chatter," and are planed true on the bottom to fit the shears. The spindles and centers are of refined steel, constructed in such a manner as to hold the work firmly. Particular attention is called to the lock nuts for taking up end wear of headstock spindle, which improvement will be appreciated b}^ operators, as it leaves the end of spindle free to attach or detach the face plate at will. The cone pulleys are of iron, ver}' light, perfectly balanced and have four speeds. The journal bearings are lined with a fine grade of genuine Babbitt metal nicely fitted to insure a high rate of speed without heating. The shears are made of wood, 10 inches deep, 6, 7 and 8 feet between centers of lathe, and firml}' bolted to cast-iron legs. Each lathe is furnished complete as shown. They are made in three sizes: 12, 16 and 20-inch swing. 12-inch lathe has tight and loose pulleys 6 x 3^.^ inches, and should make 900 revolutions per minute. Weight 625 pounds. 16-inch lathe has tight and loose pulleys 8 x 3J4 inches, and should make 800 revolutions per minute. Weight 825 pounds. 20-inch lathe has tight and loose pulleys 8x4}:; inches, and should make 700 revolutions per minute. Weight, 1025 pounds. When order is given specify size of swing desired. 12-inch swing complete as shown, 6 feet between centers. 16-inch swing complete as shown, 7 feet between centers. 20-inch swing complete as shown, 8 feet between centers. 122 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY NEW 36-INCH BAND SAW Weight, 1275 pounds. The machine illustrated here will carry blades ^8 to 2 inches wide, 18 feet 6 inches long, and will do light or heavy sawing in the most satisfactory manner. The column is cored hollow and has broad base, making a substantial floor bearing, insuring a smooth, steady running machine. The table is of iron, with lever for locking same at any angle up to 45 degrees. When desired we furnish an adjustable ripping gauge at extra cost. The wheels are 36 inches diameter, 2-inch face, with hubs and rim plates drilled and tapped to receive the solid steel spokes. The endless wood rims are made of ^-inch veneer turned true and covered with best grade of canvas-back rubber bands, the com- bination forming a strong, safe, reliable high speed wheel not affected by heat, cold or use, and will remain true. The shafts are of the best steel, carefully fitted into dust proof Babbitted bearings adjustable for wear and have large oil chambers. The tension on the saw blade, also the tracking of the blade, is accomplished by hand wheels shown and can be adjusted from front side of machine while in motion. The vertical adjustment of upper wheel is 7 inches. The guide bar is square and counter-weighted. Space between table and saw guide 15)^ inches, between saw blade and frame 36 inches. The saw guides furnished are either our improved non-friction guides or plain adjustable guides with reversible steel back plate and hard wood side guides. The shifter is arranged to receive the belt from any direction. The tight and loose pulleys are 14 x 3JE^ inches and should make 475 to 500 turns per minute. The loose pulley has 6-inch Babbitted hub. Each machine has wrench, brazing tongs and vise. Can furnish machine with iron tilting, Improved non-friction upper and lower guides, Plain adjustable upper and lower guides, Non-friction upper and plain lower guides or ripping gauge. Specify parts desired w^hen writing for prices or placing orders. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 123 Fig. 172 No. 55^ UNIVERSAL SAW BENCH Weight, Machine and Countershaft 1000 pounds. Weight, Boring Attachment 150 pounds. This machine is specially designed for general shop use and will do a variet}- of work, such as ripping, cro.ss-cutting, mitering, chamfering, gaining, grooving, rabbeting, boring and routing in a rapid and satisfactory manner. The column is extra heavy and the metal properly distributed to prevent all vibration, and the broad base has large floor bearing, insiiring a smooth, steady running machine. The table is of iron, 36 x 42 inches, accurately grooved to receive the gauges. There is an opening in the table over the mandrel to receive the saw, also heads up to i?^ inches wide. The heavy bracket supporting the table has a vertical adjustment of 6 inches on gibbed way, by means of screw, ball bearing bevel gears and large hand wheel. On top of this bracket is the adjustable segment bearings having graduated scale for setting the table at any angle up to 45 degrees and locked by slotted arm and hand wheel shown. Three gauges are furnished, two adjustable miter gauges and one box gauge, which can be used on either side of the saw for ripping stock up to 14 inches on left of saw and 20 inches on right of saw. The mandrel is of crucible steel, lyV inches diameter in bearings and ij^ inches diameter between flanges, and is fitted with expansion device for centering saws. The pulley is 4.}4 inches diameter by 5^ inches face. A 16-inch saw will project 4^ inches above table. The boring table is iron, 14 x 24 inches, has fence for straight or angular boring and has stop to regulate depth of holes. The vertical adjustment is by screw and detachable crank. All sliding parts are gibbed to take up wear. The countershaft can be placed on floor back of machine or below the floor, as desired. The driving pulley is 16 x 5^^ inches. Tight and loose pulleys 8 x 5}( inches, and should make 800 to 850 revolutions per minute. Can furnish Machine with box fence, two miter gauges and countershaft, no sa^v, Boring table or half-inch universal chuck, 14-inch or 16-inch rip saw. Kindly state just what parts are wanted when writing for prices or placing orders. 124 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY No. 3 HAND PLANER. AND JOINTER. Weight, i2-inch, 1150 pounds; 16-inch, 1350 pounds; 20-inch, 1550 pounds; 24-inch, 1750 pounds. The accompanying illustration represents our New Hand Planer and Jointer, of modern design and practical construc- tion. The column is cast in one piece, with large floor bearing, and is cored in such a manner as to form a cabinet for tools, etc. The tables are 7 ft. long, adjustable on interlocking inclines to a depth of ^4 inch, by means of steel screws, svviveling nuts and hand wheels shown. By releasing two small hand wheels, the frames support- ing the tables can be moved back for setting and sharpening the knives. Adjustable stops are provided to prevent the tables fcoming in contact with the knives. The opening over cutter head is i)^ inches when making }i-mch cut. The fence is of the most rigid and convenient construction, is adjust- able to any angle up to 45 degrees and firmly locked by an eccentric clamp. It is secured to extensions on the back table, by means of hand wheels and slotted base, which permits of using the full width of knives without removing the fence. The cutter head is made of crucible steel, arranged to carry two knives. The journals are of large diameter and length and revolve in self- contained bearings, nicely fitted and firmly bolted to the column. The bearings are lined with genuine Babbitt metal, are self-oiling and adjust- able for wear. Cutter head pulleys on 12 and 16-inch machine, 4^ x 4^ inches, and should make 4500 revolutions per minute; on 20 and 24-inch machine, 4^ x 5^ inches, and should make 4250 revolutions per minute. The countershaft is furnished complete with adjustable hangers, belt shifter, etc., and can be placed in any position desired. Tight and loose pulleys for 12 and 16-inch machine, 10 x 4 inches; 20 and 24-inch machine, 10 x 5 inches, and should make 870 revolutions per minute. Each machine thoroughly tested up to full speed on actual work and guaranteed strictly first-class in all respects. Machine with 12-inch head or 16-inch head with countershaft. Machine with 20-inch head or 24-inch head with countershaft. When order is given specify size head desired. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 125 Fig. 174 No. 3 24-INCH SINGLE SURF ACER AND SMOOTHER Weight, 2000 pounds. This illustration correctly represents our new improved planer, specially designed for general shop use. It will plane stock from }8 to 7 inches in thickness and 24 inches wide without clipping the ends. The frame is of the most compact and rigid construction with floor bearings the full length of base, and with the metal properly distributed tore- sistvibration, insures a smooth, steady running machine. The bed is one casting, planed true and nicely fitted to the frame on gibbed ways adjustable for wear. It is made extra heavy and is double ribbed below cutter head. The cylinder head is of crucible steel, carries two knives, is double belted and will receive the belts from any direction. The journals are ij^e inches diameter by S)4 inches long arid revolve in adjustable self- oiling bearings, lined in a special manner with genuine Babbitt metal. The pressure bars embody the latest improvements. The receiving pressure bar is very heavy and is hinged to swing clear of the cutter head for setting or sharpening the knives. Both bars set close to the cylinder head for planing short stock, but cannot be brought in contact with the knives. The feed works are driven from the cylinder head by open belt, has two changes of speed, 20 and 30 lineal feet per minute, and is controlled by swinging arm carrying binder pulley. There are six adjustable feed rolls. The two upper rolls are powerfully geared. The in-feeding roll is weighted, the out-feeding roll has steel coil spring pressure. We apply to this machine our special adjustment for in-feeding rolls which pre- vents the marking of stock to be replaned, no matter how light the cut. Countershaft has tight and loose pulleys 10x6 inches, and should make 870 revolutions per minute. Feed belts— One i^ inches by 7 feet 3 inches. One 2^4 inches by 4 feet 5/2 inches. Each machine thoroughly tested up to full speed on actual work, and guaranteed strictly first class in all respects. We furnish this Machine complete with countershaft, no belts. 126 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER. UNIVERSAL WOOD TRIMMERS For Your Pattern Shop For full particulars of these high-grade trimmers send for our special catalogue, which illus- trates and describes these useful tools. All Kinds of Pattern Makers' Sup- plies Carried in Stock st^SKfe M '^-^I^M Fig. 175 Rear View of No. 4E for Small Work THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 127 OBERMAYER'S UNIVERSAL TRIMMERS Fig. 176 Back View No. 4 B, Universal Trimmer, Accurate Serviceable Cheap The Ko. ot Machine is Height of Cut in Cut Long. Inches. Size Bed, Inches. Between Gauges, Inches. Length of Stroke, Inches. Cubic Feet Export Shipping Weight. Price. Extra Knives Per Set. Inches. 2 A 4 '4 4%. X 10^2 %% 4 % I [ $ 20.00 $ 4.00 4 A 8 T^xiy;,' 14 9 I 36 30.00 6.00 S A 8% 9 Vz X 20 16;^ 8% I J/3 .s.s 40.00 7.00 6 A 12)4. II>^X27>-< 22 ^z'A 4K 144 58. 00 9.00 3 B 6 6 X 11; 12 '6J4 H 30 25.00 6 00 4 B 8 8 X20 l(.-i 8>^ I'A 47 32.00 7.00 4 E 9% 13 X29'^ 17^ 9>^ m 237 63.00 7.00 6 E i2y^ 18 X39>^ 24'2 I.^J2 ^sK 500 90.00 10.00 6 F 19 18 X35 19 27 .3'^ 600 110.00 10.00 S V 2i'/^ 24 X 40 24'^ .^2 48 900 140.00 15.00 Fig. 177 Front View No. 4 A. We recommend sizes 4 E or 6 Iv for general use and 4 A Individual Bench u.se. Correspondence solicited. 128 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PIG IRON BARROWS Made for Carrying Pig Iron, Castings, etc. Bottom, 3x2 ft.; 8}< inches high in front. Strips of I i^-inch iron bolted to bottom and handles. 19-incli wheel, tread, i3/{-inch. Tire, ^-inch thick. For all kinds of heav}' work. Weight, 90 lbs. Price, $8.00 Each Fig. 178 Obermayer's Hand-Made Pig Iron Barrow Fig. 179 Obermayer's Open Hearth Barrow The strongest and heaviest wood Barrow made. Ironed with }4- inch iron. It is used for large pigs or billets. Cast iron shoes bolted on legs and 40-lb. cast iron wheel. Handles, 54 inches long ; length of iron work, 34 inches. Price, $14.00 Each **Esso*' Tubular Steel Frame Pig Metal Barrow Used in Iron Foundries for Handling Pig Iron and dash a single ). 7 gauge. Length of bottom, 18 inches; width, 23 inches; dash, 18 inches long. Ex- tra piece of iron riveted on the sides of bottom and dash. This Barrow is very strong and well braced and the load is carried well over the wheel, making it very light on the arms. It is particularly adapted for foundries and rolling mills. Weight, 100 lbs. Wheel (No. 4), 17 inches in diameter; tire, 2x^6 inch; nine -iVi"ch spokes, shouldered and riveted ; axle, ?^ inch. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY I2ft NATIONAL PATENT PIG IRON BARROWS Extra Heavy and Strong Fig. i8i No. 16. Price, $25.00 National Pig Iron Barrow With Two Wheels Fic. 1S2 No. 17. Price, $35.00 Our Patent Pig Iron Barrow is particularly adapted for handling Pig Iron and heavy castings. In the construction of this Barrow iron strips are set edgewise and securely fastened together, presenting a platform firm and indestructible in use. In barrows of other make the sheet iron will soon wear out from the heavy weights thrown upon it. Our Patent Paper Sheaths will overcome the objectionable effects of extreme heat and cold, greatly increasing the utility of this Barrow. 130 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER'S PIG IRON BARROW Fig. 183 No. 7. Weight, 7S pounds, }{-h\. plate, 20 x 23-in., 13-in. dash .10.50 OBERMAYER'S STEEL WHEELBARROW Fig. 184 General Coal Barrows Fig. 185 Mining and Foundry Barrows No. Capacity. Weight. Price. I 4 5 325 lbs. 225 " 400 " 4S0 " 90 lbs. So " 95 " 100 " $ 8 40 9 60 10 80 12 00 No. Capacity Weight. Price. 9 10 3 cub. feet 4 cub. feet 88 lbs. 94 lbs. $ 9 60 12 00 Fig. 186 Coke, Ash and Light Material Barrows No. II. Capacity, 6 cubic feet, weight, 100 pounds $15.00 Our Foundry Barrows are built extra strong and heavy to with- stand rough usage in the Foundry. We make a specialty of them. Special Wheelbarrow Catalogue with prices and discounts on appli- cation. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 131 "ESSO" SOLID PRESSED STEEL TRAY FOUNDRY BARROW Fig. 1S7 Table of Dimensions, Capacity and Weight of Figure A and B Barrows, With One- Piece Steel Tubular Frame Gauge of Steel in Tray. Length on Top. width on Top. Depth at Wheel. Depth at Handle. Greatest Height. Capacitj'. Cub. Ft. Weight. A 4 • • • • IS 33 in- 2S ill. 7/^2 in. 4>^ in- 20 in. 3 Ct. 70 lbs. A 5 . . . . H 33 " 28 " 7/2 " 4)^ " 20 " 3 " 75 " A 6 ... . 12 33 " 28 " 7;^ " VA " 20 " 3 " 85 " B 4- • . . 15 37 " 30 " 9% " sH " 21^" 5 " 80 " B 5 . . . 14 3/ 30 " 9% " sH " 21% " 5 " 85 " J] r. ... 12 37 " 30 '• 9V2 " sH " 21 'i " ."^ " 100 " Greatest Length of AH Barrows, 68 inches **ESSO" STEEL TRAY COKE BARROW Fig. 1S8 Coal and Coke Barrow. Frame stronglj' braced and well ironed. The tray i.s made of best quality of steel, with wired edge. Capacity from 400 to 450 ])ounds of coal or five bushels of coke. Dimensions, Capacity and Weight of Two Sizes. Size of Barrow. Gauge of Steel in Tray. Length of Tray on Top. Width of Tr.y on Top. Depth at Wheel. Depth at Handle. Capacity. Weight. No. 10 No. 12 13 15 4i>^-in. 41 '4 •' 33 in- 33 " 13 in. 12 " 6 in. 6 " 6 cub. ft. 6 " " no lbs. 95 " _ 132 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY NATIONAL PATENT FOUNDRY BARROWS Fig. "^ Extra Heavy and Strong No. 4 A. Greatest width of tray, J9 inches ; greatest length of tray, 32 inches; 16-inch wheel; tray of Nos. 12 and 10 iron $14.00 No. 5 A. Greatest width of tray, 31 jj^ inches; greatest length of tray, 36 inches; 16-inch wheel; tray of Nos. 12 and 10 iron 15.00. No. 6 A Greatest width of tray, 32 inches ; greatest length of tray, 36 inches ; 16-inch wheel ; tra)' of Nos. 12 and 10 iron 16.50 Note — Our A Barrows have sides of No. 12 iron and bottom.s of No. 10 iron. We make AA or Patent Extra Heavy Foundry Barrows, having trays of Nos. 12 and 8 iron, at the following prices : No. 4 AA. Same size as No. 4 A ; tray of Nos. 12 and 8 iron $15.00 No. 5 AA. " " " No. 5 A; " Nos. 12 " 8 " 16.00 No. 6 AA. " " " No. 6 A; " Nos. 12 " 8 " i7-50 NATIONAL PATENT COAL BARROWS Square Trays— Extra Heavy «nnd Strong No. 9. Greatest width of trav, 32 in.; greatest length of tray, 34 in.; capacity, 260 lbs., or 3j4 bushels of coal ; 17-in. wheel, tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron, J No. 10. Greatest width of tray, 33 in.; greatest length of tray, 36 in.; capacity, 340 lbs., or 4l4 bushels of coal ; 17-inch wheel ; tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron. No. II. Greatest width of tray, 35 in.; greatest length of tray, 38 in.; capacity, 400 lbs., or 5>^ bushels of coal; 17-inch wheel ; tray of iNos. 14 and 10 iron, No. 12. Greatest width of tray, 36 in.; greatest length of tray, 40 in.; capacity, 480 lbs., or 6)4 bushels of coal ; 17-inch wheel ; tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron. No. 13. Greatest width of trav, 38 in.; greatest length of tray, 42 in.; capacity, 600 lbs., or over 8 bushels of coal ; 17-inch wheel ; tray of Nos. 14 and 10 iron i22.00 24.0 ) 26.00 28.00 30.00 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 133 NATIONAL DOUBLE WHEEL STEEL BARROW For Coal or Coke Fig. 191 No. 13/2- Size and capacity same as No. 13, but with two wheels . . $38.00 Note — Our Patent Coal Barrows, with Square Trays, are also made iu the A (of Nos. 12 and 10 iron) and AA (of Nos. 12 and 8 iron) styles of the same size and capacity as the preceding al the following prices : No. 9 A . $23.50 No. 12 A . 5^29.75 No. 9 AA, $24.50 No. 12 AA, $30.75 No. 10 A . 25.50 No. 13 A . 32.00 No. 10 AA, 26.75 No. 13 AA, 33.50 No. II A . 27.50 No. 13}^ A . 40.00 No. II AA, 28.50 No. i3i^AA, 42.00 NATIONAL CHARGING BARROWS For Charging Blast Furnaces and Gas Retorts Extra Heavy and Strong Fig. 192 Number. Dimensions of Body in Inches. Capacity in in Cubic Feet. Width. Depth. Length. iS 20 2ll.^ 54 10 $1x6.00 19 20 21 21 26 25 26 28 54 56 12 16 124.00 130.00 136.00 22 28 30 57 20 144.00 134 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER " CHARGING BARROWS Fig. 193 Coke or Coal Charging Barrow This barrow is built of No. 10 steel ; the box is 86 inches long, 30 inches wide, 30 inches deep ; the axle is 2 x 2 steel with a 4 inch drop, mak- ing the bottom of the Barrow stand 18 inches above the floor. The same is mounted on two 44 inch wheels, run on roller bearings, also two small 6 inch trail wheels. This Barrow is frequently used for coaling engines. No. 70. Capacity 36 cubic feet, weight, 700 pounds $130.00 This barrow is built of No. 12 steel, 1 7^ X I ^ inch, square axle, 36 inch wheels to run on roller bear- ings; it is frequently used in gas houses for char^ins:. No. 90. Fig. 194 Coke or Coal Charging Barrow Capacity, 20 cubic feet; weight, 525 pounds $100.00 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 135 OBERMAYER'S STEEL TRUCKS No. 2 Full Length ... 4 ft. 7 in. Width . . 21 " Diameter of Wheel 7?^ " Diameter of Axle % " Weight 75 lbs. No. 3 '''^" Full Length 5 ft. Width 22 in. Diameter of Wheel . . 8% " ■i-j^ m/gm. ' Diameter of Axle . , i " Weight 90 lbs. Same as No. 2 onh- of larger proportions. Construction designed for strength and they are practi- cally indestructible. Fig. 195 Fig. 196 No. 4 Barrel Steel Truck Fig. 197 No. 4 C Steel Truck All Sizes for All Kinds of Work. Write for Prices 136 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY ONE PIECE STEEL "TOTE" BOXES Fig. 198 The sides overlap the ends and the ends overlap the sides, making the corners and a portion of the sides and ends DOUBIyE THICK and braced both ways. The Box that is DOUBIvE THICK BOTH WAYS at the CORNERS is the LONGEST LIVED in actual use or abuse. ONE PIECE STEEL HAND BARROWS With Vertical Sides and Ends Fig. 199 An excellent substitute where wheelbarrows cannot be used. Light, but STRONG enough for a two man load. Two men can carry TWICE AS MUCH with this barrow as the same two can carry separately. Special Catalogue of Tote Boxes sent on application. Write for prices and sizes. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 137 "ESSO" CORE OIL THIS Core Oil is used with better success than other core mixtures put on the market. It's the best and we guarantee it. You can mix any reasonable amount of Esso Core Oil and use it from time to time as j-ou require ; it will retain its strength for sixty days after being mixed. It's the cheapest core mixture you can use, All we ask of you is to use clean sand and as dry as possible, also free from loam and vegetable matter. Esso Core Oil is a wonder and it wnll be to your interest to give it a good test. In barrels $0.75 per gallon In one-half barrels r.oo " We guarantee the Esso Core Oil to give satisfaction Give It a trial 138 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY THE HAMMER CORE MACHINE Makes Any Size of Perfectly True Round Cores from Three Eighths to Two Inches DESCRIPTION It consists of a base with a bit-shaft and bit journaled and of an upright hopper, with central feeder-spindle geared down to the shaft. With each machine are furnished six core trays (for five cores each), one core bracket, ten bits as selected and ten core tubes. For convenience in cleaning, the hopper of the Hammer Core Ma- chine is made in two halves, one of which is detachable and is secured to the rigid half by means of two hinged bolts with winged nuts. CAPACITY The Hammer Core Machine turns out one core of any of the previously mentioned sizes and of iS inches length in less than half a minute. After making liberal allowances for loss of time it means Two Hundred Feet of Core in One Hour THE S . O B E R M A YE R COMPANY 139 THE HAMMER. CORE MACHINE >^mm^-' Fig. No core boxes required. No ramming of sand by hand. No possibility for uneven vent holes as when hand made No paste used for fastening each half, saving flour and time. No trimming or filing of cores. Only half the even space needed as with pasted cores. Less breakage, as cores are one piece and therefore stronger. Permanenth' true diameter and roundness, these features not depend- ing on skill of coremaker. Better work for your customer. Larger output and smaller cost of production than with any device ever emplo^'ed for this purpose. Less fuel required to bake cores because sand is used almost dry. 140 THE S. OBERMAYRR COMPANY THE HAMMER. CORE MACHINE Fig. 20I Fig. 202 Samples of Cores Made on Hammer Core Machine Fig. 203 The Hammer Core Machine Makes Accurate Cores Only THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 141 THE HAMMER. CORE MACHINE Directions The Best Results are Obtained with a Sand Mixture Prepared as Follows : SIX QUARTS OF CORE SAND ONE QUART OF FLOUR. ONE GILL OF RAW LINSEED OIL thoroughl}' mixed and sifted, as customary. The tempering of the mix- ture must be done judiciously and in a measure as indicated by the con- ditions of the sand and as taught by experience. A little practice will readily overcome any difficulties which ma}' be encountered in this respect at the beginning. The proportions of the mixture can be varied considerably, depending upon for what the cores are to be used. Start with the sand almost dry and gradually temper it until you learn the right combination. Place the Proper Size of Tray under the end of tube, so that it forms a straight path for the issuing core to travel. Core tray must be horizontal. This is obtained by means of the adjustable tray bracket in line with the tube and secured to the same bench. Now turn the crank always in a right hand direction. Keep core trays free from rust. NOTE. — After each day's use, the hopper and all internal mechanism must be cleaned, also the core tubes and core trays. MECHANICAL POWER If it is desired to operate the Hammer Core Machine by other than hand power, a pulley of proper size maybe substituted for the crank. We will furnish this for $2.50 extra. The machine consumes but little power and should run about 80 revolutions per minute. The change from one size of core to any other size requires but a few moments. PRICE The Hammer Core Machine complete, with ten bits, as selected, ten core tubes, six trays, one tray bracket, crank wheel, ready to operate, boxed, F. O. B. Chicago $75.00 Extra Tubes, each 2.50 Countershaft 8.00 You can save from $1.00 to $5.00 daily, depending on your con- sumption of cylindrical cores, if you use a Hammer Core Machine. Why Not Let Us Send You One 142 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PROCLAMATION GIVING MORE LIGHT TO BRASS AND ALUMINUM FOUNDERS Regarding Supplies and Equipments "\T /"E handle in stock, ready for immediate shipment, all and everj'thing ^^ that you require for a moderi\ and up-to-date Brass or Aluminum Foundry. We are the only Concern in the United States who carry all sizeS Iron Flasks ii\ stock. Everything You Need in Your Brass Foundry '* and the Best at That THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 143 THE LUNKENHEIMER METAL MELTING FURNACE Used in Connection with "Kirkwood" Fuel Oil Pumping, Heating and Regulating System We can furnish a complete outfit for the melting of metals which includes Furnace, Air Tank, Blower, Oil Pump, Heating and Pressure Reg- ulating System. Our experience in utilizing oil for fuel has proven very efficient and economical, and from which we are daily securing very good results. It is necessary to secure a system where the oil is heated before it enters the burners, when it is strained and free from lumps and for- eign substances, and which can be regulated, having a continuously uniform pressure. In figure No. 204 is shown a cut of the Kirkwood Oil Pump, which can be furnished with either single or double pumps, and may be equipped with same of two or three different capa- cities, thus giving a duplicate system. These pumps ordinarily have a greater capacit}' than is required, but can be throttled, so as to feed into a single fur- nace with complete success. We accomplish a continuous and uniform pressure by supplying an equal- izing tank with blower, and providing our pumping system with a very accurately designed and constructed overflow valve applied in such a manner that any oil which the pump supplies to the system above the immediate requirements of the burner is returned to the tanks without being heated. In order to obviate the clogging up of the burners with either foreign substances or clots in the oil, we have a special straining device which removes same before the oil is taken into the pump. The oil is heated by passing Irom the dome of the system, which coil is surrounded by the exhaust steam from the pumps, raising the temperature to the most desirable point. Thus we are enabled to heat tb.c oil to proper temper- Fig. 204 144 THE S. O B E R M A Y E R COMPANY a; Oh S O o ;/2 Oh OJ 1-1 O s OJ o c« o +-> ^ dJ (U r. ^ +-> -(-" >. J} t/3 .iG *^ - oC < PQ e^ O H Z o z < 152 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY INGOT MOLDS Fig. 2 12 Malleable Iron Size, inside measure, 13 x t,}^ x 2^ inches $2.00 each BRASS FOUNDERS' SPILL TROUGH No. I. Height, 10 inches; length, 74 inches ; width, 14 inches No. 2. . " 10 " " 74 " " 24 " $13.50 each 26.00 " BRASS FOUNDERS' DRYING STOVES Fig. 214 Whole height, 28 inches; squares, 15x15 inches; sections, each 6 inches; flanges at bottom, 7 inches. In three sections, bottom and top complete. The top fits any section and the sections fit into each other. Price, $48.00 *' Everything You Need in Your Brass Foundry" THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 153 BRASS MOLDERS' IMPROVED RIBBED AND BEVELED FLASKS Fig. 215 REGULAR. PLAIN BEVELED IRON FLASKS Always On Hand Ready For Shipment Fig. 216 These Sizes Always in Stock 1 Inside Measure) Width. Length. Depth of Whole Flask. Price Per Flask. 12>^ in. I2yi " II " 18 in. iS " 16 " 6 ir 5 ' $ 6 50 6 00 1; 00 II " 16 " . 4 ■ 5 00 II " 14 " 5 ' 5 00 II " 14 " 4 ' 5 00 10 15 " 5 5 00 Other sizes and styles made to order on short notice. See pages 154 and 155. Obermayer's Crucible Tongs are Safe and Strong 154 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY PATENT IMPROVED RIBBED AND BEVELED FLASKS Width. Length. Depth of Whole Flask. Price Per Flask. Width. Length- Depth of Whole Flask. Price Per Flask. 8 in. 8 in. 6 in. $ 5 00 12 in. 16 in 5 in- $ .=; 50 8 " 20 " 26 •' 7 00 12 16 " S'A " ."5 SO 8 " 40 " 5 " 9 50 12 " 16 " 6 " 6 00 9 " 12 " 7X " 6 00 12 " 16 " 7 " 6 00 9 " 12 " 4 " 4 00 12 " 16 " 8 " 7 00 lO " 12 " 5 " 4 50 12 " 16 " 9 " 10 00 lO " 12 " 6 " 5 00 12 " 17 " 3 ."; 50 10 " 12 " 9 " 6 00 12 " 30 " ^ " 9 50 10 " I.S " 4 " 5 00 13 " 30 " 6 " 9 50 10 " 15 " 5 " 5 00 13 " 30 " 7 " 10 00 lO " I.S " 6 " 5 .so 12 36 " s " II 00 lO " 17 " 6 " 6 00 12,1^ " 18 " 4;^ " 6 00 lO " 17 " 7 " 6 50 1 21^ " iS " 5 " 6 00 lO " 17 " 8 " 7 00 I2l^ " 18 " S'A " 6 50 ID " 18 " 6 " 6 50 12^^ " 18 " 6 " 6 50 10 " 27 " 5 " 8 so I2}i " iS " 6)4 ;; 6 50 ID " 27 " 6 " 8 50 .21^ " 18 » 7 7 00 lO " 27 " 7 " 9 00 12% " 18 " 8 " 8 00 lO " 27 " 8 " 9 00 121^ " 18 " 9 " 8 50 II " 14" 4 " 5 00 I2l^ " ]8 " 10 " 9 00 II " 14 " 4>^ " 5 25 I2M " 18 " 12 " 10 00 II " 14 " 5 " 5 00 121^ " 20%" ^"^ / " 6 50 II " 14 " 5/2 " 5 25 12% " 20%" s'A " 6 75 II " 14 " 6 " 5 50 12% " 20%" 6 " 7 00 II " 14" 8 " 6 50 12% " 20i^" 6 " 7 00 II " 15 " 4 " 5 00 12% " 20%" 7 " 7 50 II " 16 " 4 " 5 00 13% " 20%'- 8 8 50 II " 16 " 5 " 5 00 12% " 20%" 9 " 9 50 II " 16 " 5/2 " 5 25 12% " 20 J^^-^" 10 " 10 50 II " I'l " 6 " 5 50 13 " 16 "" 5 . " 7 00 II " 16 " 6>^ " 5 75 13 " 16 " .sK " 7 00 12 " 13 " 6 " 6 00 13 " 16 " 6 " 7 00 12 " 12 " 8 " 6 00 13 " 16 " 8 " 7 50 12 " 12 " - 9 " 7 00 14 " 18 " 5 7 00 12 " 12 '• 9;^ " 9 00 14 " 18 " 6 " 7 50 12 " 12 " 12 " 10 00 14 " 18 " 7 " 8 00 12 " 14 " 4 " 5 00 14 " 18 " 10 " 9 00 12 '• 14 " 5 " 5 00 14 " 20 " .■5 " 7 so 12 '• 14 " 6 " 5 50 14 " 20 " 6 " 8 00 12 " H" 8 " 6 50 14 '• 20 " 7 . " 8 so 12 " 16 ■■' 4 " 5 00 14 " 20 " 7>^ " 8 50 12 " 16 " 4'i " 5 25 14 " 20 " 8 " 9 00 Write for our special catalogue of Bra.ss Foundry Equipments and Supplies. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 155 CIRCULAR RIBBED FLASKS We can furnish these in either two or three parts. Full dimensions should be given when order is placed or when inquiring for prices. Fig. 217 STRAIGHT SIDE FLASKS (END HOLES) Beads at Top, Bottom and Parting (Inside Measure) "^ Xir,ti',^f~fS>a:^:>3L. Fig. 218 Our flasks all fit perfectly. No rocking. These are made in same sizes as Beveled and Ribbed Flasks listed on pages 153 and 154. Flasks with Beads at parting only, supplied when so ordered. WOOD MOLDING BOARDS Smooth and level, hard wood ends, tongued and grooved, 1/8-in. thick, any size to order. Fig. 219 Prices on Application 156 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CO UJ N S Nos. Holding Capacity Heiglit Diameter at Top Outside Diameter at Bilge Diameter at Bottom Prices. Liquid Measure Outside Outside Outside Gal. 2t. Pt. INCHKS Inches Inches Inches o 2 IK I)^ IX 15 cents each oo 2^ I^ l?^ i/s 15 " ooo 2;^ IJ^ 2)4 i>4 15 " " oooo 3 2/8 2/2 I A 15 " I 3>^ 3M 3 2X 20 " " 2 4^ 3^^ 3?^ 2.5/ 25 " 3 5X 4X 4>^ 3 , 30 " 4 5/8 4>/8 4>i 3A 35 '■ 5 I '2 6 4K 4^4 y/2 40 " 6 6;^ ^M 5>^ 3?; 45 '.' 7 I J^' 634: i% 5;^ 4 50 " S t ;^ Vi 5H 5^ 4X 55 " 9 I ^ 7X8 6 (>% A'A 60 " lO I I 8 6 ey^ aVa 65 " " 12 2 8 e;4 6j( 5 14 2 I 8K 6H VA 5K i6 2 I S^ 7 VA 5J^ iS 3 I 9^^ iY% 8 bH 20 I loX iYa m 6 \ 25 I I lO',^ 8 SH 6 14^ \ 30 I I I II ^■yi 9% 6>^ 35 I 2 I II>^ 9% 9H 7 40 2 12^ 9% 10% IH / No. 12 45 50 2 2 I 13/2 9H io>i loK PA VA i and upwards 60 70 3 3 I 14 14K 10^ lOj^ 11;^ 12 8 8 '4^ ) 1 6 '2' cents 80 90 3 4 2 I 15/8 15% 11^ I2>'S 12;^ 8>^ 9 , per number. 100 4 2 I 16 11^ 13)^ 9?^ 125 4 3 I i6>^ I2>4 nU 9'^ / 150 6 3 ,8>^ I3X hH lo/s / 175 7 3 ' 19/4 I4X 15H 10^4: 2CX) 9 3 I 20 j4 15 i6>^ iiX 225 10 I I 203; ^5!4 16^4: I2>^ 250 10 3 20>^ I5X ^7 , 11^ 275 II 3 223/^ 15 i6>^ 12% 300 12 2 22 I6X 17 '2 12'^ Complete stock always on hand all sizes Crucibles and Covers. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 157 Fig. 220 BRASS HOLDERS' PICK-UP TONGS We supply the trade with Pick-up Tongs that are care- fully made from the best forged material and by skilled workman. They are hand-made, with a liberal factor of safety throughout their construction in order to guard against extra strain while in use. We guarantee them to give satis- faction in every respect. Special sizes made to order upon receipt of drawings or specifications. Prices on application. Standard sizes in stock. SHAKE-OUT TONGS Fig. 221 Wrought Iron, iS inches long $12.00 per doz. Cast " iS " " 9-00 CRUCIBLE TONGS AND SHANKS For Handling Crucibles in Brass Foundries Improved Patterns Ko. sizes of Crucibles P rice Each, Intended For. Tong s or Slianks 1 Nos. I and 2 $3 50 2 ?,, 4, 5 4 00 ?, 6, 7, 8 4 50 4 9, 10, 12 5 20 S '• 14, 16, 18 6 00 6 '* 20 and -S 6 80 7 " 30 and 35 7 50 8 " 40 and 45 9 00 9 " qo and 60 II 50 10 '' 70. So and go 14 00 II " 100 and 1-5 16 50 12 150 18 00 13 '' 175 20 00 14 200 and 225 21 50 15 " 250 23 00 16 300 25 00 Fig. 222 Specify number of Crucible to be used when orderintj. Fig. 223 158 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY No. o. WOODEN FLASK CLAMPS For Iron Flasks Fig. 224 Bars 12 in. between Screws, lyi in. wide, i in. thick. Screws 15 in. under head, i in. diameter, nnts 6 in. long Per doz. I14.00 No. I. Bars 16 in. between Screws, 2}i^ in. wide, \)^ in. thick, Screws 16 in. under head, \}i in. diameter, nuts 6 in. long Per doz. 18.00 No. 2. Bars 16^4^ in. between Screws, 2}^ in. wide, i^ in. thick. Screws 16 in. under head, i ]■■>, in. diameter, nuts 8}^ in long .... Per doz. 27.00 No. 3. Bars 22 in. between Screws, 2^ in. wide, i}^ in. thick. Screws 16 in. under head, ij4 in. diameter, nuts 8j^ in. long .... Per doz. 27.0c Any length or width ?lamp can be made to order using same diameter screws and nuts as in number one clamps. MORTAR. AND PESTLE No. 8. Capacity, i gallon ; diameter over top, 9)2 inches ; depth inside, 9 inches ; price, $6.50. No. 9. Capacity, 2 gallons ; diameter over top, II inches; depth in.side, 8 inches; price, $8.50. No. ID. Capacity, 3^/2 gallons; diam- eter over top, 13^ inches; depth inside, 12 inches; price, $18.00. Fig. 22r. THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 159 MULLIN'S PATENT FLUX For Cleansing and Fluxing Scrap Brass Melters oi copper, brass, bronze, German silver, aluminum and alloys will find it a great help in melting, as the time is lessened consid- erably. It increases the fluidity of the metal, removes the oxide, and cleanses the metal from dross and impurities. It eliminates the gases, makes the product free from the usual porosity, and increases the electrical conductivity. In melting emery dust, buffings or burnt skimmings, results are very satisfactory, the product being clean and the slag free from metal. Price, 25 Cents per Pound Directions For ordinary clean metals, alloys, copper, brass, bronze, etc., use one percent Flux. For German silver, use five percent Flux. For pure copper or electrical work, use seven percent Flux. In charging Flux for a1)ove, stir in twenty minutes before pouring. * In cleansing and refining emery dust, buffings and burnt skimmings- mix from five to eight percent of the Flux with metal before charging. Note Iron and steel will not melt at the .same temperature as will copper, brass, etc., but may be removed with the slag by skimming if properly separated ; Mullins Patent Flux will do this work. 160 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY BRASS MOLDING SAND In Barrels Containing About 375 Pounds Albany Sand $2.50 per Barrel Newport Sand 2.25 Zanesville Sand 2.25 Windsor Lock Sand 4.50 Special Price in Ton and Carload Lots OBERMAYER'S NEW PROCESS PEERLESS FACING SAND For Special Fine Brass and Bronze Castings In use in almost every Brass or Bronze Foundry making fine orna- mental castings. Price, $4.50 per Barrel CONNELLSVILLE COKE Crushed egg size, no waste. Just right for Brass Foundries. Guaranteed 72-hour Connellsville Coke. Lowest Market Prices Use Our Special Brass Facing for Making Brass Castings THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY IGl MILLETT PATENT CORE OVEN Portable Style Fig. 226 Double Doors, one closing the oven when the other is open. Hundreds in use now. All modern Foundries use them. Saves time and fuel. The best Core oven on the market for small cores. Price of Portable Oven, $250.00 750 now in daily use. If interested we will give names of firms usins: them. 162 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY MILLETT PATENT CORE OVEN Stationary Style -.. ^ 1 i ^1^^^^ 1 ^npummu jt Fig. 227 Illustration Shows Two Shelves Open, but Oven Retaining the Heat No foundry making small cores can afford to be without it. Ovens furnished with doors and shelves of different sizes, depending upon dimensions of the cores to be dried. This illustration shows the Stationar}^ Stock Size, permanently located and supported by brick work. Price of Stationary Oven, $300.00 Write for Special Catalogue and list ot foundries that have Millet Ovens in use. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 163 WATER TUMBLERS OR SMALL TUMBLERS FOR BRASS WORK, ETC. ■ ■^'^S^^fSJBBW-'tW Fig. 228 We manufacture the following line of Tumblers for light work, driven by direct tight and loose pulleys. When not otherwise ordered, a dry tumbler is supplied. With the wet tumbler a trough is supplied for attachment to standards under the barrel. The barrel is cast solid, access being bs' means of a manhole. List No. Diameter of Barrel, Inside. Length of Barrel, Inside. Floor Space. For Dry Rattling I'rice each. For Wet Rattling with Trough 100 102 16 in. 20 " 28 in. 33 " 3x4 ft. 3x4;^" $100.00 1 20.00 $113.00 134.00 1000 of These Now in Use INVESTIGATE OUR SPECIAL BRASS MOLDING SAND FOR FINE ORNAMENTAL BRASS CASTINGS 164 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE TODD RUMBLER. The Most Satisfactory Water Rumbler Made for Cleaning Brass Castings and Scrap Metals Fig. 22g This machine is used in most of the large Brass Foundries in the United States. It removes the sand absolutely from the cores of castings. It has no equal for effective work ; the most delicate castings can be cleaned without injury to the fine points; tools are cleaned in this manner with great success. The door is easily removed, and the opening is large enough to permit the castings being readily placed in and out of the tumbler. It is provided with a lining, which, when worn out, can be replaced. Foundry sweepings and skimmings are cleaned perfectly. We pro- vide a trough which is used as an overflow, so that no metal can be wasted. Furnished with tight and loose pulleys which in many cases obviates a countershaft. Floor space required, 4x6 feet; weight of machine, 1500 pounds. It requires ^ to ^ H. P. to operate the machine. Full instructions furnished when order is placed. Price of machine complete with one set of lining . $200.00 Price of Wooden lining per set extra 6.00 Write for Discounts THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 165 METAL CUTTING SAW FOR. BRASS SHOPS, ETC. Eureka Band Saw Frame This machine is designed express- ly for cutting metals, and is operated in the same manner as a band saw for cutting wood. The mach'ue is strongly and sub- stantially built, weighs i,ooo pounds, and has an iron table thirty inches square. The pulleys are thirty inches in diameter, driven b}' a four-cone pulley using a three-inch belt, and are geared back one to four. The gears are all machine cut, and are placed in the hollow of the frame, thereby pro- tecting them from injur}- b}' dust or chips. Two of Wright's band saw guides are used, one above and one beneath the table. The pulleys are made of cast iron, without rub- ber, felt, etc., on the face, thereby allowing the use of oil for lubrication of the saws. The top pulleys have a lateral adjustment, the easier to manipulate the saw. F^^'- -30 The feed guide bar can be raised so that work ten inches in height can be cut. The distance between the feed guide bar and frame is twenty-eight inches, thereby allowing a larger space for the convenient handling of work. Length of saw used, 15 feet, 8 inches. The countershaft has tight and loose pulleys, 8 inches in diameter, by 2>% inch face, and .should make 190 revolutions per minute. Price, No. 1, Without Countershaft, $175.00 Extra saws furnished at cost. Use Our Special Brazing Machine For Repairing Saws im THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY LIST OF HACK SAWS. ^-in. wide, .031 thick, about 16 ft. per lb. at . . }4 " " .025 " " 25 " at . . 3/s " " .025 " " 35 " at . . }( " " .025 " " 60 " at . . )2.25 per lb. 2.50 " 350 " 7.00 " These will saw Hard Brass Gates from i^ to 2 inches, also 3-in. gates. One coil in i j/2-in. The length of saw for the standard frame is 17 ft. and 3 inches long. OBERMAYER'S BRAZING MACHINE Fig. 231 The Price Can Be Saved Many Times By repairing old saws. It is clean, with no danger of fire. Can braze a saw anywhere in thirty (30) seconds. B^^CAN WE SHIP YOU one of these machines, with the under- standing that you can return it at our expense, and no charge will be made if you fail to find it a good investment? Always in stock; can ship immediately. Price of Machine Complete, $40.00 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 107 SAWYER'S IMPROVED MAGNETIC METAL SEPARATOR. For Separating Iron Turnings, Filings and Dust from Brass, Composition Aluminum and Other Metals Fig 232 Recommended Where Electricity is Not Available A machine that pays for itself in a very short time and which low price and competition compel one to purchase. It is a necessity in all well regulated establishments. The wheel represented in the cut, over which the mixed metals fall, contains 360 magnets to which the iron adheres. The iron is carried to the brush cylinder on the rear side of the machine and there removed, while the brass and other materials fall into the box on the front side. Its capa- city and utility for this kind of work surpasses anything heretofore offered, doing its work most thoroughly and with the least amount of labor and trouble. The machine pays for itself in a short time in the saving of labor effected by its use, to saj' nothing of the improved quality of stock thus treated. Brass stock cleansed with this machine can be used for the best kind of work. No. I. Capacity, 1,500 lbs. 10 hrs $270.00 No, 2. " 3,000 " " 470.00 No. 3. " 4,000 " " 670.00 Send for Special Catalogue 168 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY DING'S ELECTRO MAGNETIC SEPARATOR Fig. 233 (Type M with Dynamo Attached) This separator, known as the "Disk Type," is used in brass foundries, smelting and refining works, etc. It has many important features not found in any other separator. The metal to be separated is fed from a hopper to a conveyor and passes into a thin sheet under moving magnets, the conveyor motion and the sweep of the magnets being so adjusted as to bring every part of the stock TWICE within a strong magnetic field, which is equal to twice running the material through an ordinary separator. The magnets are mounted upon a disk rotating over a conveyor vibrated by means of an eccentric on the driving shaft. The mag- nets are automatically controlled, so that while over the conveyor they are powerfully charged, but while not over the conveyor they are demag- netized, allowing the iron picked up to drop at the outside of the machine, leaving the magnets clean for the next revolution ; thus no device is needed to knock off the iron. The hopper is provided with a rotary feed and an auxiliary stirring shaft, which prevents any stoppage or choking up in the hopper, and feeds the stock onto the conveyor in a thin or thick layer, as desired. Adjustments are quickly made in changing to a finer or coarser grade of stock. A device under the shaker keeps the stock agitated so that no particles of iron can escape by being covered with heavy chips of brass. A screen on the delivery end of the conve5^or takes out the very fine part which usually contains more or less sand, dirt and scale off of cast- THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 169 ings, and separates it from the coarser and better stock. This fine stuff can be kept separate and used in a different grade of work. This feature is not found in any other separator. As the iron is picked up without the magnets coming into direct con- tact with the mixed metals, much less chance is offered for mechanical entanglement than in other separators, consequently less waste of metal. Every coil and electrical connection is at once accessible for inspec- tion without taking the machine apart. No. 2 Standard Size— capacit}^ 400 to 1,500 pounds of metal per hour. Shipping weight 1,000 pounds. Speed 400 R. P. M. Driving pulley 12 inches in diameter. Floor space required 3x6 feet. Can be ordered for any direct current from 3 to 500 volts. Power required, both electrical and mechanical, about ^ H. P. A switch and pilot lamp furnished with every machine. Price F. O. B. factory $300.00 Dynamo, extra 60.00 Motor Drive, extra 75-oo Add 10 percent for voltage above 500. No. I Pony Size— capacity 200 to 400 pounds of metal per hour. Shipping weight 450 pounds. Occupies a floor space 2x4 feet. Speed 400 revolutions per minute. Driving pulley 6 inches in diameter. Can be ordered for any direct current up to 500 volts. Power required, both mechanical and electrical, about % H. P. Switch and pilot lamp with every separator. Price F. O. B. factory $200.00 Dynamo, extra 60.00 Motor Drive, extra 60.00 Add 10 percent for voltage above 500. LYCOPODIUM A fine yellow powder made from spores of various species of Club- Moss. Used to prevent pattern from sticking to the mold, also in place of Parting Sand or Charcoal. This material is used extensively by manufacturers who make Fine Ornamental Brass Castings such as Chan- deliers, Fine Brass Lamp Fixtures, and Fine Brass Work of all descrip- tions. It is rather expensive, but owing to its superior merit is used in preference to any other article known for the purpose. Put up in 5 -lb. Packages at Market Price 170 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE BADGER. MAGNETIC SEPARATOR. I'lC. 234 (Type L— Dytiamo Attached) This is an electrically energized magnetic separator and embodies the best possible construction of the well-known drum type, and has several important features not found in other separators. The magnets are made of the best dynamo steel, the poll faces ot which project through the rim of the drum, bringing the metal to be separated into direct con- tact with the magnets without the intervention ot any brass covering. The rim of the drum is made of heavy cast brass, and will wear as long as any other part of the machine. The machine takes but very little power and the electricity is applied in such a manner that the magnets successively discharge themselves at a given point, allowing the iron to drop without the necessity of a revolv- ing brush or other device to remove the iron. A simple wiping brush removes the dust. Capacity 300 to 1,000 pounds per hour. Can be wound for any direct current of electricity from 3 to 500 volts. Price F. O. B. factory . $300.00 With Dynamo attached 350.00 Add ID percent for voltage above 500. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 171 IMPROVED FOOT POWER. SPRUE CUTTER This Machine is designed for use in Brass Foundries to cut sprues or gates from castings and is operated by foot power. It is heavy, has large wearing surfaces, and is guaranteed in every particular. For general work, this machine cannot be excelled for the price. The invest- ment will justify any Foundry- man as it takes but a very short time to cut a large quantity compared to the old manner of using the chisel, etc. This machine will cut a piece equivalent to yi in. square common yellow brass. Cutters are made of best tool steel I X ^2 in. and ground to the proper taper for cutting and care- fully tempered. Fig. 236 Depth of throat from cutting edge io>^ m. Space up and down back of cutter 12 Height over all 5 ^^ Shipping weight 55° lbs. Price, $125.00 172 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER'S POWER. SPRUE CUTTER Ofi"",^'-' Fig. 235 This machine is designed to cut sprues or gates from castings. It is very heavy, has large wearing surfaces; cutters will remain in line and make clean, close cuts. It is fitted with a very simple clutch, the wearing parts of which are made of tool steel. The machine will cut a piece equivalent to ,^4 -in. square common } ellow brass and is guaranteed in every particular. Speed, 125 to 150 revolutions per minute. Pulley, i8-in. diameter, 4-inch face. In case it is necessary to cut a larger piece than above, we can supph' 24-in. pulley. This will then cut a piece equivalent to i-in. square common yellow brass. Cutters are made of best tool steel, ij^ x % in. The dimensions are as follows : Depth of throat from cutting edge Space up and down back of cutters Height over all . . 10 in. . . i2j^ in. 5 ft. 3 in. Shipping weight 1,000 lbs. Price, $150.00 Carried in stock ready for immediate delivery. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 173 OBERMAYER'S SAND DRYER For Drying Sand in Brass Foundries, R. R. Shops and Factories Fig. 237 Consists of a substantial cast iron stove made vip of from five to six rings of uniform shape and diameter, with the door opening and hopper at the top for feeding the fuel. The stove is surrounded by a cone of wire cloth or perforated steel, this cone being surrounded by an outer casing of steel, leaving ample space between, for the reception of wet sand. At the bottom of the stove is a perforated base plate. The perforated cone provides a large heating surface, and the wet sand which is fed at the top is rapidly deprived of its moisture, and as it dries falls through the perforated cone and base to the floor or bins beneath. Suitable openings are left in the outer shell for the purpose of cleaning out any gravel or material which has not passed through the perforations. It will be seen that the arrangement of the perforated cone prevents the sand coming in direct contact with the heated stove, adding greatly to its durability. This Dryer has large capacity, and requires little attention, further than to keep it supplied with wet sand and fuel. This Sand Dryer has been in use for a number of years on some of the leading railroads, street railwaj^s, foundries and manufacturing plants, giving general satisfaction. Price, $140.00 Steam driers with coils can be furnished when desired. 174 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER'S CINDER. AND ORE CRUSHER For Grinding and Washing Brass Skimmings and Ashes Fig. 238 Made in Two Sizes This Machine can be operated by a dry or wet process. When operated by the dry process, connections can be made with an Exhaust Fan from which the dust can be withdrawn through the pipe and deposited into a box or receptacle placed in a position to suit the conditions of the plant. When desired to operate with the wet process a 34;'-inch pipe supplying the water and a valve controlling the supply is attached to the machine when in operation. The roller shown in front, revolving in the direction indicated bj- the arrowy illustrates the principle of the machine, the pockets scooping up the material to be ground and carrj-ing it around and dropping it underneath, to be pulverized over and over again. The above Machine occupies a floor space of 7 x 3 feet and is 4 feet long and 3 feet in diameter. The roller weighs 675 pounds and is made of White, Hard Cast Iron, being 2 feet long and r8 inches at the greatest diameter. The bearings are made of Nickel Alloy. The Tumbler, or Barrel, is 4 feet long and 3 feet wide. The case should revolve from 40 to 60 revolutions per minute, and the pinion from 180 to 260 revolutions per minute. Shipping weight of entire Machine is 3,450 pounds ; boxed for export 4,400. This machine will grind and extract metal from 10 to 20 barrels of Brass Foun- dry Skimmings and Ashes per day. Full description for setting up and operating will be furnished after order is placed, and special catalogue with prices giving description and dimensions upon application. List Price, $400.00 We make one other smaller Standard size. It's the Best Machine for the Purpose and has the Largest Capacity THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 175 OBERMAYER'S PEERLESS ROSIN GRINDER For Powdering and Pulverizing Rosin Hi. 239 The rosin is placed in the mill at the top as shown in the above illus- tration in quantities of a nail keg full at a time. After the material becomes fine enough, it is deposited into a bin below the revolving barrel, from which it ma)^ be taken as desired. There is no waste or dust liable to fly about the room, thus avoiding gumming up everything with which it would otherwise come in contact. It is used in many Malleable Iron and Brass Foundries and is giving the best of results. Where you require a large amount of powdered or ground rosin, this machine cannot be excelled. These machines are made in two sizes : No. I, bolts two barrels per day, list price $75.00 No. 2, bolts three barrels per day, list price 85.00 Full directions furnished with the machine. It is the Best Machine oi\ the Market for the Purpose 17G THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY BABBITT LADLES AND MELTING POTS For Pouring Solder, Lead, or White Metal, Etc. Obermayer*s Malleable Iron Ladles Diani. of Bowl, 3 in. . 4 " . Fig. 240 Double Lipped $3.00 per doz. Diani. of Bowl, 5 in. 4.50 " " " 6 " i 7.80 10.00 SEAMLESS STEEL MELTING LADLES Extra strong, made of Plate Steel, Bowls and Handles in one solid piece, handles extra long and strong in proportion to size of bowl, and made round with D shaped end unless ordered flat and straight — except the smaller sizes. See description in price list. Diameter Thickness Length Size Price, of Bowl. of Bowl. of Handle. of Handle. Each. 2)^ inches. yi inche;^. i^y inches. y in. X }i in. $ I 00 3 ys " 17;^ " X " ^H " I 1.5 4 'A " igj4. y " X ^ '• I 30 =; " ys " 23 ^2 round. I 45 6 A " 29 X " I 75 / A " 30 16 •2 05 8 X " 33 :\ " 2 65 9 y " 35 H " 3 25 10 " y " 40 y " 3 ^5 II " T6 40 y " 4 45 12 " -5_ " 1 6 44 y " 5 05 14 5 11 . 1 6 44 y " 5 65 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 177 MELTING POTS Fig. 242 5 6 8 9 10' 12 Wrought Iron Bail in $0.85 each. 1.20 1.90 2.25 3.00 4-50 6. so Babbitt Ladles— Wrought Iron Bail 5 in., holding 25 lbs $2.50 each. 8 " " 50 " 450 " STEEL PLATES FOR PATTERNS OR FLASKS The illustration shows a Flat Steel Plate, with lugs on the sides and ends, which is used for metal patterns. The metal pattern can be fixed permanently, and held in one place. We furnish steel plates which are used on the bottom of Flasks, so that there may be no rocking of the flasks. They are stamped and drawn out perfectly true, and are made of sufficient thickness not to permit any sagging of the plate. We make a .specialty of these Plates, and furnish them with or without perforations. Made to order to suit Flasks of any size. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY MODERN TOOLS IN A FOUNDRY It is traditional that all one needs to start a foundry is a few wooden flasks, an old worn-out boiler for a cupola, a horse-power machine or an old pla3'ed-out engine which somebody threw into the scrap heap. Get a cheap, second-hand blower, a few loads of clay, called molding sand (by some one who knows nothing about it), an old-fashioned wood stove for a core oven, a load of scrap iron and coke, which is bought of the gas manufacturers because it is cheaper than Connellsville, and you have a full-fledged foundry ready for business. If 3^ou are not able to make castings and compete with your neighbors who are in the same business, you come to the conclusion you have a poor lot of molders, and that they are not doing enough work. Now, after many years of experience, the fact still impres.ses us that if proprietors of foundries and machine shops would put more time and money in the foundry instead of turning all their atten- tion to the machine shop, the former would be a Successful invest- ment. The machinist will tell you, "I can not fit up that five-ton cast- ing without a suitable planer or boring mill" (which may cost thousands of dollars), and the tools are promptly furnished. But what are the conditions in the foundry? The pattern maker does his part of the job, and tells the foreman of the foundry how he should make it. The foreman then looks over his flask-yard for some- thing to make it in, and soon finds he has no tools to make such a job. He tells the proprietor he must have a flask made. The answer is, it costs too much ; you must fix up something. He picks out the best he has and makes a cheap fixture. The molders consume twice the amount of time on the job trying to make it safe. They cast it, and some weak spot gives out, causing the loss of the casting. The men are dissatisfied, their employer is disappointed, to say nothing of the loss financially. The material and labor are all gone, and when 5'ou count the rebreaking of the casting, the handling and getting it through the cupola again, the loss to the proprietor is complete. There are some well-equipped foundries today, but eight out of ten of them started as stated above. To illustrate : We had a proprietor of a large machine shop and foundry tell us that a foundry was a necessary evil, and he had the poorest equipped foundry we ever saw for turning out the class of work that he was doing. To run a foundry successfully you want an intelligent man to take charge of it, a man that knows his business. There is a certain amount of work the molding machine will do, but it is limited. A first-class molder is a thinking machine, and if he has tools to work with he will be a profit to his employer. You will naturally say — what tools are zvanted to start a fomidryf Yo2L leant a quick melting cupola of modern make. You do not hire molders to sit around the shop and wait for iron. A first-class poieer crane and an oven equipped with cars, making it suitable either for molds or cores, are essentials. The bloiuer is an important factor, for j-ou can not melt fa.st without a first-class blower. Use good supplies, modern equipment and the best facings and blackings, and secure first-class mold- ers and you will be all right. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Unfcr motto: **Mta mas :Sie in lljrer Cliefjerei notig l)abeu!" (5!orrefponben5 in alien Sprad^en. DoUftdn^iae ^Uisriiftung von ^tfen, 5taM= unb ilTeffina (Biejjercicn. Celecjrapliifd^e ^Ibrefje „€ffo/' (Eincinnati, 5ection Ej 180 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY THE WHITING CUPOLA THE Whiting Cupola is the heaviest and best designed cupola manu- factured, and the construction is such that they are simply beyond competition with ordinary cupolas offered to foundrymen. Long experience has unquestionably proven that the Whiting Cupola is the most successful and practical on the market. Economy in the use of fuel is certain. Iron produced is hot, fluid, of uniform grade, and is melted rapidly. Bottom drops clean and damage to lining is reduced to a minimum. Many testimonial letters have been received from purchasers, which are in themselves a recommendation worthy of consideration. We have noted even more than formerly the desire of those who have had exper- ience with the Whiting Cupolas to again purchase them. Many foun- dries have installed additional cupolas and others seeing results obtained have replaced other makes with Whiting Cupolas. Heavy, substantial construction, thorough workmanship, and our readiness to adopt all improvements continue to keep us leaders as cupola makers. Visitors are cordially invited to our works, and the privilege is extended of full investigation as to the methods pursued in manufactur- ing our standard product. We invite your careful perusal of the description of construction and operation in following pages. Write for special Cupola Catalogue THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 181 THE WHITING CUPOLA Fig. 245 Elevation of Section (D) The accompanying illustrations clearly show the internal construction of the body section. The universal satisfaction given by the Whiting Cupola is largely due to the patented arrangement of the tuyere system, which accomplishes the most efficient distribution of the blast yet devised. 182 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Fig. 246 Sketch of Section E Whiting Cupola The table on page 186 in connection with diagram herewith gives all general data of the Standard Whiting Cupola. The diameter of the shell is ample to allow for the capacity given. In cupolas larger than the No. 4 we recommend a 9-in. lining, and the capacity is figured on that basis. If a thinner lining is used the capacity will be increased above the figures given and this should be considered in comparing prices. We name prices on cupola body alone, Section (D), or on the com- plete cupola with any required length of stack. We carry in stock sufficient steel plates for all sizes of these cupolas and thus avoid delay of waiting for shipments from the mills. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 183 Fin. 247 No. OR. TEST CUPOLA In response to a demand for a small cupola for testing purposes, we have designed the No. o cupola, shown herewith. The size of this cupola is given on page 186. The total height of the cupola from floor to top of furnace is 10 feet. Extra stack and hood may be sup- plied if desired. This furnace is mounted on trunnions, and the air chamber employed on the standard cupolas is eliminated. It has been in general demand for technical schools, mining purposes, small foundries and for general port- able and repair work. This general design, of this size and several numbers larger, is adapted for mounting in running gear, and thus constructed is most con- venient for street w^ork, and has been extensively used for making cast iron rail joints. IMPROVED SPARK ARRESTER. We manufacture a special double cone spark arrester, as shown in cut. We make a line of these suitable for any size of our cupolas. They effectually obstruct sparks, pieces of hot metal, etc., which may be blown from the cupola toward the close of the heat, and are of great service to foundrymen who are located adjacent to frame buildings or lumber 3'ards, etc. Fig. 2-iN 184 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PATENT TUYERE SYSTEM These tuyeres are independent of each other; of such a shape that they will readily hold them- selves in the lining, and will outlast any other tuyere made. This is the only tuyere that equalizes the distribution of the blast. There are two rows of tuyeres with relative position as indicated. They are flaring in shape and admit the blast through a small area in the shell, which is expanded into a large horizontal opening inside of the cupola. The air is thus permitted to reach the fuel through an area nearly double that through which it enters the tuyeres, admitting the same volume but softening its force. The lower tuyeres form an annular air inlet, distributing the blast continuously around the entire circumference of the cupola. They can be placed at varying heights indicated by dotted lines in the sectional elevations. Adjustment is secured by means of patented device fur- nished only with the Whiting Cupolas. Proper effi- ciency may be thus maintained even though the method of operation is not as originally designed. The upper tuyeres are of similar construction ^TT f ' ''^H '^BB to the lower and are intended to supply sufficient ^^^ 'I^BnI^B air to utilize to the fullest extent any escaping fuel U I JD»' 1^^ gas. These tuyeres are of great service in quick melting and in large heats. For smaller heats they may be closed by our Improved Independent Tuyere Dampers. Fig. 249 Section Showing: Safety Tuyere and Lower Tuyere Adjust- able Slide. <-'^- Fig. 250 Section Showing Upper Tuyere and Tuyere Gate. Location of Blast Entrance Letters Refer to Diagrams r, SLAO SPOUT {^. TA^ af^UT 3LAQ 9POi/T, TA^ Sf'OUT' Fig. 251 Repairs and Duplicate Parts of Our EUiuipment Always Carried in Stock THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 185 DETACHABLE ROOF HOOD Fig. 252 A conical hood is sometimes desired, sur- rounding cupolas just above the charging house roof. We make these to fit any of our cupolas, and they are supplied at an extra price. Thej^ may be placed around the stack by means of clamps and bolts after the cupola is erected, and may also serve as ventilators for charging house. BLAST PRESSURE GAUGE A blast pressure gauge is verj^ serviceable in indicat- ing the air pressure supplied by blowers when applied to cupolas. The gauge shown in this cut registers to 14 oz., while our new design furnished with all cupolas indicates pressures up to 16 oz. Water is used for registering fluid. We send one of these gauges with each of our cupolas, and carry them in stock and sell them independently for use ■with any cupola. Blast Pipes and Gates. We manufacturer blast pipe in all diameters from 3 inches to 20 inches; also elbows and connections, and blast gates. We name prices on this pipe on receipt of information as to length of pipe, elbows, etc. Operators* Platform A circular platform made of cast iron, supported by ■heavy brackets, and supplied with a neat gas pipe railing, is sometimes desired on large cupolas or cupolas with high columns. It is supplied at an additional price. Fig. 253 Tapping Platform With Stairs For cupolas adapted for car wheel work, we supply, at an extra price, an iron platform with iron stairs. This is of great service, inas- much as it enables the operator to properly reach the tapping hole at all times, and allows ready access from the floor of the foundry to the operating platform of the cupola. 186 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY C/) < o a. O o o z X O CO < < u A Z < CO O n- ............ . 1' r4 "-• b« ^ X . !« = w 2 LO O N C) ro O O O O IT; tr, ur, Lo ir, lO •^ s ►1 « n N M n r.t^J:^l:^t^t-.t^t^t-- 5s Q K «CCI d MMWi-ii-ii-ii-ci-iNnNM'NMN 1_ -ii-ii-ii-cM,-iMrHrirjMri •^"0 2 Cz::z-zzzzziz::zz ?.-^ ". Q\0\DvOvO O O^OvO O O ^ ^ O O J^ •— ' •H O - .,^,-.,---^^--«-- t/:-^.0 M f^ r< p» ri coror^rO'T-^'^'^vrjio „ '.e of datio late uare) F." IT; O rO rOOO O -^t^O Osm O^loCT^" ._ s Cli a": 1/2 3 C/3 ._^*.,^----*-*--*- -^ fa C, rO -^ -^ -^ "-. >^ •'^ "--^ *^ O-i^ CO O ho Cl " [« C-:::^::^^::::::^^::- eS o^o ,-^ a; x^ -^Nt N^N^N^'N^Nfj N^' "l::;!^' \" N!^":^^'^;^ ~::i!:^ M M CI n M CI c< Tj-Ti-Tt-Tt---N 1^1 t^''< "-co ^0\C r^ S- M w N M rororo-^-^'^ ir,^ vO I:^ t^OO •r '^hI Q u u 0^ u i; . C---W---------- s^Sn Tj-CI t^t^ciCO CI " ^^■<:^r^00 -^ OCO .5 o * - Tt- LT, Lo ur.vo 'sO i^CO 00 C^ O i-^ >- CI Q ^ a>n *j (L) : Sx-< i^ -1 vO - \r; - vC '^.^ >"< CO Th vO « r3 '-« " M fO ro Th -^ tT LT, ir,^ \C i>. t>.00 O^ a> O Q g c'--- -c-'--:-":'- *-* , ■ \ri ^3 .t: o ►H N c« u-, ir.\C t^ Cn O f~» -"i-CO " -^ t^ a w ^ _ ,-. „ ts M n g-^ c--r::-:-::iz-i-2i ^fe N^X^ M i-< t^rou'.'C t^G^O M -^-cO •-' Tt- „ „ ►, H^ (S) M \^;^ -^.^ ^ S a Oi-Hnric^roro"^ u",\C t^CO O^ G^ O '-' S 3 F4 h4 ^ u 1 >v 3 o U THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 187 CUPOLA LININGS How to Line Your Cupola IT is a source of great econom}^ to line your Cupola with the very best refractory material that can be secured. Great care and extra caution should be used, so that the blast is not turned direct on the lining, for when this occurs, it will burn out the very best lining in a few moments. Expansion and contraction are difficulties with which one has to con- tend in cupola practice. The manner in which the Cupolas are lined and the treatment they receive must be considered. The shell of the Cupola expands when heated and when in operation the heat causes the lining to expand against the shell. When the Cupola cools contraction occurs. To counteract these conditions we recommend one to two-inch space, which can be filled with dry ground cinders or broken fire brick, forming a grouting; this should be placed between the backing and the shell. If a 4^-inch lining is desired, use our Peerless Blocks up to the charging door, or if a 6-incli lining, use our National or Obermayer Blocks. If a 9-inch lining is required, use a backing of fire brick, stood upright against the grouting, then our NATIONAL, or OBERMAYER BLOCKS up to the charging door, or make two circles of 4^-inch each. In the stack or top part of the Cupola, ordinary Circle Fire Brick or a combination of Square and Arch Fire Brick will answer. Your lining can be well protected by the use of OBERMAYER CUPOEA DAUBING, a special preparation for this purpose. We can furnish Ganister, Mica Schist, Welsh Mountain Clay, Fire Sand and Fire Claj^ in carloads and less carloads, at lowest market prices. Correspondence solicited. 188 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SUGGESTIONS FOR. LINING CUPOLA 2/2 FIRE BRICK 2/2 FIRE BRICK. 4;4FIRE^ BRICK. Copyrighted Sept. 19, 1903. ^|AM. INSIDE FlG. 254 When sending us your orders for Cupola Lining state diameter of shell of Cupola, diameter of inside of lining and height which you desire. Specify according to number shown in outline above ; we will then know your requirements. Plan No. I for 4^ in. lining use Peerless Cupola Blocks 9 x 9 x 4)^, or Circle- Fire Brick 9 X 4^ x 2^. No. 2 for 7 in. lining use Peerless Blocks and Esso Square Fire Brick, or Circle Fire Brick with Esso Fire Brick. No. 3 for 8j!^ in. lining iise Obermayer's Cupola Blocks 12x6x6 with Esso- Square Fire Brick, or National Cupola Blocks 9x6x4 with Esso Square Fire Brick. No. 4 for 9 in. lining use Peerless Blocks with Esso Square Fire Brick stood, upright on end. For backing we recommend our Esso Square, Arch, or Split Brick. A com- bination of the square and split, or Arch Brick, together with our Cupola Blocks, can be arranged to make any thickness or diameter of lining desired. See the following pages for cuts and descriptions. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 189 Lining Shelf. Unjng Shelf. Linini Tayere bolted to shell Swinging Damper with Peep Hole. - Damper Rod. ' Mica Peep Hole in Removable Plate. Inside Shell. Wins Box Shell. Section on Upper Tuyere Lower Tayere, adjustable in height. Safety Spool on Tnyere Lining. Bottom Plate^ Inside Shell.' Disc of Sheet in Removable Plate. Section on Lower Safety Tuyere FIG. 3 ind Box SheU. Safety Tuyere. Jlica Peep Hole opposite ■ J^Tuyeres. Dampers on Upper Tuyeres. Section through Upper Tuyeres. ^ Section through Wind Box on Tuyeres. J riG. 2 Patented in D. S. A. Angus! 18, 1885. October 2, 1894. Standard Whiting Cupola D»A«,...o S4I9 190 THE S. CBERMAYER COMPANY CUPOLA LININGS Fig. 255 Peerless Cupola Blocks, 9 x9 x4}4 This style Cupola Block has been on the market for a great number of 3-ears and the following sizes are always kept in stock ready for shipment : 25 in. outside diameter, 16 in. inside, 9 to circle No. A . . 25 in B . • 30 " C . • 36 " D . • 39 " E . . 49 " F . . 60 " G . .69 " H . .84 " 21 " " II " 27 " " 13 " 30 " " 14 " 40 " " 17 " 51 " " 21 " 60 " " 23 " 75 " " 28 Any combination may be formed from 16 inches to 75 inches inside lining of Cupola from above sizes when 4^ inches thickness of Block is desired. Secure prices on carload lots. Order minimum car filled out with Ground Fire Clay and save money in freight rates. We guarantee our Cupola Blocks to give entire satisfaction. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 191 CUPOLA LININGS Our National Blocks, Size 9x6x4 Fig. 256 Fig. 257 No. 10. 42 in. outside, 30 in. in- No. 13. 60 in. outside, 48 in. in- side. 15 brick to circle. side. 2 1 brick to circle. Fig. 258 No. 12. 48 in. outside, 36 in. in- No. 14. 72 in. outside, 60 in. in- side. 17 brick to circle. side. 25 brick to circle. Our National Blocks are made from the same mixture as our Obermayer and Peerless. Some people prefer a block onl}^ 4 inches high and 9 inches long. These National Blocks are recommended where the large Blocks are not desired, but where 6-in. thickness of Block is preferred. Combination of these Blocks can be made for circles 30 inches to 60 inches inside of Lining. Recommended for use from bottom of Cupola to charging door. Use our Circle or S(iuare and Arch Fire Brick for stack when relin- ing entire Cupola. We guarantee our Cupola Blocks to give er.tire satisfaction. These Sizes Always In Stock 192 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER CUPOLA LININGS Obermayer Cupola Blocks, Size 13x6x6 Fig. 260 Are especially adapted for large Cupolas. Requires less number of joints vertically than any other Block used. These Blocks In Five Sizes No. 30 . Obermayer, 42 in. outside, 30 in. inside, 1 1 to circle. " 36 . " 48 " 36 " 13 " 42 . " 54 " 42 " 14 " 48 . " 60 " 48 " 16 " 60 . " 72 " 60 " 17 A combination of these sizes will fit any circle from 30 inches to 60 inches inside of lining where a 6-inch thickness is desired up to charg- ing door. Any Other Diameter Made To Order In Three Weeks THE S..OBERMAYER COMPANY 193 A FEW WORDS ABOUT FIRE BRICK WE have made it a study for years to funnsh satisfactory brick to the foundry trade, and our business has grown so in this department that we now have a manager who looks after the Fire Bricl: and Fire Clay department exclusively. We herewith illustrate a few of the many shape Fire Brick that we mannfacture, and we carry Cupola Blocks, Circle, Square and all standard sizes in stock at our warehouses in Cincinnati, Chicago, and Pittsburg, also at all our other works. We have in the past years used and sold Fire Brick from the various Fire Brick districts in the United States, and our long experience has educated us as to what Fire Brick are best adapted for the many purposes for which they are used. Our "Esso Crown" has a wide reputation among consumers of the highest grade Brick, being homogeneous and very refractory. Our "National" Fire Brick are made of very much the same material as our Esso Crown, only contains less Calcine and more Plastic Clay, making a Brick that will stand high heats and heavy friction. Our "Reliance" Fire Brick are our regular second quality grade and are used in places where heats are not so intense. We call your attention to our Cupola shapes illustrated herewith. We have an extended trade in the United States among the Foundries, particularly among those of the West and Central States. In addition to shapes shown herewith, we make any special radial shapes from drawings. Please bear in mind there is a great saving by ordering Fire Brick in carioad lots. Our Brick Guaranteed to Give Best of Satisfaction 194 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CUPOLA LININGS For those who prefer Brick to Cupola Blocks for Lining, we have Circle Fire Brick 9 K I We Carry in Stock the Following . K K / Size Circles 26 in. inside 35 in. outside. X, I' '' ^' 37 ' 30 " 39 Fig. 261 32 " 41 ' No. I Circle. 33 in. outside, 36 " 45 24 in. inside, ii brick to circle. Square and Side Arch Fire Brick Square or 9 Inch Brick Square or 9 Inch Brick Fig. 262 Esso Crown No. 1 Quality Fig. 263 Obermayer Square No. 2 Quality No. 1 Side Arch Fire Brick No. 2 Side Arch Fire Brick Fig. 264 3 feet inside diameter. 56 to circle. Fig. 265 I foot 2 in. inside diameter. 28 to circle. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SPLIT, WEDGE AND KEY FIRE BRICK 195 Split Fire Brick Fig. 266 Split Fire Brick Fig. 267 No. 1 Wedge Fire Brick No. 2 Wedge Fire Brick Fig. 268 Fig. 269 6 feet inside diameter. 2 feet 3 inches inside diameter. 113 bricks to circle. (Bullhead). 56 bricks to circle. (Bull head). No. 1 Key Fire Brick Fig. 270 12 feet inside diameter. 113 bricks to circle. No. 2 Key Fire Brick Fig. 271 5 feet 3 inches inside diameter. 57 bricks to circle. 196 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY AN ASSORTMENT OF SHAPES NINE INCH. '/2 2^/2 SOAP 4 ^2 ^ ^ SPLIT. LARGE SMALL KEY. LARGE SMALL BULL HEAD BULL MEAD ARCH. CIRCULAR ANV SIZE. Ac'/z V, +^= k H- 4^2 \ C>s 2/2 m/ Is i± 2 ^ ^ Soap Brick Checker or Regenerator Brick Fig. 272 Fig. 273 Sizes of Tile Ordinarily in Stock 12 X 12x2 inches. 12 X 12 X 2j^ 12 X 14 X 2Y2 12 X 15 X 2 12 X 16 X 2^ 12 X 18 X 2 12 X 18 X 2^ 12 X 18 X 4 12 X 20 X 2}^ 12 X 22 X 2^ 12 X 24 X 2% 12 X 26 X 2}^ Fig. 274 12 X 30 X 3 Other Sizes and Shapes Made to Order FIRE BRICK FOR BOILERS We are furnishing to the trade all sizes of tile (No. i quality), "Esso Crown" Square and Arch Fire Brick, or any other shapes which are required for the setting of boilers. In some cases a No. 2 quality is used for a portion of such work, and if you will send us a list of your reqviirements we shall be pleased to submit quotations. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 197 MICA SCHIST Mica Schist makes a most excellent lining for Cupolas, and will out- last any Fire Brick. Mica Schist is put in as a lining about 2 inches thick after the Cupola has been lined with Fire Brick. Fire Brick when worn out is easily replaced with Mica Schist and is used in the largest Foundries in the United States, especially on large heats of 40 tons and over. It is the most refractory natural material known and is a source of great economy to the foundrymen. Special price in CARLOADS in bulk. Sample Barrels, $2.50 per Barrel WELCH MOUNTAIN OR. SILICACEOUS CLAY ^^=s^s '^^~=*^^™ 1 Veich" Moun- b.| ll tain ! Ckj Welch Mountain Clay is a Kaolin product which is mixed with the sand, forming a strong, heavy bond. The largest Steel Foundries about Chester, Pa., Pittsburg, Pa., Cleveland, O., Chicago. 111., and other sec- tions are large users of this material and it is found to be far super- ior than so called cheap Fire Clays. On account of its peculiar nature, it gives a bond to the white silica sands, and will withstand any amount of heat without fusing. Used to advantage on poor sand, it helps give it a bond and renewed life for molding purposes. Shipped in carloads in Bulk only from our own mines at Welch Mountain. Prices given on application. 198 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CANISTER. We are in a Position to Furnish LUMP AND CRUSHED CANISTER in Carloads or Less This is an article which is used extensivel}^ by the foundries in many places instead of Fire Clay. It analyses very high in Silica and withstands the heat of the iron, thus obviating the trouble of patching" up or re-lining, as often as when Fire Clay is used alone. It naturally adds to the life of the lining and is used successfully in steel foundries, steel mills, rolling mills, steel furnaces, also on bottom of furnace beds. Ground Canister Shipped in carloads direct from our mines. Sample barrels $3.50 per barrel. OBERMAYER CUPOLA DAUBINC OBERMAYER CUPOIvA DAUBING has been on the market for some time, and, when used judiciously, protects the fire brick lining. It will save labor in cleaning and repairing, and will prevent " bridging " in cupola. It is manufactured from best quality of Graphite, together with the most refractor}' materials we can obtain. It will pay 3'ou to give it a trial. Put up in barrels, each containing 500 pounds. Price 3 cents per pound. Order a barrel and note satisfactory results. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 199 CUPOLA TENDERS' TOOLS, ETC, Cupola Picks Fig. 275 . Fig. 276 Weight from 5 to 6 lbs. each. Cupola picks in two designs always in stock. Bott Stick F[G. 277 Tapping Bar Fig. 278 Tapping Chisel Fig. 279 Other Tools for cupola service supplied when desired. Write for prices. Wedge Point Crowbars Fig. 2N0 Weight about 8 lbs. each. Pinch Point Crowbars Fig. 2Sr Weight about 8 lbs. each. 200 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY BLOWERS AND FANS FOR FOUNDRY USE WE HANDLE ALL THE DIFFERENT LEADING MAKES By Ordering Through Us We Can Save You Money, as We Always Give Our Trade the Benefit of Lowest Jobbers' Prices When Advised of Your Requirements We Can Figure Size of Blower Necessary, also Other Equipments ® WE HANDLE ALL KINDS, INCLUD- ING EXHAUST FANS USED IN THE CLEANING ROOM ® See the following pages of the different makes with description and prices. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 20L BUFFALO STEEL PRESSURE BLOWER. Furnished With or Without Countershaft Fig. 282 Fig. 283 Numbers one to six have but one pulley. Numbers seven to twelve liave two pulleys. All are furnished in the regular discharge, i. e., bottom horizontal, unless otherwise specified in order. Arrangement for other position of discharge may be readily supplied at 10% extra cost. GUARANTEE. — Buffalo Steel Pressure Blowers are guaranteed to be built of the best material, in a thorough and workmanlike manner, to be of superior design, run with less power, to be more durable and so proportioned as to give stronger blast, and to be sold at lower prices for the same size or capacity than those of any manufacture. No. of Blower. Outside Diameter of Outlet. Height In Inches. Diameter of I'ulley Face of PuUej'. Price Without Countershaft. Price With Countershaft. I z% 12K 2% ^H $ 12 00 $ 20 00 2 4 15'^ 2iX 2H 18 00 28 00 3 4^ 19X 3 2^A 26 00 38 00 4 5 23K 4 3 36 00 52 00 S sV% 15 K 4 '4 3 44 00 64 00 6 6% 29^ 4K 3K 55 00 80 00 7 1% 33X 5 4.^ 70 00 100 00 8 8^ 38 6 4;^ 90 00 130 00 9 10 44 7 5 115 00 170 00 10 12X 56 8 sH 160 00 230 DO II WA 65 >^ SA 6 '4 225 00 300 00 ii>< ie]4 7.^^ 10 7 27s 00 350 00 12 18 75 >i 10 8 325 00 400 00 All Dimensions Are In Inches 202 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE STURTEVANT STEEL PRESSURE BLOWER. In addition to their use for cu- pola furnaces and forge fires, they are very efficient machines for produc- ing the blast in sand blast machines. Great pains have been taken to simplify the construction of these blowers and to strengthen all parts. Any machinist of ordinary skill will readily understand how to adjvist, keep in order and repair. They are built heavier and stronger than form- erly, particularly in the running parts which are most subject to wear. The fact that these blowers have been run continuously for twenty-five to thirty years, without any repairs whatever, is suffi- cient evidence of their durability. Attention is called to the jour- nal boxes, which contain many new and useful im- provements over the old ones. Duplicate sets of these journals will be furnished to purchasers desir ing them, at a small advance above cost. , Fig. 284 No. of Blower. Outside Diameter of Outlet. Diameter of Pulley. Face of Pulley. Number of Pulleys on Blower. Price. 0000 00 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 '2 4 5^8 6% 7/8 12 16 i8>^ 3 3K '^ 12/8 i/s 2/8 3 3/ 4 ^ ^Vz 5V 6/ 8 9M Nos. 0000 to 3 in- clusive have only one pulley. Nos. 4 to 10 in- clusive have two pulleys. $ 15 00 20 00 26 00 36 00 44 00 55 00 70 00 90 00 115 00 180 00 225 00 325 00 450 00 When one pulley onlj' is used it is placed on the tight hand, as one faces the outlet and the ■blower is designated as right hand. When desired, the smaller sizes can be fitted with two pulleys. All sizes are regularly built to discharge horizontally at the bottom, but can be built to order to discharge either horizontally at the top, directly upward or directly downward. In your correspondence be sure and state for what the blowers are to be used, whether cupola furnaces, forges or other purposes. If for cupolas, state diameter inside of lining number and size of tuveres quantity to be melted in given time, kind of fuel used, distance blower sets from cupola, 'if for forges, how many, kind of work, length of pipes, etc. If possible, send a drawing of arrangement. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 20$ THE STURTEVANT COUNTERSHAFTS FOR STEEL PRESSURE BLOWERS siiigl These counter- shafts are especially de'-igned for driving The Sturtevant Steel Pressure Blowers. The shafts and pullevs are properly proportioned for the work and all built of the best of materials. The shafts are of steel accurately turned to size, the pulleys light, but strong and care- fully balanced and the boxes well babbitted, easily adjustable and pro- vided with oil drip cups. When so ordered, tight and loose pulleys rnished at a nominal addi- . price, in place of the usual e pulley driven by main belt. Fig. 2S5 No. of Blower. Diam of Pulley Driv- ing Blower. Diam. Pulley Driven By Main Belt From Line Shaft. Diam. of vShaft. Price With One Driv- ing Pulley. Price With Two Driv ingPullev)- Number of Pulleys on Blower. 0000 ) '4 5><. 6 Vs $ 8 00 $ lO 00 00 ) I 2 16 18 21 6, 7 7. 8 7, 8, 10 r 10 00 12 00 16 00 12 00 15 00 20 00 Nos. 0000 to 3 inclusive have only one pulley. 3 24 8, 10, 12 I^ 22 00 25 00 4 5 6 7 28 3^ 36 4- 12, 14. 10, 12, 14 12, 14, 16 14, 16, iS lO, 18, 20 '11 21V 30 00 40 00 qo 00 68 00 35 00 45 00 60 00 80 00 Nos. 4 to 10 inclusive have two pulleys. 8,9 4S 18, 20, 22, 24 A% 85 00 100 00 9,10 54 iS, 20, 22, 24 2\i 100 00 125 00 In ordering blowers with countershaft and pulleys the purchaser should always be par- ticular to give sfieeii 0/ main line of shafliiiix and the laii;/s/ pulUy that can be used thereon, so that pulleys may be sent to suit the circuihstances. It is desirable to get as much speed as possible from niai n 1 ne. Ahuay i u se as large a pulley as possible on countershaft for main belt. 204 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY THE STURTEVANT BLAST GATES These Blast Gates are designed for opening and closing pipes supply- ing blast to furnaces, forges, etc., for use in exhaust piping systems where shavings, smoke and the like are to be removed, or for regulating the dis- tribution of heated air in connection with The Sturtevant Hot Blast Steam Heating System. FiCx. 2S6 Slide Pattern. Two styles can be furnished ; the lever pattern and the slide pattern. The former can be readily manipu- lated b}' cords, and will be found very convenient in cases where it cannot be readily reached by the hand. Particular attention is called to the fact that the use of blast gates, to close pipes when not in use, insures a great saving in power, as a blower requires far less power to drive it Fig. 287 with the connections closed than Lever Pattern with them open. Prices Reduced 20 Percent From Former List Size. Material Price size. Material. Price. 1% in. Composition. $ 2 00 8 in. Iron. $ 7 00 2 " " 2 50 9 " 8 00 2% " " 3 00 10 " 9 GO 3 " " 3 50 12 " 12 00 3/2 " " 4 00 M " 16 00 4 " Iron. 3 00 15 " 20 00 4-^" <( 3 50 16 " 24 00 5 " " 4 00 iS " 30 00 5/2 " " 4 80 20 " 36 GO 6 " " 5 50 24 " 40 00 7 " " 6 20 30 " 50 00 Prices are the same for lever pattern and slide pattern. The size indicates the outside diameter of the collar of the blast gate where the pipe slips on. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 205 ROOTS POSITIVE PRESSURE BLOWER. With Electric Motor on Bed Plate -1 ^' ^ .2 = ICO Ml n ^3 11 T? (/; 1^ '^ \M\Mill"" .^ VI t^ O ." ^*j ■JJot. , ^ o I -0"-; - "><2 e--'!;r2, ,2a. CI Cli ^ Y>?-3 111 O o u f^3 oil a. SO", o c « o s 3 rt "^ 5 a./ i2 o a a "no Q o z - ■-• «z t« ooo ooo© 2 o o u "♦^ O v> o p ■/, M O o ^ o CI ci t^O- ^.8 V V • u ^ a — Q. O - .- ^ ,-^— ' 11* dL r CI 2 ci .■;: > if • *^ o ■- be II 52-S ^ u p. 58^ 11"° ^ CI w ::i O 3, « &? a iiia iS- 6. - "S." 3 c ,5 I'- 3 T IS S •:: - ,Q tt ci 3 2 is re u — .S M 1- • ■53 3 i (B 3 u •. . S. 1* CIS ^_ O o . 5 3 >• - -^ ci" - Z - « p» 20ti THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE CONNERSVILLE ROTARY POSITIVE PRES- SURE FOUNDRY BLOWERS Belt, Engine or Motor Driven Fig. 289 Suitable for Displace ment. Speed an i M elting Capacity. Cupola in In- ches After lAning. 12 3/ cu. ft. 150 to 260 R. P M. will me It from 4 to 6}4 tons per hr. 32 to 34 17 145 " 250 5 " 8/2 36 " 45 24 150 " 225 8 " 12 42 " 54 33 150 '• 210 " TO " 14 48 " 60 45 135 " 200 12 " 18 54 " 66 57 130 " 185 " 11; " 21 60 " 72 68 130 " ]8o 18 " 24 66 " 84 86 120 " 160 " 21 " 27 72 " 90 103 120 " 150 24 " 30 84 " 96 f Suitahiefor ) 120 " 112 " 135 " ' 27 '• 33 « \ Twocnpolas \ 1 (60 to 66 \ The above calculations are based on 30,000 cubic feet of air per ton of iron melted. In practice it has been found that with the larger sizes the melting is 10 to 15 percent more than this when the conditions are Tight. General catalogue sent on application. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 207 FOUNDRY LADLES From 50 Lbs. to 10,000 Lbs. Capacities Carried in Stock Ready For Immediate Shipment Larger Sizes Built to Order. Our Foundry Ladles are the best on the market. They are made from heavy plate (corresponding to the size) by skilled and careful workmen. Each and Every Ladle Thoroughly Tested Before It Leaves Our Establishment. Our Ladles are guaranteed to hold the full rated capacities. More of our Ladles in daily use throughout the United States and Canada than all others combined. See following pages for cuts, description and prices. 208 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY HAND LADLE BOWLS AND SHANKS Fig. 291 Solid Shank Always Sent Unless Other- wise Specified A Cast I^adle Bowl. B Pressed Steel Ladle Bowl. C Wrought Ladle Bowl. Our Hand Ladles are made suitable for convenience of molders, light and durable. Gas Pipe Shanks supplied when ordered. Fig. 292 Gas Pipe Shank at Extra Cost Hand Ladles With Shanks Light and durable. Wrought Bowls made of steel plate, with two drawn lips. Capacity inside of lining, 30, 50 and 60 pounds. Prices Are Made oi\ Bowls With and Without Shanks Fig. 293 Stamped Steel Ladle Bowl and Shank Fig. 294 Wrought Steel Ladle Bowl and Shank For dimensions see page 216. Specify when ordering Ladles whether Cast, Pressed Steel or Wrought Bowls are desired. In Stock Ready for Delivery in Any Quantity Top diam. 8^ in., bottom diam. 5 in., depth, 6]/?, in. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 209 HAND BULL LADLES "H ^ V" Fig. 295 Ladle Showing Swivel Shank Stock sizes with swiveled shanks in 150 and 200-lb. capacities. Capacity Jnside of Capacity Inside of Lir.iug. Lining. 100 lbs. 800 lbs. 150 " 1,000 " 200 " I,JOO " 250 " 1,500 " 300 " 2,000 " 400 " 2,500 " 500 " 600 " 3,000 " Fig. 296 Ladle Showing Single End Shank Capacities Hand Bull Ladles Bowls made of steel plate, with two drawn out lips. Shanks of ladles 200 lbs. and 250 lbs. have double handles on each end. One handle swiveled at additional price when so ordered. Prices are made on bowls with and without sliauks. CRANE LADLE WITH SHANK AND BAIL Capacity Inside of Capacity Inside of Liniiiy. Lining. mo lbs. 800 lbs. 200 " 1,000 " 250 " 1,200 " ^00 •' 7,500 " ^00 " 2.000 " coo " 2.:;00 " ! 00 " T OO) " Fig. 297 Capacities Shank Crane Ladles Bowls made of extra heavy plate, with two drawn out lips. Forged shank and bail. One handle swiveled at additional price when so ordered. Prices are made on bowls only, and bowls willi shanks and bails, or with shanks only. We carry in stock ar.d furnish to the trade large ladle bowls which ore used as set ladles in front of Cupolas. Write for price.s 210 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CRANE LADLES Notes on Construction Bowl is constructed of heavy plates and is of liberal size for the rated capacity. General dimensions and allowance for lining and top space are given in table on page 216. In making comparison of prices it should be remembered smaller sizes can be furnished cheaper. Shell plates, tank steel. Bottom, best flange steel. Two drawn out lips are standard. Detachable riveted lips if desired. Vent holes in bottom. Rivets are driven by single stroke power machine, heads flattened inside. Bail, "V" shape, forged, of rectangular section, strongest for weight, for ladles under ten tons capacity. "Square" bail, struc- tural steel head beam with large forged loop for hook, for capacity ten tons and over. The "V" bail, with strut, may be used in place of latter if crane lift is sufficient. It is supplied at reduced price. Trunnions are of pat- ented design. They are cast steel with large base plates accurately fitting the shell. Plates are made with continuous rebate for belt and pockets for bottom band. Journals are turned. Belt is welded and a drive fit on the shell, strengthening bowl in most siibstantial manner. Fig-. 298 Crane Ladle With Improved Pin Spur Gear All Ladle orders up to ten ton capacity shipped the day we receive the order. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 211 Bottom Band is riveted through trunnion piate and shell on ooth sides. Braces attached to bottom band and siipporti7ig triinnioji outside of tne bail are furnished on all sizes three tons and over. This design permits ladle to be more completely overturned than others. Steadying Shanks, two for ladles three tons and over and one each for smaller sizes, are furnished. Gearins. Our improved pin spur gear, shown in cut, is the ideal gearing for tipping a crane ladle. It is rapid and easy to operate. Back gearing and pinion for trunnion gear are mounted in self con- tained bracket which is rigidly attached to upright member of bail. A steel cover effectually protects the gearing from splash- ing of molten metal, but does not prevent quick inspection at all times as do enclosed forms. The toothed pinion forms a lock for the gearing when \n proper position; a draw pin is furnished which provides abso- lute security against accidental overturning. The hand wheel shaft is extended sufficiently to allow operator to fully oversee the pouring. Double gearing on all ladles tzvo tons capacity and over. Ladles with this gearing are most in demand of any ladles on the market. Worm gearing is illustrated in accompanying cut. It is compact in design and fitted with bevel gearing to allow exten.sion of hand wheel shaft at right angles. Worm and bevels are mounted in heavy bracket which is rigidly attached to upright member of bail. Ladles up to ten ton capacity in stock ready for immediate shipment. Fig. 299 Crane Ladle With Worm Gear Specify whether Spur Gear or Worm Gear is wanted ; we have both. 212 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY NOTES Standard Patterns For All Capacities For Crane lyadles of medium capacit}' the pointed (V) bail is preferred. It is very rigid when properly constructed and crane hook is guided at once to the middle. The square bail is furnished only for capacities ten tons and over. The structural steel head beam is a perfectly reliable con- struction. Head room is reduced to a minimum. Fig. 300 Crane Ladle With "Square Bail" standard Construction For Ten Tons and Over The (V) bail with strut is recommended where head room is sufficient. The design is simple and the ladle may be hooked with the greatest ease. All standard ladles, capacity eight tons or over, are designed for brick lining, and angle bar is riveted around top of shell. These ladles are balanced so that they will be level when full or nearly full of metal ; when empty they hang a little out of plumb. Vent holes are provided in the bottoms of all crane ladles. Fig. 301 Crane Ladle With " V " Bail and Strut Each and every Ladle tested before same leaves our factory THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 213 TRUCK LADLES Gearing and bearings are protected from splashing over of molten metal. In writing for prices give capacity required and gauge of track; also say if desired to tip with shank, or with gear- ing as shown in cut, mention- ing whether pin spur gear or worm gear is required. Fig. 302 Truck Ladle Standard Construction, For Capacities Under 3,000 Pounds Capacity In.side of Lining. 800 Ib.s. 1000 " 1200 " Height of Ladle -•Vbove Track. 3 ft. I in. 3 " 2 " 3 " 3 " Standard Gaug-e of Trnck Wheels. 18 in. tS " iS " Capacity Inside of Lining 1500 lbs. 2000 " 2sOO " Height of Ladle St-i"dard Above Track, 'r, i"wi,° i Inick W heels. 3 ft 3 in. 3 " 8 " 3 " 9 " 18 to 24 in. 18 to 24 " iS to 24 !' Note —The above heights are figured on the basis of using 16 inch wheels. If 12 inch wheels are preferred the height will be reduced two inches. Fig. 303 Truck Ladle Standard Construction for from 3,000 to 6,000 Pounds Capacity Inside Height of Ladle of Lining. Above Track. 3000 lbs. 4000 " 3 't. 3 " Usual Gauge of Truck Wheels. iS to 24 in. 21 to 30 " Capacitv Inside Height of Larile of Lining. Above Track. 5CKX) lbs. 6000 ' ' ft. ID in. Usual Gauge of Truck Wheels. 21 to 30 in. 21 to 30 'I Special Swivel End Shanks in Stock for Bull Ladles 214 THE S. OBER MAYER COMPANY GEARED CRANE TRUCK LADLES This design may be used for either a crane ladle or a truck ladle. Ladle is furnished with bail, and the construction of standards on truck is such that ladle is easily removed when desired for use as a crane ladle. Any change from standard gauge is subject to an increase in price. Fig. 304 Capacity of Ladle Inside of Lining. Standard Gauge. Capacity of Ladle Inside of Lining. .standard Gauge 1500 pounds 2000 " 2500 " 3000 18 to 24 inches. 18 to 24 18 to 24 18 to 24 4000 pounds 5000 " 6000 " 21 to 30 inches 21 to 30 " 21 to 30 " TRUCK LADLES iJG. 305 These ladles are unexcelled for distributing molten iron in a foundry'. They have cast iron frames and standards, steel axles, chilled wheels and roller bearings. Standard gauges are given in upper table, page 213, but they are made to suit any desired gauge, subject to an increase of price. Special Ladles of any description made to order on short notice. Special Ladle Catalogue sent on application. I I J THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 215 RESERVOIR. LADLES <^i^; Fig. 306 Reservoir Ladle With Hand Tipping Gear 5 Tons Capacity and Larger Capacity Inside ol Lining. 2000 lbs. 2500 ' 3000 ' 4000 ' qooo ' 6000 ' 8000 ' 10000 ' 12000 ' 14000 ' Standard reservoir ladles are intended for permanent location in front of the cupola to receive metal as tapped out and serve as a mixer to insure uniform character of iron. The illustration shows construction for the larger capacities. Bowl has greater top .space provided than for crane ladles to allow for extra accumulation of slag. Lip is therefore cut out as shown and may be provided with skimming attachment if desired. For capacities of /ive tons and larger, angle bar is fitted around the top of shell to svipport brick lining. More of our Ladles are in use than all others Combined They are the Standard 216 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY a cs I o o o o o o o o O O 3 O O O O o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 1- u O nj oooooooooooooooo oooooooooooooooo vn I- \0 O ^ ^ X -^X M •* O f. c<", O O vC! t^ L^yz X o !-■ ^ i^ (N ^^ t> u". (N X O o o o o o o o o o oooooooooooo Oir, OTl-OOf^X -t-X O !>■ O O "". O O O O O O O O O LO O O O O O O w eo r'". ir.X o o o o o o o o o o O s i-HMi-iO)(Nf<;Tj-'>:)-ir-, t^x O >-i (S LOX tN VC ^ -t- *- Tj- Ti- -^ Tj- ^ 2.5 U-6 OOU-, oooooooooooooooooooooooooooo roLT-i-^O"-. qlt; ooopoooo.oooogogogoooDOOo — — C CO C (N L<-,x 3"". ooooooo THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 217 218 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FOR THE VERY LATEST ACHIEVEMENTS IN Exhaust Tumbling Mills Foundry Appliances and Arrangements to Eliminate Extra Trouble, Investigate Our Plans to Clean, Polish, Brighten and Make Smooth Castings THEY CAN BE ADAPTED TO ANY VARIETY OF IRON, BRASS AND STEEL CASTINGS AND WROUGHT METAL WORK r All Kinds, Sizes, Styles and Makes For All Kinds of Castings, Large or Small SPECIAL MILLS CONSTRUCTED FOR. SPECIAL WORK See following pages. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 219 THE STOVER. EXHAUST TUMBLING BARREL Superior to any in use for Light Castings, Malleable Iron, Wire Nails, Forgings or any other Small Articles Requiring Cleaning or Polishing. By noticing the cut it will be seen that the barrel is egg shaped ; that it has a section of exhaust pipe connected to the hollow journal at one end, and a tight and loose pulley at the other end. No gearing whatever is used. Special advantages are found in the egg shape. No. I is lined with white iron, which can be replaced when worn out. Dimensions and Price List Diameter of journal for pipe. . Diameter inside of barrel . . . Length over all Length between bearings Pulleys Height from floor to center . . Opening in barrel Speed — revolutions per minute Weight — pounds Price No. 1. Inches. 5'^ 27 38 4/'^ X 30 32 13 X 19 45 1.375 Si =;o 00 No. 2. Inches. s!4 20 51 33 \'2 X 30 32 II X 15 45 740 $120 00 No. 3. Inches. 3 16 44 26 4x 24 30 7H X 10 45 430 Sico 00 No. 4. Inches. 5 '4 20 X 40 64 44 4/4 X 30 32 13'^ X 39 45 $140 00 Barrels ordered in pairs are supplied with a yoke to join them to- gether without extra charge. The best low priced Tumbler manufactured. 220 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FRICTION TUMBLERS Fig. 308 Two Friction Tumblers Driven from One Pulley (Back View) A well made, practical and heavy machine of few parts. Two or more tumblers may be run from one pulley, and one or more ma}- be stopped at will without interfering with the running of the others. Barrels are stopped and started by turning a hand screw, drawing the head of bar- rel back from the friction. Barrels are circular outside and octagonal inside. Each barrel has removable inside head liners with countersunk bolts. Trunnions turn in self-aligning bearings. Supplied with our extra hard iron staves only. These staves out- last steel. Cover removed without taking out bolts, and by turning two lugs in one end. Supplied with extra high standards and made extra heavy throughout. Dimensions Inside of No. Barrel. Approximate Floor Space. Standard Size of Pulley (For One Machine.) Price, Each. Diameter. Length. 10 16 in. 28 in. 2 ft 3in. X3ft.9in. 14 in. X 2|< in. 1 $ 76 00 12 16 " 36" 2 " 3 " X4 " 5 " 14 " X 2 '2 " 1 84 00 14 20 " 32 " ^ " " X 4 " 6 " 16 " X 3'^ " 116 00 16 18 20 20 " 24 " 24 " 42 " 36" 4S " ,3 " 3 " 3 " " x5 " 4 " 6 " X 4 "10 " 6 " X 5 "10 " 16 " X3'< " 18 " X 3'< " 18 " X 3^i " 124 00 i 136 00 148 00 1 Especially adapted for small light work. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 221 ROLLER DRIVE TUMBLER Fig. 309 An Exceedingly Efficient, Durable, and Easy Running Machine The barrel is entirely independent of the roller drivers, merely resting thereon. Two wheels are drivers, keyed to the same shaft, and two wheels are idlers. The faces of the four wheels and two tumbler heads which form the wearing surfaces are chilled and the barrel is arranged to get ecjual contact with each wheel. To stop the mill it is only necessary to pull the lever arm, to which is attached a cam, thus lifting the barrel off the driver wheels and stopping it at any desired position. Flanges are provided on the wheels and set collars, with a corresponding recession in the box cap, so that the bearings are completely covered and no dust can enter them. The barrel is arranged for attaching exhaust pipe if desired. Barrel has inside removable head liners held by countersunk bolts, and is furnished with cast iron staves (steel lined) or steel plate shell, as desired. In case of an accident to the barrel, it can be removed from the driving wheels to a convenient place for repairs and an extra barrel placed on the machine. These barrels are built in the following standard sizes. They Can Be Made in Any Length Required DinieiKsioiis Inside of Barrel. No. Approximate Floor Space. Diameter. Length. 80 26 in. 36 in. ^fi in. X :; ft. 6 in. S2 26 " 48 " 3 " " X 6 " 6 " " 88 36 " 48" 4 " " X 6 " 6 " 90 36" 60 " 4 " " X 7 " 6 " 92 43 '• 60 " 4i" " X 7 " 6 " 94 42 " 72 " 4i" " X 8 " 6 " 96 48" 60 " 5 " " X 7 " 6 " 98 48" 72 " .'; " " X 8 " 6- " Built to Withstand Rough Usage Recommended for Cleaning Light and Medium Castings 222 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SPUR GEARED TUMBLERS Fig. 310 Tumblers, Spur Geared. (Front and Back Views.) An extra heavy machine with iron staves and removable head liners. Staves are bolted in place. The removable staves have bolt holes ; slotted and swinging eye bolts are used to hold them in place, a detail which should be appreciated. Trunnions are extra heavy, bolted to heads and easily renewable. Turn in steel roller bushings. These tumblers are driven by tight and loose pulleys and spur gearing, and movements are controlled by shifting the belts. The iron used in the staves is of a specially hard mixture. The feature of renewable wearing parts deserves careful attention and adds materially to the efficiency and life of the machine. Dimensions No. Inside of Barrel. Approximate Floor Space. standard Size of Pulley Price, Each. For One Tumbler. Diameter. Length. 30 24 in. 36 in. 3 ft 6 in. X 5 ft. 2 in. iS in. X ^}4 in. $140 00 32 24 " 48" 3 " 6 " X 6 " 2 " 18 " X3)4 " 160 00 34 28 " 40 " 3 " 6 " X 6 " " 20 " X 44 " 186 00 36 28 " 48" 3 " 6 " X 6 " 8 " 20 " X 44' " 210 00 3« 36" 48" 4 " 6 " X 7 " 9 " 20 " X 5 '2 " 276 00 40 36" 60 " 4 " 6 " X 8 " 9 " 24 " X 5,4 " 312 00 42 42 " 56" 5 " " X 8 " 6 " 24 " X 5j4 " 410 00 44 42 " 72 " 5 " " X 9 " 10 " 30 " X 5,4 " 450 00 We manufacture a line of tumblers without renewable wearing parts in same sizes as above at lower figures. Send for prices on Style B Tumblers. These are the old reliable Tumbling Mills. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 223 FRICTION GEAR. TUMBLERS WITH CONVEX FACES '^^'\m Fig. 311 One Pair, Size, 26 x 36 Inches. Mounted.) Wood Stave, Steel Lined Tumbling Barrels Exhaust or Non-Exhaust No. of Staves. Approx. Diam. and Length Inside. 14 X 30 in. 14 X 36 " 14 X 42 " 16 X 30 " 16x36 " 16 X 42 " 18 X 30 " 18 X 36 " 18 X 42 *' 20 X 30 " 20 X 36 " Weight. 1620 lbs. 1670 " 1750 " 1820 " 1900 " 1978 " i860 " i960 " 2075 " 2190 " 2270 " Price Per Pair $200 00 210 00 220 00 220 00 230 00 240 00 220 00 236 00 250 00 260 00 270 00 No. of Staves. 10 10 I I I I I I 12 12 Approx. Diani. and Length Inside. 20 X 42 in. 22 X 30 " 22 X 36 " 22 X 42 " 24 X 36 " 24 X 42 " 24 X 48 " 26 X 36 " 26 X 42 " 26 X 48 " Weight. 2350 lbs 2260 " 2360 " 2460 " 2700 " 2S00 " 3000 " 2920 " 3000 " 3148 " Price Per Pair if28o 00 270 00 280 00 290 00 330 00 344 00 360 Ot) ■ 350 00 370 00 390 GO The above prices include barrels arranged for exhaust. As many barrels as may be desired can be placed in line, singly or in pairs and be driven by one belt. Tumblers of special form or size made to order. Prices quoted on application, on any specified number of barrels. 224 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FRICTION GEAR TUMBLERS Fig. 312 Steel Plate, Double Exhaust, Friction Geared Also Furnished Non -Exhaust Size ■Weight. Price Per Pair. 18 inches diameter 32 inches long. 22 " " 38 " 22 " " 44 " 26 " " 3S " 26 " " 44 " 1,940 2,400 2,c;20 2,825 2,970 $240 00 2S0 00 300 00 360 00 390 00 These Barrels are made with Cast Iron Staves when so ordered. Built to run singly, in pairs or in batteries. Specify arrangement desired when ordering. Secure information regarding our Sand Blast Apparatus. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 225 BARREL FOR STOVE PLATES AND SIMILAR. ARTICLES (Patent Double Exhaust) JbiG. 313 size. Weight. 37 inches square 48 inches long. 31 " " 42 " 23 " " 42 <( i( 3,000 2,380 $400 00 310 00 Special. Fir,. 314 Illustration of Barrels of Different Kinds Mounted Together. luiLi' "r''iJff .,: Square Sizes. Weight. Price Per Pair. Rectangular Sizes. Weight. Price Per Pair. 14 sq., 30 in. long 16 sq., 30 in. long 18 sq., 30 in. long 23 sq., 30 in. long 1870 lbs. 2000 ' ' ri7o " 2750 " .$220 DO 234 CO 250 00 340 00 18 X 24 , 30 in. long. 18 X 331^, 42 in. long. 1 1 1 Special. Special. These mills can be fitted with an exhaust fan to carry away the dnst. 226 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SET OF FOUR TUMBLING BARRELS Exhaust or Non- Exhaust Fig. 315 Size, 24 X 42 inches. Weight, 5,800 pounds. Friction geared with hand wheels for stopping and starting each barrel ; an excellent way of mounting and driving four heavily loaded barrels. No, of Staves. size. Weight. Price Per Pair. No. of staves. Size. Weight. Price Per Pair. 6 14 X 30 in. 1620 I200 00 9 20 X 42 in. 2350 $280 00 6 14x36 " 1670 210 00 10 22 X30 " 2260 270 00 6 14x42 " 1750 220 00 10 22 X 36 " 2360 2S0 00 7 16 x 30 1820 220 00 10 22 X 42 " 2460 290 00 7 16x36 " 1900 230 00 II 24x36 " 2700 330 00 7 16 X 42 " 1980 240 00 II 24x42 " 2800 345 00 8 18 X 30 " i860 220 00 II 24 X 48 " 3000 360 00 8 18x36 " i960 236 00 12 26x36 " 2920 350 00 8 18x42 " 2070 250 00 12 26 X 42 " 3000 370 00 9 20 X 30 " 2190 260 00 12 26 X 48 " 3150 390 00 9 20 X 36 " 2270 270 00 Made in compartments to order. Non-Exhaust $10.00 less per pair. Fig. 316 HARD IRON STARS Hard Iron Stars for Rumblins Small 15 cents per lb- Medium 10 " Large 10 " " These are always furnished in malleable iron unless otherwise specified. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 227 A DOUBLE BARREL FOR. DRY ROLLING Fig. 316 Diameter of Each Couipartnieut. .I^ength. Approximate Weight. Price. 20 inches 20 " 23 inches iS 1,200 pounds 1 ,000 " $190.00 160.00 This octagonal pattern i.s also used for compartment water polishing barrels. Compartment made longer if desired. PRAIRIE HAY ROPE For Making Cores I to 5 Spools . $3.50 each 5 " 10 " . 3.00 " 10 " 20 " . 2.75 " Each spool contains from 300 to 350 feet. We also keep in stock Bailed Prairie Hay. Fig. 317 228 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY IMPROVED FOUNDRY TUMBLING BARRELS These barrels have no shaft through them (none of our barrels have) against which the work could get wedged. In strengthandca- pacity they are well adapted for large, heav}' work ; also for sprues and cu- pola dumpings. Fig. 318 No. of Staves, 20; size inside, 45 x 48 in.; approximate weight, 4,780 lbs. Other sizes furnished upon inquiry. Fig. 3 19 For Wet or Dry Tumbling, Well Adapted for Brass Castings Size, 26 X 30 inches ; weight, 1,520 lbs $200.00 When intended to be used with water, it is made with a watertight door and a gland for water pipe connections. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 229 TILTING DOUBLE BARREL OBLIQUE MACHINE One barrel in running position, the other in empty- ing position. Steel barrels ; 24 inches diameter, 25^4 inches long. Patent Friction Geared Pig. ?i2o Floor space, 4I2 x 5 ft. Larger or smaller bar- rels of brass, steel or wood can be used on this machine. Approximate weight, 1,175 lbs. Price, $260.00 Steam Heated Tumbling Barrels. For Drying Metal Goods In Hot Sawdust. 22 in. diam. X 30 in. long inside. Floor space, 4 iaa^ ft. X 4 ft. ^^J Weight, 1,150 —___ Price, $320.00 Fig. 321 •2 B a S THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 231 THE OBERMAYER. SAND BLAST APPARATUS Which is rapidly coining into use for cleaning Iron, Steel and Brass Castings G ROOM' Fig. 323 We have had a great number of inquiries concerning our Sand Blast Machines, and to meet the demands of the trade, have made many experiments at great expense. We present to the trade an apparatus which is operated by compressed air and recommend, especially for light work, our Pony size or Portable Machine. If you have compressed air in 3'our foundrj^ it will pay you to investigate the merits of this device. It is made in five sizes and can be adapted for all classes of work. The Blast or discharge nozzle is held in the hand of the operator and directed against the surface to be cleaned. The saving that this Machine will show will pay for the outfit in a few months' time. 232 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY One man with the Sand Blast will do more cleaning than five or six men with wire brushes. In addition, core work can be reached that is inaccessible in any other way. The chief advantage in the use of the Sand Blast Machine over the ordinary method of brushing, barreling or pickling, is that it does the w^ork thoroughly. It not only cleans the castings readily, but gives them a brighter surface when finished, and in no way impairs the quality or nature of the castings. Our Machine is composed of a single shell, and every part is accessible so that all pieces liable to wear can be easily replaced, most of them by ordinary pipe fittings. The pressure and volume of air required depends on the class of work and the size of nozzle employed, but allowance should be made for wear and tear. The Machine should be used, with from 8 to lo pounds pressure, for light work. The pressure must be greater, ranging from 25 to 30 pounds per square inch for heav}^ work or steel castings. The following table shows the size of nozzle necessary to secure proper distribution and the approximate amount of air required at the given pressure : Fig. 324 Diam. of Pounds Pressure Per Square Inch. Nozzle. 10 15 20 30 3 S2 20 25 30 35 Approximate 30 40 70 SO 80 -60 100 cubic feet 88 100 125 150 ' of free air % 140 175 200 250 J per minute. A small room is sufficient for cleaning castings of medium weight which two men can handle efficiently. In large plants Foundrymeu install an Exhaust System by the arrangement of an Exhaust Fan to carry away the dust which is conveyed to a dust collector. Cranes should be used to handle heavy work to advantage. When writing for prices, advise us the kind of work, the quantity of castings in tons per day which 5'ou desire to clean, also whether belt or steam pressure for air compressor is required, and we can then give you approximate idea of the cost. Prices Given on Application THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 233 OBERMAYER'S CYCLONE DUST COLLECTOR. Our Cyclone Dust Collector is designed upon principles that enable us to offer a perfect working machine with a large enough air outlet to in- sure perfect freedom of discharge from the fan and thus avoid loss of power in forcing air through extra resistance, or loss of suction by reason of the resistance. The illustration shows our left- hand collector, and we can guarantee these Dust Collectors to allow your fan to work to full capacity without wasting power for the extra speed. These Collectors are arranged with an automatic valve, which prevents any portion of the material from returning into the pipes. The capacity of our Dust Collector is in proportion to the diameter of the air outlet at the top. The inlet can be arranged on either side desired. We build to suit your conditions when advised of ^-our require- ments. No. 4 $ 15.00 " 5 20.00 " 6 40.00 " 7 60.00 " 8 80.00 " 9 ..... . 90.00 "10 125.00 "12 175-00 "14 200.00 No. 16 $225.00 18 250.00 " 20 27500 " 22 350.00 " 24 400.00 " 26 475-00 28 .... . 550.00 " 30 600.00 " 32 700.00 Correspondence solicited. Write for discounts. 234 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY Fig. 326 BUFFALO "B" VOLUME EXHAUSTERS For the Cleaning Room The application of Buffalo " B " Vol- ume Exhausters for the purpose of re- moving the refuse from emery wheels, buffing wheels, or the machines of any abrasive processes, has been most exten- sive, and in view of its simplicity and efficacy is the best solution of the prob- lem of preventing the dissemination or accumulation of undesirable refuse, or of saving those particles of abraded material, which are of sufficient value to render such a course advisable. In applying such an exhaust system ca/e must be taken to have the piping of adequate diameter and with as few bends as possible. All pockets or ob- structions in the pipe must be strenu- ously avoided and the stock employed for the piping itself should be of a heavy gauge to resist the wearing effect upon it. After passing through the blower, the refuse may be discharged out of doors or else into a vat of water in such a way as to enable the sediment to be collected from time to time, as described in previous pages. Buffalo Standard Oil-Ring Bearings are applied to Buffalo Blowers and Ex- hausters. Such bearings have been found to be essential for this service and the particular form which is here employed insures the most thorough lubrication and cool running at sustained high speeds. Adequate provision is made for cleaning and refilling the bearings when occasion demands. Unless otherwise particularly mentioned, the standard'Right Hand Bottom Horizontal Discharge Blower or Exhauster will be furnished, and hence all special fans must have their hand and discharge specified. The hand of a fan or blower is deter- mined by the side on which the pulley is located- Standing facing or nearest to the discharge out- let, the fan is right or left hand according to whether the pulley is on the right or left hand side. In ordering blast wheels, customers will avoid much delay by stating exactly the size and kind of blower for which the blast wheel is in- tended, as well as detailing the various dimen- sions ; also refer to the shop number stamped on the shaft or bearing. In the case of forge shop, emery wheel, tumb- ling barrels and other like installations, it is always well to give in detail the number, size and nature of all machines to be served, together with their relative 'location and the desired position of the fan. Fig. 327 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 235 Table of Prices and Dimensions of Volume Exhausters B*' 1 " Pulley A B c 1) V G H J Jv i. Price. Dia. Face ■ ooo =;'s ■iiV p ^34: SH 11^ 7^ 3X 3 3X 2^ 2H $15 00 I ^Vs =;34 p 6^8 9% 10% 6^8 4 3M 3i B 3 2/2 20 00 2 6'r 6,V 1134: 8f4 iiX 14/2 9X 4% 5 4^6 3X 2>t 25 00 75/s 754: H lOfcT i3>t 18^8 ii/s 5% 5^8 SH^ 4 3 33 00 4 P P m% I2iV i4;-'« i9>S 12 63/8 5?4 6 5 3% 44 00 5 I05/^ 10% 18 n?^ 17 X 23 M 14'/^ 7U 7 6}^ 5H 4?i 55 00 6 I I } a 12^^20^ I63,< 19% 2-.n 15H m 73/8 7>i 6^: 5X 70 00 7 H 14 2^7/8 1834: 22 28 16/2 10^8 8% 8ii 7;^ 6>4 90 03 8 l63/s 16 2S7/^ 215^ 24 '/s 30 5/^ 18M 11% 9^ 9ii 8/2 7)4 150 00 P 177/s 1754: ^0'/^ 25 2834 335/i 20 3/g 14H "M II 9/2 «>^ 200 00 lO 21 21 ss^ ,^0'/8 31^ 37^8 23 H 18% 13% HX 12 9M 250 00 II -m;^ 2^y2H--H 35^ 46 V; 22 17^8 14 350 00 Fig. 328 COVER'S METAL RESPIRATOR. Especially adapted for parties who are compelled to continually inhale poisonous dust, fumes or gases Fig. 329 The filter arrangement is such that the air is purified while passing through a fine sponge which can be easily removed and rinsed with water when desired to clean the Respirator. The automatic valve is very simple and will always act independently of the position in which the operator is w^orking. It is made of the best white rubber and will easily bend to fit any face perfectly, and is fastened to the head with an adjustable elastic band. Price $3.50 A good Device to be used ii\ the Cleaning Room 236 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY •• IMPERIAL," TYPE 1 1 AIR COMPRESSORS Designed For Terminal Air Pressures of 15 to 25 Pounds Fig. 330 Duplex, Single-Acting Air Cylinders, Belt-Driven Size Number. Capacit}' in Cubic Feet of Free Air Per Minute. Dimensions of Air Cylinders Inches. Revolutions ier Minute. Cubic Feet of Free Air Per Revolution Indicated Horse Power. Air Pressure Diam. ofEach. stroke. Pounds. 'S 25 I.41 88 9 6 200 •44 5 7^4 1.42 141 10 8 195 •7-5 8 1 1.8 1-4.'^ 185 II 9 190 •973 10.6 15-5 1-44 1-45 284 c;o2 13 16 10 12 180 I 53 278 16 28 24 42 1.46 804 19 14 175 4^59 46 67 Belt Diameter of Pipes Over-all Dimensions Pulleys. Inches. Inches. Shipping Weight Pounds. Prices F. O. B. New York, Complete Diara. Face Inches. Air. Circu- lating Water. Length Width. Height Inches. Intake Dis- charge 36 (i'A 3 2)A H 44 36 48 1650 $ 360 36 6 '4 3 2/3 H 46 36 50 1750 4.S« 42 7/2 4 3 V2 51 42 58 2350 600 48 8;^ 5 3/2 Vz 58 48 66 3200 82s 60 I0>4 6 4 V. 69 60 84 6000 1200 72 12-^ 7 5 H 80 72 95 8600 T650 ''Prices do not include unloader. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 237 CAN BE SAVED, AND TO SAVE MONEY IS TO MAKE MONEY YOU CAN DO THIS BY USING Power Sand Sifting Machines Can be used in Core Rooms for Mixing Core Sand. Also Invaluable for Mixing the Facing Sand THEY ARE MODERN AND " UP TO DATE." THEY WILL PAY FOR THEMSELVES IN A VERY SHORT TIME See following pages for description and prices. Correspondence solicited. 288 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PORTABLE FOUNDRY SIFTING MACHINE Fig. 331 Dimensions of sieve frame, 30 x 20 inches. Will save its cost in three months. Will cut your facing sand thoroughly. Six movements of sieve to each turn of wheel. If you will try one you will not be with- out it. This price is for one sieve ; extra sieves furnished at cost. Are used by most of the large machine foundries in the countr}-. This Kas a faced pulley, so that it can be run either by power or hand. Price $30.00 each. Extra boxes complete with any size mesh . . 7.50 " Fig. 332 ROTARY SAND SIFTER This sand sifter is an improvement on our original design, which was the first rotary on the market. This machine is self-con- tained, the pedestal is of approved construc- tion and of ample strength. The screen is over-hung, and tapering in such a form that the refuse is discharged and barrel is con- stantly kept clean. A deflected plate sepa- rates waste from sifted sand. The operation is by belt power ; a shifter in connection furnishes means for starting or stopping the machine at will. Made in two sizes. No. Dianif ter of Barrel, Large Knd. Diameter of Barrel, Small End. Length of Barrel. Ajjproximate Floor Space. Capacity Per Hour Sifted Sand Price I 30 in. 36 " 24 ill. 30 " 24 in. 30 " 2' 10'' X 4^0'^ 3' 6'^x4'9- 30 CU. ft. 50 $104.00 134.00 This machine may be made to be driven by a compound air motor or an electric motor, and made portable by mounting on wheels. Above in stock, read}' for prompt shipments. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 239 THE HANNA PORTABLE PNEUMATIC SCREEN SHAKER. Fig. 333 Stationary Size Fig. 3.S4 Portable Size We wish to call your attention to this, the latest adaptation of the portable tool principle for foundry work. To the superintendent or manager who is responsible for the output, smooth running and successful operation of a manufacturing plant, the question of first importance is the selection of the proper men and their proper management to help carry out his work ; next comes the selection or design of the proper machines and appliances for this work. In the handling of these two questions may be found the difference between success and failure in a majority of instances. In no two cases, proba- bly, are all the condi- tions alike, yet in a ma- jority of instances there are certain conditions that apply to all. In the hand- ling of one of these al- most universal conditions, ^^^^ namely, that of preparing ,r molding and core sands for the molds, in shops "^i; where the work is too :--■-'■ diversified and too uncer- '"ig- 335 tain to allow of a central screening, mixing and tempering plant, with the necessary deliver}- and return elevator and conveyors, bins and chutes, was the herein described machine developed. Use the " Up-to-Date " Sand Sifter 240 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Description. The Hanna Pneumatic Screen Shaker is the simplest possible arrangement of a valveless piston working in a cylinder, the piston directly attached to a holder arranged to hold the circular foicndry riddle, the whole mounted either on tripod or on frame to be held by sockets fastened to posts or building walls. There is practically only one moving part, and no joints working under reversing strains. Changing Screens. Screens can be changed in a fraction of a ininiitc. Capacity. Through a one-half-inch mesh riddle, the machine will shake all the sand that two men will care to shovel. Through one fourth mesh, all that one man could shovel ; other sizes in proportion. Cost of Operation. The machine will use about 12 cubic feet of free air per minute, and is designed to work at 80 pounds gauge pressure. The cost of compressing 1,000 cubic feet of free air to 80 pounds gauge pressure depends upon the compressor used, and upon the arrangements for handling and cooling the air before, during, and after compression. The minimum may be stated at about i)^ cents, and the maximum may run up without any extraordinary^ circumstances to 6 cents, or 4j\ cents for 720 feet, the amount that the screen shaker might use in one hour. There is no reason for expecting such an expense, but we can afford to be generous in this matter, and will say that there might be a cost of 2^^'^ cents per hour for repairs on machine, compressor, hose, couplings, pipe line, riddles, etc., and our total operating expense for one hour would amount to 15 cents for one man and 7 cents for air and repairs — total 22 cents. What have we to .show for this expenditure ? As much sand as one man would have riddled by hand, or have wheeled to stationary machine in five hours. Cost of wages alone 75 cents, saving 53 cents. Can you afford to do without it ? Price, $120 each. Now in use in the largest foundries in the world. Special catalogue on application. We are acknowledged to be the leading ENGINEERS and DESIGNERS of the most Modern and "Up-to-Date" Labor Saving Devices used in the melting and handling of metals THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 241 PNEUMATIC SCREEN SHAKER. (Square Sieves) Fig. 336 This machine is built entirely of steel, strongly and substantially constructed, and is designed to be operated by compressed air or steam. You will observe that the sheet iron apron placed at the end of the screen keeps the fine sand separate from the larger particles, which are not permitted to sift through the screen. The screen is set at an angle and the bottom end is open, thus allowing the coarse material which does not pass through the screen to be discharged at the bottom. The machine itself is operated by a valve-controlled double acting cylinder, giving ample power for any load that may be placed on the screen. It is intended to be handled b}- two men starting at the end of the sand heap, the ma- chine being moved along and over the sand as it is shoveled into the screen and riddled through it. We furnish with this Pneumatic Screen vShaker one screen with No. View Showing Sheet Iron Apron 3 mesh to the inch, and another with No. 2 mesh to the inch, each of which are 2 feet wide and 3 feet long. These screens are inter- changeable and can be taken out and replaced by simply removing one nut. Floor space required 3 feet by 5 feet. When placing order specify whether to be operated by compressed air or steam. Approximate weight 175 pounds. List price, $200.00 Correspondence solicited. Write for discount. 242 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE OBERMAYER IMPROVED AUTOMATIC SAND SIFTER Fig 337 Is strong, rigid and well made. Bearings are long, and large auto- matic oil cups keep them well lubricated. The entire machine is made of cast and wrought iron and steel, and will do good justice to the proverbial three score and ten years. The wire netting which encircles the hex- agonal receiving drum is especially heavily woven and can readily be taken off or replaced. This netting is furnished in different widths of mesh for various classes of work, and 3'ou should state vi your order which size mesh you desire. A long steel brush striking against the side of the drurn as it revolves, prevents the clogging up of the screens with sand. Three heavy iron bars running through the drum break up the lumps of sand and a circular projecting rim prevents the gravel from being thrown out and mixing with the sifted sand. About one-quarter to one-half horse power is required to run one machine, the drum revolving about 36 revolutions per minute. The tight and loose pulleys are 24 x 4 inch face. With one machine one man sifts about sixty tons a day, but this is not the limit, for it will sift just as much as can be fed into it. As there is no delicate mechanism in its construction, no restriction is placed on the quality of sand used. The fact that nails and stones may be in the sand does not impair the working of the machine in the least. The floor space required for the single machine is 30 x 52 inches. Price, $125.00 This Machine can be Furnished with Double Screens at Extra Cost THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 243 THE OBERMAYER. SAND SIFTING, MACHINE Motor Driven Furnished With or Without Electric or Compressed Air Motor Made ^ngle or Double End Fig. 338 The Obermayer patent motor driven machine was designed for shops having electric or compressed air motive power. It is operated through worm and worm wheel, which are enclosed in dust proof casing, and all parts are substantial in construction and built for wear. The motor is placed on top of machine, and is belted direct to pulley on worm shaft as shown, making a very compact arrangement. An advantageous feature is that any kind or style of motor can be used. Machines can be furnished with or without motor, as may be desired. The Obermayer Patent Sand Sifter and Mixer (Motor Driven) WITH MOTOR. WITHOUT BUT READY FOR MOTOR. WITH OR Without MOTOR. SIZE. Electric. Net and Gross Weights (about) Lbs. Floor Space (about) Net and Gross Weights about) Lbs. Floor Space (about) Cubic Feet (about) R. P. M. of Worm Shaft. Single End. T15 Volt 220 " 1,160 1:450 34x5-^ in. ,\,- 3oxi;2in. 1,220 -^ ^ 60 900 Double End. 115 Volt 220 " T ,440 '^^ 34x70 in. 1,900 -^^ ' 1,200 ^ . Vo 30x70 in 1,680 r* ' NOTE. — When ordering machines with electric motor state voltage and whether direct or alternating current; when with compressed air motor state pounds pressure. Prices on application. 244 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY DISINTEGRATER AND SAND PULVERIZER Fig. 339 This machine will more thoroughly puiverize lumpy sand and old cores than any other machine made. It makes good sand out of poor sand and saves the waste of lumpy sand and old cores in screening. It requires less than one half the power and about one half the speed that is required for a Centrifugal Machine. This machine is built strong to stand hard usage and the cost to keep in repair amounts to mere nothing, as there are no parts of the machine to get out of repair. This machine will please any Foundryman who is in need of such a machine. It will work well in connection with our Mixer, set under the rear end of th*^ screen to catch and pulverize the lumps that pass over the screen, thereby saving the waste of sand and at the same time increasing the output of the Mixer. It will not clog up. Capacity all that two men will shovel in the hopper. Dimensions and Price Floor Space. Height Over All. Drive Pulley T& I, Speed. Horsepow^er. Price. 24 X 34 ins. 38 in. 8x3 in. 400 to 500 ^ ^^ ^^^^ revs. per. ni, ^ ♦^^ THE S. OBER MAYER COMPANY 245 STANDARD FOUNDRY SCREEN Fig. 340 An "up-to-date" foundry Screen. For any kind of separating it has more capacity than any screen made and runs with less power. Cam motion. Portable mounted on wheels with or without direct Motor attachment. Price, power T. & I,. Pulley, $150.00 Price, with Motor Attach't, 250.00 BALL-BEARING CENTRIFUGAL SAND MIXER. This Machine consists of a rapid re- volving steel disk 27 inches in diameter, having on its top sixty 5x5^ in. steel pins. The sand is fed into the hopper, from which it falls on the disk and is then thrown by centrifugal force against the pins and out against the inside of the cover or hood, and comes out in a fine shower, free from lumps. The upright shaft is 2 y^g- in. with 8 in. babbitted bearings provided with large ball bearings all up and above the sand, wdiich prevents cutting out the babbitt metal. 3/^ There is a door in top of the hood for "iJr ~ cleaning out stones and trash that become clogged in the pins. The machine should ^^^- 34^ be boarded up inside of the legs on two or three sides to prevent material from spreading. This machine is just the thing to work up your old Cores with, or cut up and make good Sand out of any old stuff. If you are interested, ask for catalogue. Dimensions and Prices \^^- Floor Space. Height. [Size of Pulley. jWeight About, Speed. Price 3 ft. 2 ill. 4 " 6 " 7 ft. 4 in. 12 X 6 in. 1200 pounds 800 revs, per minute $300.00 Top of hopper from floor 3 feet, clearance under hood 21 inches, capacity 8 to 10 tons per hour, 4 to 5 horsepower. Correspondence solicited. 246 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY CENTRIFUGAL SAND MIXING MACHINE Fig. 3^2 This machine will disintegrate lumpy sand and will thoroughly and evenly mix all kinds of molding sand, core sand and foundry mixtures. It will do the work quickly and economically. It consists of a rapidly rev-olving- table, having on its top surface a number of prongs projecting upward. The sand is fed into the hopper at the top of the machine from which it falls upon the revolving table, and is then thrown by centrifugal force from prong to prong, and out against the inside of the cover or hood. It emerges from beneath the hood in a fine shower, free from lumps and thoroughly mixed. The table spindle, spindle pulley, and bearings are enclosed in the housing or base upon which the machine stands, so as to effectually protect these parts from sand and dirt. A removable door or cover is placed at the front of the housing, to afford access to the spindle and bearings, for cleaning or lubrication. The hopper is hinged, for convenience of clean- ing the prongs and removing stones, nails, etc., which do not pass between them. The machine is not intended to screen the sand of such pieces, and sand that contains stones and bits of iron should be first passed through a coarse screen, to remove these foreign substances. The machine shown in the cut is arranged to be driven by belt, over carrier pulleys at the back of the housing to the pulley on the table spindle referred to above. We also build the machine driven by a special electric motor carried in the housing. The machine will mix sand as fast as two men can shovel it into the hopper, or at the rate of about five tons per hour. The great saving in labor and time effected by the use of our Sand Mixer will very soon pay for the machine, while its use insures far better results from the sand than can be obtained from any other process. Prices on application. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 247 BELT POWER. RIDDLING MACHINE Fig. 343 It is designed for shops having a large amount of sand to be riddled which can be done at a fixed location where power can be applied. The frame is iron, well braced in all directions so that the machine is jierfectly rigid in motion. The cranks are connected with the rear corners of the riddle frames, leaving the front and sides unobstructed. All bearings are protected from dust and dirt, thus pre- venting undue wear. Weight, 1,350 pounds, occupies a space 5X 6 feet and 6 feet high; riddle surface 24x44 inches, riddle boxes 6 inches deep, pulleys 4x12 inches. The shifting device for starting and stopping the machine can be operated from either side. The capacit}^ of this machine is from five to fifteen tons per hour, ac- cording to the size of riddle used and the character of sand riddled. We furnish with each machine three riddle boxes of different size mesh wire. Additional boxes ■will be furnished if desired. The riddle boxes are operated bv two cranks and are so connected as to be out of the way when feeding the machine. The riddle boxes are held in place by lugs which permit them to l)e lifted out to dump the rid- dlingsor change the boxes, which change recjuircs but a minute. All parts are inter- changeable and can be easily repaired. When the wire is worn it is a very easy mat- ter to replace it. Price, f. o. b. factory, belt feed $150.00 Equipped with Electric Motor 240.00 248 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER. INVINCIBLE SAND MIXER. Designed for Foundry Use, to Insure Thorough Mixing of Facing and Core Sand Nothing is of greater importance to the foundryman than a thorough, reliable blending of the sand he uses. This is particularly true of core and facing sand, for the reason that when the ingredients are not thoroughly mixed imperfect castings will naturally result. The Invincible Sand Mixer has been so consiructed that the most perfect blend- ing is accomplished, the movement of the agitator or mixing blade being such that every particle of the sand is in a constant state of agitation, thus insuring the most thorough intermixing. A great deal of work can be done by this machine in a short time without employing skilled workmen at high wages. A boy can accomplish the same good results with our machine as a man. Instead of the sand being discharged as fast as it is mixed, as is the case with other mixers, this device retains the mixture until it is properly tempered, a sprink- ling attachment being one of its important features. The fact is generally recognized by foundrymen that an excessive quantity of any of the ingredients comprising the core mixture does not produce as satisfactory results as a properly mixed core sand would yield. There are ingredients in the binder for core sand that will produce a gas when brought in contact with the molten iron, and if this gas is not permitted to escape through proper vents, flaws will appear in the castings. In the facing sand also proper mixing and tempering is necessary to prevent scarred castings — scabs, cuts, etc., which mar the surfaces and cause extra labor and expense. All these deficiencies are fully obviated by the thorough work performed by the Invincible Mixer. The machine is made with heavy boiler steel tank and wrought iron mixing-blade. Stuffing boxes are placed on the mixer shaft, at the ends of the tank, thus protecting the bearings from the admission of sand and grit. The discharge opening is in the center of the tank bottom at a sufficient height from the floor to admit of a wheel-barrow being placed under it to receive the sand as it is required. This arrangement obviates rehandling, and the unused portion of the mixture may be left in the tank, where it will be well protected from foreign substances. Made in five sizes. Capacities one, two, three, four and five barrels each. Two standard sizes kept in stock. Further particulars and prices upon application. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 249 OBERMAYER STOVE PLATE CASTING GRINDER Fit'. 345 This machine is designed so that table (A) can be adjusted to any desired angle. The spindle can be adjusted by use of cross pulley fur- nished. The adjustable table measures 24 x 24. Some of our customers use cone-shaped wheels successfully on these machines. Weight, 800 pounds; height over all, 39 J^ inches; floor space, 23 x 41 inches; size of tight and loose pulleys on countershaft, 6 x 3^ inches. Price, complete with countershaft $350.00 We recommend wheels about 8x4 inches and furnish them at extra cost. 250 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY TO SHOW YOU MOLDING MACHINES All Kinds and All Makes for Every Purpose. We Have the Ordinary MOLDING PRESS WHICH PRESSES THE SAND INTO THE FLASKS ALSO The Molding Machine with Draw Plate Pattern The Molding Machine to Make Pulleys The Molding Machine to Make Brake Shoes IT will be to your interest to correspond with us should you be in the market for a Molding Machine. We can save you money and at the same time furnish you with the machine most suitable for your purpose. See following pages for cuts and description. THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 251 PRIDMORE SAND MOLDING MACHINES Draw Pattern Types The Pridmore Molding Machines in construction are most simple and sub- stantial, consisting mainly of two cast- ings, a strong stiff irame \vhich stands on the floor and which carries the strip- ping plate, and a joke to which the patterns are attached. They are fitted with appliances for shortening or length- ening the draw, for adjusting the pat- terns to their proper height relative to the stripping plate and for taking up wear on the ways and crank pins, and all wearing parts are brass bushed. All machines of the same size are perfectly interchangeable, both as to the difterent parts used in their construction and also the fitting of patterns. Figure 346 shows the square stand type which is made in seven different sizes, ranging in width from 9 to 18 inches. Fig. 346 To make a mold on the Pridmore Machine, but two operations are necessary, namelj': ist. Shovel the sand into the flask and ram it up. 2d. Drop the lever which draws the pattern. The ramming is done by hand, which method many years of experience on all classes of work has clearly demonstrated to be superior to all others, both for speed and quality of castings. It permits the construction of a portable machine, the advan- tages of which are explained in detail in our molding machine catalogue. The smaller sizes are moved forward by the operators as the sand and flasks are used up, while on the larger machines quick, easy moving traveling cranes are used which serve to Jift the large, heavy flasks as well as the machine. These cranes are also useful when shaking out. Figure 347 shows the round stand type, which is made in six different sizes, ranging from 10 to 20 inches in diameter. The stand machines have a maximum draw of 4% inches. Fig. 347 252 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PRIDMORE SAND MOLDING MACHINES Fig. 348 Figure 348 shows the round, heavy, double shaft type which is made in 46 regular sizes, ranging in diameter from 18 to 60 inches. Square Machines of this same type are made in 259 regular sizes, ranging in width from 10 to 52 inches ; and in length from 15 to 54 inches. The smaller and medium sizes of these heavy double Shaft Machines are made with draws of 6 inches, 8 inches and 10 inches; some of the largest sizes have draws of 12 inches and 14 inches. Fig. 349 Figure 349, shows a light, double shaft machine, fitted with a radiator pattern. This type of machine is made in 39 regular sizes, ranging in width from 9 to 20 inches and in length from 18 to 48 inches. They have a maximum draw of 43^ inches. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 253 PRIDMORE SAND MOLDING MACHINES Fig. Figure 350 shows a Rockover Machine, which is made in two styles, ramel}-: Single Stand and Double Stand. These machines are used for the production of castings of medium sizes, having deep pockets, which in the mold, form hanging portions of sand. Pridmore Machines may be fitted with either wooden or metal patterns and plates, depending mainly upon the number of castings required. When a great num- ber of duplicates are to be made, iron patterns and plates will give the best service; when only a few castings are needed, very satisfactory results are obtained fiom wooden patterns and plates, which is a very inexpensive method of fitting up the machine. There are a number of shops in which these machines are being used, fitted with wooden patterns and plates for making as few as five or ten castings from one pattern. A full description is given of both methods on pages 54, 55 and 56 in our Molding Machine Catalogue. Sent for the asking. The use of wooden flasks on these machines is not recommended ; ordinary iron flasks, the sanie as employed in hand ramming, are all that is required. From wood and metal snap flasks used with the machines, equally as satisfactory results are obtained as on hand molding, and by dropping wrought iron bands in the flasks and ramming them up in the mold, patterns larger than those usually molded in snap flasks can be used. There are over four hundred and fifty regular sizes in which these machines are being made and eighteen different types, five of the most popular of which are illustrated here. A complete catalogue of these machines, which contains a very full description of their construction and method of operation, and other useful information, such as method of determining what sizes are required, advantages of the stripping plate, hand ramming type of machines, etc., will be furnished promptly upon application. 254 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE FARWELL UNIVERSAL MOLDING MACHINE 30 Inch Stationary Fig. 351 Patented December 21, 1S97, and November 33, 1S9S. General Dimensions Weight, 400 lbs. Extreme width of machine 40 inches Distance between side rods 30 Width of table iS)^ Lever adjustable from 20 to 40 From table to presser top adjustable from 5 to 16 Adapted for flasks up to, in length 24 Adapted for flasks up to, in width iS Adapted for flasks up to, in depth 10 Height of table from floor 30 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 255 THE FARWELL UNIVERSAL MOLDING MACHINE This is a molding press with a lifting mechanism located below the stationary press table, and operated by the lever at the left. This machine may be used in the following forms : As a Combined Molding Press and Stripping Plate Machine. As a Combined Molding Press and Flask Lifter, without stripping plate. (Means are provided for rapping the patterns.) As a Plain Molding Press. This is the Simplest Mechanism Ever Devised for This Purpose. The Lift Lever is convenient and easily operated. The Lift Table is Guided in its vertical movement by a single long hexagon slide, which is protected from the sand and is adjustable to take up wear. The Lift Table Does Not Support the Patterns when the mold is being pressed, but lifts the mold and stripping plate olf the patterns after it is pressed. Patterns Can Not Spring under pressure, as they rest firmly on the stationary press table. Can Not Be Clogged or in any way injured by sand. Can Not Be Thrown Out of Adjustment carelessly or maliciously. No Oil Need Be Used. Sliding parts have antifriction metal bearings protected from the sand. Essential Parts Finished to Template. Patterns fitted to one of these machines will fit any other one of them. One Size Machine is Adapted for any Size or Shape of Mold, either single or duplex, containing not more than four hundred square inches of surface. Either Iron Flasks or Snap Flasks May Be Used with this machine. To Change From One Job to Another of any size, it is simply necessary to lift off one plate and pattern and replace with another. No Ke- Adjustment of Machine. Several Jobs May Be Kun on the Same Machine in a Day without waste of time in adjustment. Stationary Base for Brass and Malleable Iron Foundries is furnished with this machine if desired. Combined Molding Press and Stripping Plate machines have been objectionable because the patterns which are usually supported by a toggle joint would spring under pressure. In the Farwell Universal Molding Machine this c'yiection is removed. At the time the patterns and plates are subjected to asc:am in pressing the mold the pattern plate and stripping plate rest firmly upon the stationary press table and can not spring. 256 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE FARWELL MOLDING PRESS 30 Inch Portable Fig. 352 Patented December 21, 1S97, and November 22, 1S9S. Plain Top With Side Shelf (Size 12 Inches by 3}£ Feet^ General Dimensions Weight, 425 lbs. Extreme width ol" machine 43 inches Length between side rods 30 Width of table iSi^ Length of lever adjustable from 20 to 40 From top of table to presser top at lowest adjustment 5 From top of table to presser top at highest adjustment 16 Adapted to press flasks up to and including^ in length 24 Adapted to press flasks up to and including in width iS Adapted to press flasks up to and including in depth 10 Height of table from floor either 2S, 30 or 32 Write for Special Catalogue THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 257 THE FARWELL MOLDING PRESS Stationary and Portable The Rocker Shaft Bearings are Turned and oscillate in long bearings protected from the sand. The Table and Presser Head are planed true. Steel is Used for Draw Bars, Pitmans and Pins that are subjected to strain when pressing the mold. The Side Rods are Connected to each other at the bottom by a shaft and at the top by the presser head so the presser head will not get twisted should the adjusting nuts loosen. All Working Parts are Above the Sand and are not subjected to the wear other machines receive. It is More Quickly Operated Than Any Other Press. One motion brings the top in position and presses the mold. The Lever is in a Horizontal Position When Pressing the Mold, where it receives the greatest power with the least exertion on the part of the operator. Presses with vertical levers strain the arm and chest muscles of the operator. The Lever is Adjustable to conform to the size of the mold, and the weight of the operator. A large mold is pressed as easily as a small one. It is By Far the Most Powerful Press Made. Molds as large as i8 x 22 or i6 x 24 inches can be pressed with ease. Ratio of leverage 30 to 1 with full length of lever. Less Skill is Required to Operate It. When the lever is properly set, every mold receives the required pressure without judgment or care on the part of the operator, who simply leans his weight upon the lever. The Portable Machine is mounted on wheels and is adapted to pass to the left of the sand heap. The Sand Heap should be cut in a long row lengthwise the floor to the right. The Bottom Boards should be stacked in a row to the left. The Machine is Operated between the sand and boards, and is moved along the floor from time to time as the sand and boards are used up, and the floor is filled with molds. The Sand and Boards Are Always Convenient. »The Finished Mold is placed upon the floor just back of the operator, instead of being carried the entire length of a long floor, as is necessary with Stationary Machines. The Molds are Dumped, after being poured, right where they lay, in a long heap where the castings are more easily picked out and the sand is in better shape to temper and cut over. This machine not only enables a man to Make More Molds, but enables him to Take Care of more molds with less hard work. This is the style of molding press we recommend, where the floors are over twenty feet long and the entire day's work is molded before pouring off, as is customary in gray iron foundries. A Convenient Double Shelf forms part of this machine. A Long Slide Shelf is furnished with all single lever portable machines and presses. It would be as reasonable to expect a single size and style of machine tool to do all classes of work in the machine shop, as to expect a single style of molding machine to do all classes of molding in the foundry. 258 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PULLEY MOLDING MACHINE Fig- 353 No. 1 Machine Molds Pulleys From 6 Inches to IS^o Inches Diameter A Few Points Worthy of Consideration. These machines are designed to overcome the difficulties of molding pulleys from ordinary patterns. The two most common kinds of pulley patterns are the straight draw rim with whole arms separate from the rim, and the pattern in halves split through the center of the arms with draft both ways from the center. With the first of these the pulley castings can be made any desired width greater than width of pattern, by drawing the pattern up in the sand, or it can be made of the same width as pattern, but can not be made narrower without much trouble. The method, however, of molding pulleys in this manner — involving as it does the use of a three-parted mold and anchor plates for lifting the center above the arms — is too expensive for the smaller sizes, and an excessive amount of drawing produces a casting which is anything but true. The second method, where the pattern is made in halves, split through center of arms, will produce a good casting — if made in an iron flask — but will only make a casting of the width of pattern, without sacrificing the quality of the casting. Now, as there is an average of twenty widths required for each diameter of pulley, and as from 6 inch to 24 inch diameter inclusive by inches takes nineteen patterns with only one width of face, it would require the enormous number oi three hundred and eighty patterns to make the ordinary range of work within those sizes, which is, of course, out of the question. With the molding machines only the nineteen patterns are required, and the faces can be made from one inch up to the maximum by any variation desired. The edges of rim are exactly parallel with each other, requiring only a touch with tool to finish. The faces are so true that for rouijh work they can be run without turning. There is no rapping required in drawing the patterns, and as they are made with a heavy flange on one edge they will not get out of shape, but will remain perfectly round. By having three or four weights of nrm patterns for the diff^erent faces there THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 259 PULLEY MOLDING MACHINES Fig. 354 is no trouble in getting just the proportion -wanted. For the smaller sizes snap flasks can be used, having one flask and a large number of plain rings. The rim pat- tern can be used as pattern in making flasks — each machine furnishing outside rims for all its own flasks except the largest one. Fig. 355 Standard Machines range as follows: No. I molds pulleys from 6 inches to iq inches diameter. •' 2 " " i6 " 24 " " " 3 '< " 25 " 36 " " » 4 " " 37 " 48 " Larger Pulley Machines made up to 72 inches diameter. Special catalogue and lists of users supplied. Prices and Particulars Furnished on Application 260 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY BRYAN VACUUM MOLDING MACHINE Made in Five Different Styles The Bryan Vacuum Molding Machine is the invention of a practical mechanic, who for twenty-five years has been in active busi- ness as superintendent of some of the largest machine shops and foundries in the country. His constant effort has been to improve the quality and reduce the cost of castings, and his inability to find a machine that would meet his requirements led to his inventing this one, which we do not hesitate to call the most economical one on the market. Figure 356 shows the machine ready for operation. Al t h o u g h the Bryan Vacuum Molding Ma- chine has been be- fore the public for a short time only, it has been in success- ful operation in all the foundries of the International Steam Pump Company for upwards of two years, and with them two laborers on one machine have been doing the work of five molders. The process of casting may be di- vided into five opera- tions : First. Making the pattern. Second. Fill- ing and ramming the sand. Third. Draw- ing the pattern. Fourth. Patch- ing the mold. Fifth. Pour- ing the metal. This machine makes the use of wooden patterns pos- sible, and so saves the cost of metal Fig. 356 ones. The only expense of fitting up patterns is that they have to be attached to boards doweled to fit flasks, unless they have flat sides large THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 261 enough for the suction head to take hold of, in which case no board is required. Although a squeezer can be used in connection with it, none has been incorporated in the machine, as it would unnecessarily increase the cost. As the machine draws deep or difficult patterns almost as quickly as shallow ones, time is saved in drawing. Figure 357 shows two men at work operating the machine, and it can readily be seen that it requires a less number of men to do the work successfully with this m a c h i n e than in any other way. All working parts are simple, and as there are no repairs required, the saving of time and results secured will justify the investment. The suction head being attached to a rod running in guides, the lift is in an abso- lutely straight line, which insures a clean draw, and the pattern is lifted, instead of lowered, as in other machines. The saving in pouring is the differ- ence in wages between molders and labor- ers. The machine can be used to lift core boxes off of cores. As it is not con- fined to any one size or style of flask, it is the most universal ma- chine on the market. The pattern boards being loose from the machine, no time is lost in changing patterns. There being no complicated mechanism, it will run for years withoiit any repairs, and all working parts being out of the way of sand, there is no chance of clogging. ♦- They are built in five different sizes. Write for special catalogue and prices. Fig. 357 262 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY X u z o o s 0^ o H z o z < C D W Vh OJ (L) a> O > .-t! JJ t« C C >-i o _ rQ '5 o r^ H-t ^ _fl -g _^ |^_ U >. ^ OJ C '^ '^ .2 d S "o '-5 *-• 1 o ^ g ,„ o r-. ;-. s 7^ ta •:: -o OJ o _^ (9 X ^ ^ "^ IT ^ § ■th .2 ^ ho S •^ 3 0) 'o a, O o c/:; rt ^ c* ^ i:^^ 2^ ^ 5 « (0 J? i;5 !^ •a CO c u u a 2^ § 2i s ^ "-p "^ ° O 2 C2 .. . a; c/; tr: K ^ g 2 2 .a o 1 '^ -^ .il :3 cj (u a S S -S :S ?^ a n „ ^^ Sag ^ S .; S -^ a> 1 '^ ^ 13 tfl ;3 . .i^ t^ pi 2 s .'a i ^ eg V 3 V^ -^-' rS II o ^ ■r! .2 ^ rt '^ rt ^"^ « ^ ^ ^ ^ X a SS o S 1 Ui (U C3 'l^ ^1:3 M >> .2 , i:; -P -^ rrt '" ^^ " G CO O ^ 3 S r; « 03 03 ., ^ o; ^ ° a; a h '-' o 5 d 'd ^5 OJ 03 O > h4 [^ ^ O 2^ rG S S ^ "2 a^ ^ ° § a, "5 ^ n c . rt c ^'^ 4' 0"^ to 4' 8'^'' 4'o'Mo4'8V' 4'o'Mo4'8'^'' 4'o'Mo4'8'4'' '* +11 ^'x8' " +11 ^'x8' " +11 ^'x8' " +ii'^"xio' " +i3H^^xio' 6'-o" 6'-o'^ 6'-o'^ 6'-o^' 6'-o'' 4 4 4 4 4 Special sizes made to order. Investigate Our Core-Making Machinery 282 THE So OBERMAYER COMPANY IMPROVED SELF-CONTAINED TURNTABLE Solid, Strong, Easy Turning, Non-Tipping. Unexcelled for Yard or Shop Tramways Fig. 384 Illustration shows standard turntable with frogs, and represents the most efficient and easiest running turntable manufactured. There is no tipping, no getting out of line, no trouble keeping in order, no trouble to put in place, no journal friction. Being a solidly constructed and self-contained design, a cheaper foundation may be used than for other tables, and it is very quickly set in place. There is no center bearing. The entire load is on the chilled rollers, turning on roller path near the outside of the table, and these are conical and cannot slide or grind against each other as in a ball bearing table, being held rigidly apart by spacing frame. There is, therefore, only rolling friction. The result is an exceedingly easy turn- ing table. No oil is required. Dirt does not lodge on the roller paths. The track rail may be cast on top, as shown in cut on page 284, or grooves for wheel flanges may be formed to suit any gauge, if specially ordered. Flat top, as shown above, is standard. Frogs or guard rails supplied at extra cost. Turntables Carried in Stock THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 283 TURNTABLES Fic, Shipment of Turntables, Showing Standara Construction and With Track Rail Cast on Top We guarantee these turntables to be satisfactory, factured in the following: sizes : They are manu- Largest Wheel Bases of Trucks or Turntable. Gaugeof Track that may be I'sed. Cars tlial may be used, with corresponding Gauges. 42 inches iS inches to 21 inches 2 feet -i, inches to 2 feet 4S inches iS inches to 30 inches 3 feet to 2 feet 60 inches 18 inches to 36 inches 4 feet to 3 feet 72 inches 24 inches to 36 inches :, feet to 4 feet 6 inches 96 inches 36 inches to 4 feet IS^ inches 6 Icet 6 in. to 5 feet 3 in. Frogs or guard rails supplied extra. Fig. 386 Turntable Showing Cover Removed See Our Industrial Railway System 284 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SURFACE TRACKS AND TRAMWAYS Fig. 388 Tracks. We furnish T rail tracks, with or without ties, or all ready- to put in place in sections, as desired. Send length of track and parti- culars. Frogs. For shop and yard tram- ways, turntables, etc. Made with lugs to bolt to turntables, holes in flanges to spike to ties. Made of hard, strong iron. When frogs are used the raised track on top of table is not necessary; the flare of frog guiding truck wheel onto rail even though table is not placed accurately. Switches. Suitable for all gauges and rails; for shop tramways, mine tramways, for temporary work and per- manent wa}'. Crossings. For shop tracks. Made with either grooves or raised rail. Extra hard iron used in these castings. T Rail. Of all weights and lengths. Straight or curved. Fig. 389 Fig. 39'i Eight-Foot Turntable, Special. Twenty-Five Made for Mexican Central Railroad THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY CARS AND TRUCKS 285 Fig. 391 Standard Wooden Frame Truck Standard Oak Truck The above cut shows our Standard Truck for shop use. The frame of this truck is made of heavy oak, iron bound. It is fitted with steel axles, steel roller bearings and chilled wheels. This truck is made especially for heavy work, and will give much better service than the ordinary "stock warehouse " truck. It may be made with swiveled front axle and flat wheels, for use on smooth floors, if desired. We manufacture it in the following sizes. Special sizes made to order. >1 1^ .2 a a, s a 'A I ton I 2 ton 2 3 ton 3 5 ton 5 10 ton 10 Gauge. 18 to 24 ins. 18 to 24 ins. 18 to 24 ins. 18 to 24 ins. iS to 24 ins. Approxi- mate Size of Platform. 3x4 feet 3x4 feet 3x4 feet 3x4 feet 3x4 feet u •J) u sg ^ .5.S tz 0^ Z 12 in. 11 16 in. 12 16 in. i.l 16 in. 15 20 in. no Gauge. Approxi- mate Size of Platform. 30 to 36 in. 30 to 36 in. 30 to 36 in. 30 to 36 in. 30 to 36 in. 4x5 ft. 4x5 ft. 4x5 ft. 4 X s ft. 4 X 6 ft. e 1/ .2j3 12 in- 16 in. 16 in. 16 in. 20 in. For Standard Railway Gauge, platform is about 5 feet wide by 8 feet. Our Standard Steel Frame Truck, frame entirely of steel, made in same sizes and capacities as given in table. When writing for prices give capacity and gauge of track desired 286 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY EMERY WHEELS FOR. GRINDING CASTINGS WE HANDLE EMERY WHEELS ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR FOUNDRY USE In Ordering State for What Purpose Required and We WUl Furnish You a Wheel Which We Guarantee We Can Furnish You Any Make of EMERY, CORUNDUM or CARBORUNDUM Wheel Wanted at Lowest Ruling Prices WE HAVE EMERY WHEEL GRINDERS OF ALL KINDS See illustrations with prices. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 287 PORTABLE EMERY WHEEL GRINDER. A most popular tool. Does the work as rapidly as a station- ary Emery Grinder, and you "take the tool to the work in- stead of the work to the tool " — saves handling. Thousands of them are in use. The complete plant as illus- trated consists of the following: I Flexible Shaft. I Stop Clutch. I Clamp Spindle. I Countershaft. - ft. Rawhide Rope. - Pairs Couplings. liG. 39 J Various plants are listed as follows (less rawhide rope and couplings), cost depending upon height of ceilings. No. 3 will run Emery Wheel 4 in. x ^ in $ 69.00 10 X I X I X I 79-75 106.50 133-50 Rawhide Rope for Nos. 3 and 4 plant . . . $0.50 per foot Rawhide Rope for Nos. 5 and 6 plant ... .60 per foot Couplings for Nos. 3 and 4 .50 per pair Couplings for Nos. 5 and 6 i.oo per pair $18.00 List For No. 4 $22.50 List For Nos. 5 and 6 Write for Discount 288 THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY VULCAN EMERY WHEEL GRINDERS No. 2 Vulcan Grinder For two 6 X ^ inch wheels with rest Price, $9.00 Fig. 395 No. 3 Vulcan Grinder For two lo X I ^ inch wheels. Price, $12.00 Column For Nos. I, 2 and 3 Grinders. Price, $12.00 Fig. 397 No. 4 Grinder With Surfacer and Water Attachment for two 12x2 inch wheels. Price, as shown, without Wheels, $63.00 All boxes arranged to take up wear. We can furnish our No. i Grinder with- out rests, designed for two 6 X J^ inch Emery Wheels. Price, $6.00 each State plainly if head only is wanted. "We make a full line of Belt Driven Grinders. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 289 EMERY WHEEL GRJNDERS No. 4X Vulcan Grinder For two 12 X 2 inch wheels. Extra heavy machine. Price, as shown, $42.00 A good size for general Foundry use. No. 7 Vulcan Grinder Will carry two wheels 24 to 30 inch diam. 4 inches thick. Price, Complete with Counter but no Emery Wheels, $ 1 30.00 Motor driven machines furnished. T!-,^ ^^,^ M-... T /->_: I, 290 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY DOUBLE WHEEL TOOL GRINDING MACHINE Fig. 400 No. 2 Tool Grinder The Bearings are 2)i inches diameter, 8 inches long. The Emery Wheels are 24 inches diameter, ij2-inch face. The distance between Emery Wheels is 25^4 inches. The machine, crated for shipment, weighs 1750 lbs. The proper speed for Countershaft is 440 revolutions per minute. This gives 716 revolutions per minute for Wheel Spindle. Including Countershaft and Two Emery Wheels, Mounted on Machine $300.00 We make a Single Wheel Tool Grinding Machine carrying one 24-inch wheel. If interested, send for circular. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 291 MOTOR DRIVEN GRINDERS Fig. 401 We call your special attention to this tool for use in the foundry. It does not need a long line shatt running to that building merely for the purpose of operating a fan and an emery wheel. That line shaft costs lots of dollars and costs lots more to operate. General Description A 5 H. P. motor is placed directly on the arbor. This motor is capable of a 50"^ overload for a considerable time. It is entirely enclosed to prevent emery dust from reaching its parts. Yet there is part of the hood that can be readily removed to allow the operator to adjust the brushes. The armature is wound upon a sleeve which in turn is keyed to the arbor. The starting device can be placed inside of machine, on wall or any convenient place. The journals are dust proof and are eacli provided with two rings running in large chambers below arbor, and which keep constantly placing oil on top of arbor. Entire length of arbor 49 inches. Journals are i ,',r x 9 inches. Diameter of collars S inches. Diameter of arbor between collars 1J2 and 3 inch space. Floor space 48 X 26 inches. Height floor to arbor 34 inches. Attention is called to the SOLIDITY of this tool. The journals are long and placed close to emery wheels. These journals are not supported from motor, but are entirely independent and are therefore very rigid. It " runs like atop" in the boxes, as there is no belt to pull it to one side. Prices and further particulars upon application. 292 IHE S. OBERMAYEK COMPANY OUR SOLID EMERY OR CORUNDUM WHEELS Price List !^ V) ^ ^ 5 Z B ?: tI » X e h 6 OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOIOOO ooooooooooooooooioioioioLootNLoo O O ir;0 O ror^tN loO^O ro— t^uorOi-* O O^00 t>. t^ lO cO CO of o'co" t^vo" liO-'f'frorOcicfcii-ri-ri-rMM ^ OO"-. OLoOLoOvOiOOOLr-OLoOO'OOOOOOOC 11 W C^ t>.vO •^OCOOvOOILOl-lOO^ONOOOOOOO M M w w M IN ro -sfvO t>.C^M cot^ioo^- ^ ,_, M i-< r* ro ro CO lOiOLTjiOiOLnioO O O O uoo lclololo""jO O O O O O O O "-1 CTvt^iOfOMvO +- ir,0 O fO u-.CO m t^ •* ir-.co On ■- O rO O -rJ-O ON Mi-iMMr-' "*■ 1-^ O w ^ M t- M CI CO "—IN CO u-)iOLr)ioio"iioO O "00 ij-, LT, LT, LoioOO O O O O O On O t^ ■^ w CO loco ON "-.\0 i>. "-.CO ■^coi>.t>.0 O O lOO O -- w ri CO CO Tt- i-'.O) M CO u-jCO CO O On O O On M t^CO CO O lO M w M w N CO CO LOVO £» On O cO lo On «^ ^ „ n M ri CO OOuoOiOiOLoOLr-j"". OOloO"OOOu', OOOOOOO On O NO CO On NO CN|-» ri- i^ f-i CO NO J:^NO co lO On t^CO M CO M w M w ri M CO -* LC J>- X On n X CO t^ £# M M Ol M ■ LOLomiOLou-jLoO O O lOO loloiou-vloO O O O O O O OO ON"-, M i>.cOONONO00ND vox COOnONJ>»OOOOloOO O MMCNcocoi'Nlr^ONi-icOLoONOcofOi-i t^X "NO n -* w M M M M f ) CO •^ lOvO i>« On 1-1 t^ 1-1 lO ^ " - c< M mX OQioOioOioOLoiOOOioOLoOOu-, OOOOOOO X ON-^O LO uNONO On OnvO CO -^nO XXiOMOOOOOOO O 1-1 tN r( CO CO 'j-NO X O fl 'too cO O On t^ " i- rO u", t^\0 On i-( w i-H rH p) rO CO -^nO X>.X O lO on CI ^ M 1-1 - M uTjM-, iTj irj U-, irj lo O O O O u-^ O lo lO lO uo u"; O Q O O O O O i:^X cox cox cor) cO^nO m mXnO ONt^t-O O O O loO O O 1-1 1-1 M M CO ■^vO X On 1-1 covO M t^ ir, r) ir. -i- u-j -i- ^^ CO t^ M HI — r< rt CO 'a- iTjsO t- ON -^ i^ O m^ - « n CM OQioO'OOioO'O'OOOu-vOu-, OQuOOOOOOOO £-X Mt^MVOOXNOrivOOl>.i-i'*-i-iOc^OOOOOOO O >-H M ri CI CO CO LT- t^X O w "^--ONiOCNX Oni^i-^ conD O lo M w 1-1 M c^ coco-.i-i loONCOl^.'^o -^nO x-^rOf.OOOOiO Q n w M N M CO lt.nO t^X O COt>.MX COCOO ONM O >-i Ml- N CS COri-LOLol>i-i X OOLoOiOOioOiOLoOOiOOioOOioOOOOO . NOt-O ■^o.i-i -^O CO lONO l>.ONO ■^ir.fOO O O O O l-lMMCSnCO-^ lONO t^ONWlOON-^CNt^COi-i 1-1 IT) 11 w M CN C4 CO ■^ LovO On H IN. IT; lo Lo Lo lo >o liO O O O O "0 O Lo lo lo U-, ir, O O tr,\0 On c< lOX i-i NO t-- t^NO lo X>.X XLOt^t-OOOO O i-iMMC^cirOM- lOND t^ONDNOO'^i-iNDcOO "i-iric^cocOTj-uo - OOloOioOu", O'-oicOOLr, Ou'-OOioOOO ionO X ►-, rONO xriOXNC'*-coiiNOX-^OP)000 MMMi-iricocO'^ Lovo XOCOt~>OiiOON"^" ■ n « M CI n cs CO . m LO U^ VO U-) lO Lo >o o O O O lo O lO lO LO LO LC o O -i- tn t^ On w CO >JOX -^ O NO N O co rhx C) t^ O MMHi-i«rOcO'^ vonO X O CO "^ On «^ " ' ' « w W M N . . m O Oir)0"^0"^0 u-;ii-jO ltjO loo LT, o o Tj- lONO XONl-<^^^^>.l-lNO^^NONOc^OLr, MOO WMMMncSCOCO -^NO X ON -- CO to ■ "MM in <« « l-l 0.2 X X ^ X HI cs P) CO CO -^ tI- u-.nO t^X ON O c< -)-N0 X M 'J-nO O vO O X 1MHH1 ►-CICIONCOCO'^'S ■ s > u a> JS a> U3 ^ «k •© ^ b o *s C w t-H •o "2 w 1 t/1 rt •o B (U <0 u b ^ Ph O !r rt > r/) V k ,^ o <* _o -«« "^ I. t« ^ (/! 0) (U r/1 K •o
  • Xi 13 ^ S bO 4) •o b s a> J3 snaaHM do ^axawvia THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 293 PORTABLE FOUNDRY SCALES This scale is made especially heavy in all its parts, with drop lever, and is thus adapted for general foundr}- use. If desired, it can be furnished with slid- ing poise and without drop lever. Fig. 402 Extra Heavy, with 12-Inch Wheels, Drop Lever and Notched Beam No. I. Capacity, lbs., 3000 x Platform, inches, 31 x 40 . . $175.00 Without Drop Lever. No. 2. Capacity, lbs., 3000 x Js- Platform, inches, 31 x 40 ; 1 75.00 ROLLING MILL OR IRON SCALES With Rubber Spring Platform Rack The platform of this scale is especially made to meet the rough usage customary in weighing iron, and is constructed in two parts, between which are large rubber springs. In this way the jars and sudden strains incidental to such weighing are kept from the more sensitive parts of the scale. The swinging front axle and handle con- tribute largely to its convenience in use. Fig. 403 With Sliding Poise With Drop Lever and Notched Beam No. Capacitj, Lbs. Platform, In. Price. 1416 2,500 X y^ 23x32 $125.00 I418 4,000 X y. 31 X40 160 00 1420 6,000 X Yz 31 X40 1 85 .00 1422 8,000 X I 31 X 40 210.00 1424 10,000 X I 31 X 40 22c; 00 1426 12,000 X I 31 X40 240.00 No. Capacity, lbs. Platform, In. Price. 1428 2,500 X Yi 23 X 32 I125.00 1430 4.000 X Y^ 31 X 40 160.00 1432 6,000 X Yt 31 X40 185 00 1434 8,000 X I 31 X 40 210.00 1436 10,000 X I 31 X 40 225.00 143'^ 12,000 X I 31 X40 240.00 In figuring on complete Foundry equipments we make special prices on Foundry Scales. All Kinds of Portable and Stationary Scales. Send for Special Catalogue. 294 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SPERR.Y TESTING MACHINE For Showing Transverse Strength of Foundry Test Bars Deflection is Shown Results Can Be Compared with Pub- lished Tables Specimen Short Enough to File No Balancing of Specimen Required Space Required Construction Fig. 404 It gives you the breaking strain and deflection of a one-inch-square specimen, one foot long, fixed at one end, weight applied to the other. This determination is standard. Your results may be compared with published tables. (See Has well on Strength of Materials). No other low cost machine does this. The broken end of specimen is only about two and one-half inches long, and can be marked and filed away for future reference. The specimen does not require balancing, as in other machines. The pressure applied can never be anything but the resistance of the specimen. No floor space is occupied. A wall space of 70 x 42 inches is all that is required. The machine frame is constructed of 6 x 6 timber, nicely molded and finished in hard oil. The scale beam is finely nickle plated, has no loose weights, and is made by the Howe Scale Co. As a whole, the machine is an ornament to your ol5ice or shop. Price, $150.00 These Machines in Stock THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 295 OBERMAYER'S SAND CRUSHER IG. 405 Supplied with One or Two Rollers as Preferred Pan, 5 feet in diameter. Rollers, 3 feet diameter by 12-inch face. Weight of each roller, 1,200 pounds. Floor space,. 5 ft. x 8 ft. 6 in. for double machine. " 5 ft. X 7 ft. 10 in. for single machine. Price, single roll machine $620.00 " double " 800.00 The heaviest machine built for the purpose. HORIZONTAL DRY MIXER. For Mixing All Kinds of Dry Material Fig. 405 j^ Write for Further Information. See pages 238-248 296 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY AUTOMATIC MAGNETIC SEPARATOR. Fig. 406 This machine is used for saving shot iron from foundry refuse, cupola drop and slag. It is in use throughout the United States and Europe, and is without doubt a very practical machine. Direct current of electricity necessary to operate it. It is easily set up and operated ; requires little care and attention ; can be moved easily from place to place ; requires but little power to oper- ate and takes but little electricity for the magnetic separation. It is entirely automatic in operation after the material is thrown or conveyed into the hopper from the tumbling mills. The machine ought to be set up in the tumbling room or adjoining it. When there is an exhaust in connection with the tumblers, it can be used on this machine, if desired, although the machine is made so that practically little dust escapes in operation. By using this machine the spaces and holes in your tumbling or rattling boxes can be greatly enlarged ; thus taking less time to rattle THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 297 the waste through and saving a certain amount of iron dust which is formed by too close tumbling. It is durable and economical in operation, has large capacity and will pay for itself in a short time. Full directions supplied with each machine. Dimensions, Weight, Capacity, Etc. Dimensions Over All. Speed, Revo- lutions per Minute Horse Power Re- quired. size of Pulley. Electricity Required. Ship- ping Weight Lbs. Capacity per Hour. Cubic Feet Length Width. Height Volts. Am- peres. Single 1^ Machine J 9'Z%" 3' 4" 4^ 3" X 2o'^x 2," j 55 J no 2 20 8 4 2 1600 40 to 50 Prices on application. DYNAMO FOR OPERATING SEPARATOR Fig. 406;^ The above dynamo is the type we furnish to use in operating the machine when no electricity can be obtained. The cost of this dynamo is very small and it can be used, if desired, for other purposes when not in use in operating the separator. 2U8 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY DING'S MAGNETIC SEPARATOR. Fig. 407 Type O, Motor Driven This Separator is especially adapted for recovering small particles of iron from cupola cinders and foundry refuse. Shipping weight, 1,500 pounds. Occupies a floor space 3x8 feet. Speed, 72 revolutions per minute. Driving pulley, 12 inches in diameter. Can be ordered for any direct current up to 500 volts. Electricity required to energize the magnets is about equal to that used in operating three ordinary i6-candle- power incandescent lamps. Mechanical power required, J^ -horsepower. A switch and pilot lamp is furnished with every Separator. The above cut shows the Separator with motor drive and wheel- barrows in position to receive the diflferent separations — sand, coke and iron. It is one of the best machines of its kind on the market, and is just the thing for handling your cupola cinders, gangway scrapings, chipping room refuse and foundry offal. This machine will handle foundry refuse and crushed cupola cinders at the rate of 5,000 lbs. per hour; will handle stock containing very coarse material, such as brick- bats, gaggers and large lumps of slag, coke, iron, etc. It delivers the iron free from dust and will handle any stock that is not unreasonably damp. List price, f. o. b. factory $400.00 List price, with motor $500.00 For 500 volts add 10 percent to net price. Discounts Given Upon Application THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 299 THE BLAKE PATENT CLIMAX CORE-WIRE STRAIGHTENER Fic. 40S (This illustration shows the rods emerging: from the No. 3 machine all straightened and ready to use again.) This is undoubtedly the greatest tool ever put into a foundr}'. As you know, core wire, after being used, is so twisted that it is usuall}^ sold for scrap. The cost of core wire is therefore a big item in every foundry. With our Climax Core-Wire Straightener it makes no diderence how crooked the wires may be when they enter the machine, they will come out straight and ready to use again ; consequently the core wires can be used over and over again and a great saving thereby effected. In any foundry having a large number of wires to straighten it will pay for it- self in a short time. No. 1 Machine. This machine will straighten wires yV inch, J 8 inch, and jV inch diameter. Weight, 150 lbs. Price, $200.00. No. 2 Machine. This machine will straighten wires ^,;- inch, }i inch, •j-^g- inch, and X "ich diameter. Weight, about 200 lbs. Price, $500.00. No. 3 Machine. This is the machine illustrated above. It will straighten wires }( inch, }i inch, }^ inch, ^s inch, ^ inch diameter. Weight, 1,700 lbs. Price, $700.00 Send for special circulars, with discounts. 300 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY IMPROVED WIRE CUTTER We supply to the trade a Hand-Power Machine, such as is shown in illustration, which is used for cutting wire, the econoni}- of which can readily be seen at a glance. The ordinary method of cutting wire in most shops is to use a chisel and hammer, while with this ma- chine the wire is simp- ly inserted and the lever pulled down, which readily cuts the wire. The wire cutter W'ill cut wires from /j inch diam. to ^| inch diam. and weighs 25 lbs. Price, $50.00 Fig. 409 OBERMAYER'S EASY CAR. PUSHER. Fig. 410 More powerful than any team of horses or ten men. It is strong and well constructed. , bit and spring are the finest steel. Total weight, 20 lbs. 5J2 feet. can be inverted. It will work on any track and under any brake. Sent on 10 days' trial to responsible parties. We carry them in stock and can ship immediately. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 301 OBERMAYER'S WHITEWASHING MACHINE Fig. 411 This is the largest and best machine ever invented or manufactured for Whitewashing, Calcimining or cold water Paints. One man operating this machine can do the work of ten men with the brush. It consists of a strong riveted steel tank 8 inches in diameter and about 36 inches long strengthened by 6 long steel bolts. The pump barrel and all valves are composed of best rolled gun metal. All passages can be easilj' cleaned, and the nozzles are the result of a long experience, and are made regardless of the initial cost. Factories can arrange at small cost perfect sanitation, good light and cleanliness. Capacity from 20 to 60 square feet per minute. For large mold and loam work this machine w^ill spray the blacking if the material is carefully strained before using it. We supply with this machine 25 feet delivery hose, 12^^ feet of suc- tion hose, 3 different nozzles, circular strainer, unions, cocks, all complete. Price, $150.00 Extra hose, 60 cents per foot. Net weight, 185 pounds. Gross weight, 300 pounds. 302 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY wiM|Ew«rapfc^*ifcew^ .1 ■'-a TRIPLEX'^ Fig. 412 THE YALE AND TOWNE TRIPLEX BLOCK For Constant Use and Best Economy The great saving of time and labor effected by the Triplex Block is accomplished bj^ separat- ing the sustaining mechanism from the hoisting gear; thus decreasing the time, labor and wear one-half, both in hoisting and in lowering. The power is transmitted through a balanced train of spur gears, which gives this block an efficiency nearly double that of other types, and permits, both in hoisting and in lowering of the smooth and free operation required in foundry work. The newest and best equipped foundries are now using Triplex Blocks because of their great saving in time and labor. This block is partic- ularly suitable for use on jib cranes, light trav- elers and overhead trolleys. X OJ . V a •" ti, 'U 11 '1 p. V .2 ^ u m ^ C ■^ a 2; re u;S re 0" 1; TO ** % I35 00 8 9 it. 3 n. $0 90 15 51 62 21 I 45 00 8 9 ft. 5 n. 95 17 89 82 31 IK 60 00 8 9 It. 7;^ n. I 00 19* 133 no 35 2 70 00 9 II ft. n. I 05 24 203 120 42 3 90 00 10 12 ft. 8 n. I 50 32 206 114 69 4 no 00 10 13 ft. I n. I 60 37 307 124 84 5 140 00 12 15 It. 9 n. 2 15 45 397 no 126 6 165 00 12 11; ft. 10 n. 2 15 46 417 130 126 8 200 00 12 16 ft. 3 n. 2 70 51 50=; 13s 168 10 240 00 12 16 ft. 9 n. 3 25 57 622 140 210 12 300 00 12 16 ft. 9 n. 4 30 57 800 260 126 16 360 00 12 17 ft. I n. 5 4"^ 61 1000 270 168 20 421; 00 12 1 18 ft. s n. 6 50 77 1150 280 210 Other Makes Furnished if Desired Let Us Quote You THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 303 BROWN PATENT STEEL TROLLEYS Combined With Yale and Towne Triplex Chain Blocks For Use on Standard I- Beams Affording One of the Most Economical and Efficient Methods of Handling Material in the Foundry and Machine Shop I'IG. 413 Capacity One -half to Two Tons with Clevis Connection Fig. 414 Capacity Three to Ten Tons with Clevis Connection These Trolleys have four truck wheels, each fastened on a steel axle which revolves in a pair of self-adjusting bronze bearings. The frame is of steel, with inner plates to carry the inside bearings which steady the wheels and reduce the resistance to motion. The self-oiling double bearings are equipped wnth proper receptacles for holding a six months" supply of oil, and the wheels are made almost as large in diameter as the depth of the I-beam thereby insuring durability and easy running. With Hook Connection With Clevis Connection. Price of Trolley capacity Standard Regular Minimum dis- Minimum dis- Without Sizes of Hoist Triplex tance in inches, Addi- tance from Block I -Beams in Feet. Block bottom of I-beam tional bottom of I-beam for Hook in Inches. and to inside of lower Price. to inside of lower Connec- Trolley. Hook of Block. Hook. tion. 1 / I =; 8 1 6s 00 20 f 10 00 13 ■Ij, 30 o;> 6 8 80 00 • 23 10 00 17 35 00 2 7 8 TOO 00 26 TO 00 20 40 00 8 9 lie; 00 32 10 00 21 45 00 3 9 10 140 00 40 20 00 34 60 00 4 TO TO 175 00 45 25 00 33 ^0 00 5 12 12 220 00 55 25 00 4r 100 00 6 15 12 2'')!; 00 56 - 30 00 4' 120 00 8 20 12 3-5 00 63 30 ot) 4^ 150 00 10 24 I 2 395 00 7' 30 00 48 tSo 00 Immediate Shipments made on Standard Sizes 304 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OVERHEAD CARRYING SYSTEMS For Foundries, Machine Shops, Manufacturing Establishments> "Warehouses, etc. Can be attached to any style of overhead support. Will save you from 25 to 60 percent on the cost of handling the products of your plant. Four Wheel Swivel Carrier No. 27 Made to run in our No. 131 Trolley Track. Especially designed for use in systems where Curved Sections of Track are used. Maximum carrying capacity 300 lbs. Price $8.00 Eight Wheel Swivel Carrier Fig. 415 39 Fig. 416 Especially designed for use in systems where Curved Sections of Track are used. Made in two sizes : No. 39 Carrier for No. 133 Track. No. 39>< Carrier for No. 133 Track. Maximum carrying capacity 3000 lbs. Maximum carrying capacit}" 1000 lbs. Price $24.00 Price $8.00 Inquiries for estimates should be accompanied by sketch showing requirements, also statement of maximum loads to be carried. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 305 The adjoining cut shows full size cross section of our Overhead Trolley Tracks. No. 131 Suitable for loads up to looo lbs. M a d e of i6 gauge steel. Any quantity furnished in any length up to lo ft. sections. Curved Sections of Track furnished in any radius over i8 in. Straight Track $i.oo per ft. P^^ ^^^_^ Curved Track $3.00 per ft. No. 133 Suitable for loads up to 8,000 lbs. Made of 10, 11, 12, 13 gauge steel. Any quantity furnished in any length up to to ft. sections Curved Sections of Track furnished in any radius over 18 in Straight Track $1.50 per ft. CurvedTrack 500 per ft. This cut shows the style of Brackets used in attaching Track to superstructure. No. 42 is an End Bracket with a blind that prevents the carrier from running off. Nos. 41, 42, 45 and 46 used with No. 133 track . . $1.20 each Nos. 57, 58, 59 and 60 used with No. 131 track . . $0.50 each Special Brackets furnished if required. 4-a 4.5 4.B 306 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OVERHEAD TROLLEY SYSTEM k T Fig. 419 Above cut shows a section of Straight and Curved Carrying Track, with two-way Switch in connection. Also an eight wheel Swivel Carrier, No. 39. Switch is fitted with a positive lock and requires no attention after It is once adjusted. Price List 2-way Switch for No. 131 Track $40.00 3 " " 131 "......... 48.00 2 " " 133 ■' ' 56-00 3 " " 133 " 64.00 Investigate Our Duplex and Triplex Chain Blocks THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 307 308 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SCREW AND HYDRAULIC JACKS (Patented Lever, Qiared Lever.) The Most Simple, Durable, Powerful and the Safest Operating Jacks in the World No. 101 Bell Base No. 14 Double Move- No. 4 Jack Jack ment Truck Box Screw Jack Fig. 420 Capacity, 8 tons. Weight, 23 lbs. Diameter of screw, 2 in. Rise, ^}4. in. Height when down, 10 in. Made in larsfer sizes. Broad Base Hydraulic Jack Fig. 423 Capacities, 4, 7, 10, 15, 20. 30 and 40 tons. Heights when closed, from 2 to 3^^ ft. Different sizes weigh from 60 to 300 lbs. each. Adjusts from 12 to 24 in., according to size Fig. 421 Capacity, 8 tons. Weight, 25 lbs. Diameter of screw, 2 in. Rise of screw, 7 in. Height of Jack when down, 13 in. Fig. 422 A Good Railroad Capacity, 4 tons. Weight, 46 lbs. Size of bar square, i Rise of bar, 14 in. Height when down, in. Jack 5^ in. 22l4 Telescope Screw Jack Base, mal. iron ; screw, cast steel. Interior screw, hish grade ma- chinery steel. ]\Iade in four sizes. Can be furnished with spring ratchets at extra cost. Fig. 424 Operates Twice as Rapidly as the Single Screw Jacks Prices on Application THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 309 BOYER. LONG STROKE RIVETING HAMMERS Durable — Powerful— Efficient No. 60 Riveting Hammer Weight, 22 pounds; 6-inch stroke ; capacity up to ^-inch rivets. No. 80 Riveting Hammer Weight, 23 pounds ; 8-inch stroke ; capacity up to I ^ -inch rivets. No. 90 Riveting Hammer Weight, 25 pounds; 9-inch stroke ; capacity Fig. 425 '^^'IP up to I Ji(-inch rivets. BOYER. CHIPPING, CALKING AND BEADING HAMMERS No Vibration or Delicate Parts No. I For heavy chipping and calking, and light riveting; 'p?2 weight, ii>^ pounds. No. 2 For medium calking and \^ chipping; weight, loj^ pounds. **** No. 3 For light chipping, calk- ing, and flue beading; weight, 9^ pounds. Fig. 426 We handle the Boyer Pneumatic Stone Hammers, made in sizes suitable for every variety of work, fitted with either pistol grip or straight handle. 310 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PNEUMATIC TOOLS Little Giant and Boyer Pneumatic Piston Air Drills, Reversible Flue Rolling, Reaming and Tap- ping Machines. Built iu sizes suitable for every variety of work. Simpler in construction, more econoniical, and they have given laetter satisfaction than any other uiachiues of similar character on the market. Fig. 427 Little Giant Drill No. Weight, 55 lbs. Adapted for boring cylinders and extra heavy drilling, ream- ing and tapping. Little Giant Wood Boring Machine No. 5 Fig. 429 Weight, 14 lbs. Adapted for boring up to 2 in. in diameter to any depth in all kinds of wood. Fig. 42S Little Giant Reversible Flue Rolling, Reaming and Tap- ping Machine No. 1 1 Weight, 35 lbs. Adapted for rolling flues up to 3 inches in diameter and reaming and tapping up to 2 inches in diameter. Boyer Drill No. 3 Fig. 430 Weight, 35 lbs. Adapted for drilling up to 2 inches in diameter and reaming and tapping up to i j4 inches in diameter. Fig. 431 Obermayer Breast Drill No. 4 Weight, 8 ll^s. Adapted for drilling up to i\ inch in diameter. This machine is of the oscillating piston type and is particularly adapted for dr lling telltale lioles in stavbolts. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 311 AIR. MOTOR. CHAIN HOISTS Fig. 432 IX-Ton Motor Hoist (Single Strand, Quick Lift) Portable Motor Hoists We build these hoists in 6 different sizes, as shown below. Each hoist will be furnished with automatic brake, if desired, and is tested before leaving the factory. These hoists are so built that, if desired, they can be operated by steam in- stead of air, if we are notified before the motors leave the shop. Capacity 1% tons ■2V2 " 10^ " Height of Lift 10 feet 10 " Distance Between Hooks 30 inches 37 " 40 Weight 160 lbs. 230 400 600 720 800 Extra height of lift can be obtained at a small additional cost. 312 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY AIR. MOTOR. CHAIN HOISTS i^iG- 433 Combined Trolley and Hoist on I Becun Stationary Motors These motors can be used for a large number of purposes, and we build them- in six different sizes. As in the case of motor hoists, these motors can be operated. by steam instead of air. No. H. p. Outside Dimeusions Cj'Hnders Diam. Stroke I 2 t 8 I •< 2',i 4'< s 15 in. X 1 2in. x 12 in. 15 in.x 15 in.x 12 in. iSin.x i8in. x 13 in. 2 V in. 2)4 in. 3;^ in- 2 '4^ in. 2'.4 in- 2 5^ in. Prices on Application THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 313 AIR HOISTS The perfection we have attained in the manufacture of Standard and Special Air Hoists is the result of many years' experience and great ex- pense in developing the particular features which make them the most efl&cient and reliable on the market. Cylinders for hoists three inches to six and one-half inches diameter inclusive, are of seamless drawn brass tubings, polished inside. Hoists seven inches to twenty-four inches are cast iron carefully molded, accu- rately bored with special tools, insuring uniform diameter and smooth finish from end to end. Seven and seven and three-quarter inch hoists are also made with brass htbe cylinders and six inch with cast iron cylinders. Heads may be easily removed and are in no case screwed on and thus per- mit the utmost facility in the inspection of interior of hoist. LugS On top head with pin afford safe and conven- ient means of attaching hoist to sup- port. Piston packing is made of care- fully selected leather (the least scar or grub hole being cause for rejection) and is fitted so as to hold air perfectly. Gland is brass casting and set up with ordinary wrench. Air Supply is taken at top of hoist and conveyed to valve at bottom head through pipe of proper size. All Hoists are thoroughly tested and known to be in perfect working order before shipment. For foreign shipment, all sizes are completely en- closed in substantial box. Shipping weights given on page No. 317. Fig. 435 Too Head With Lugs Fig. 434 Bottom Head 814 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY TYPE "A" AIR HOISTS Special Features Valve is provided with Automatic Oiler. Adjustable Speed Regulator permits valve to be set for all speeds ; independent adjustment for raising and lowering. Safety Check prevents load falling suddenly in case of break in supply hose. Exhaust from valve is carried to top and so arranged that only pure air from the compressor can be admitted to cylinder in lowering process. Keeps out grit and dust and saves the packing. Automatic Cut-Off closes valve at any de- sired height or lift without attention from ope- rator. The point of cut-off is fixed by position of Clamp Collar on piston rod; this collar is clamped on and rod can not be marred. The Top Safety Check prevents piston from flying up in case load should become de- tached. Any unusual pressure of exhaust auto- matically closes opening and air remaining in cylinder checks upward motion of piston. Swivel Hook has both rotating and swing- ing movements. Type "A" Hoist equipped with special fea- tures is suitable for the most delicate work, and with the exception of hoist fitted with our Mason Automatic Valve, described on page 316, Fig. 436 is the most sensitive hoist made. Type "A" Hoist with Brass Cylinder 3 inches to 6 inches Diameter THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 315 TYPE "B" AIR HOISTS Type "B" hoists have the same designs of cylinders, pistons and other vital parts as in Type " A." Valve has automatic oiler. Exhausts direct. Hook is forged on end of piston rod, which reduces the length of the hoist to the minimum. The special attachments of Type "A" hoists may be supplied at additional prices as listed below : Swivel hook $2.00 Type " A " valve with speed regulator and safety check ........ 2.00 Automatic cut-off . , 400 Exhaust attachment 2.00 Add amounts for items wanted to quota- tions for standard Type " B " hoist. Write for further information. Fig. 437 Type " B " Hoist with Brass Cylinder from 3 to 6 inches Diameter Fig. 43S Valve Parts Valve embodies every essential feature. Few parts, accurately machined, automatic adjustment for wear, auto- tnatic lubrication. This Valve is the Most Satisfactory on the Market 516 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY MASON AUTOMATIC VALVE Fig. 439 Mason Automatic Valve Patented 1S9S Load positively sustained at any point. When load is raised and main valve closed, air passes through hose (shown in cut) and clamps auxiliary- valve letter to piston rod, the slightest movement of which automatically operates auxiliary valve and makes compensation in air pressure. It stands unequaled in design, workmanship and efficiency. It is in- valuable in foundries, machine and boiler shops, in packing plants, at punch, shears and wherever necessary to sustain loads for any length of time without variation in position. Can be applied on type "A" hoist without au- tomatic cut-off and on special type " B." Spring Closing Device As illustrated, fur- nished when specially ordered. Closes valve instantly when released pj^ ^ and prevents waste of sp^j^g ci^j^j^g. air. Device Fig. 441 — Our Regular Valve Complete THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 317 CYLINDER. AIR. HOISTS The table below gives standard sizes with capacities and other data. The capacity varies in proportion to the pressure — the quantity of free air is directly proportional to the load. Factor of safety allowed is ample for all sizes for the maximum rated capacity. Table of Sizes 1 Approximate Sizes Capacities. .\dd to stroke to Approximate 1 -Shipping Weights get Shortest Net Amount of of Hoists for Home and •\ Distance between Bearing Points of Hooks Free Air Used in One Four"P'oot Foreign Shipment Inside Diam. of Cylinder Nominal Trifling- Capacity in lbs at Air Pressure of from 6o to loo lbs. Lift. In Cubic ]-"eet. Standard Hoists, ( ft Stroke Add for each add'l J 2 inches ofStroke. Type A Type 1! L,bs. Lbs. c 3Min- 350 to 600 20 in. ll^ in. 1.2 to 2. no 10 c 4 " 650 to 1,100 iS " 1034 " 1.4 to 26 120 15 5 " 1,000 to 1,700 18 " 10% " 2.7 to 4.2 i-';o 20 1 ' 6 »' 1,500 to 2,500 205^ " I2l«^ " 39 to 5.9 175 25 61^" 1,700 to 2,800 20-^^ " I2lg " 4.6 to 7. 190 28 7 " 2,000 to 3,300 21 \ " ^3H " 5.5 to S. 200 30 ^ , 7%" 2,300 to 4,000 23% " 14)^2 " 6. to 9.2 220 35 ' 6 " 1,500 to 2,500 20-^^ " I2l^ " 3-9 to 5.9 425 40 • M 7 " 2,000 to 3,300 2134 " ^3H " 5.5 to 8. 475 60 0) 8 " 2,500 to 4,500 23H " I4>R " 7. to 10 8 625 TOO 1 9 " 3,500 to 5,500 2',y2 " T6J4 " 8.5 to 13. 700 no *>» lO " 4,000 to 7,000 26 " I7K " II. 2 to 17 I 775 120 O < 12 " 6,000 to 10,000 26%: " 18 " 15.4 to 23.6 1,000 145 G 14 " 8,000 to 13,000 30M " iq'^s " 21.3 to 32 S 1,200 160 O i6 " 10 000 to 18,000 31 .H " 281| " 27.9 to 42 2 1 ,650 175 •** i8 " 12,000 to 23,000 59^4 " 34^4 " 35-4 to 54.3 1,900 200 S 20 " 16,000 to 28,000 41^ " 37J^ " 42.2 to 65 6 2,300 250 2\. " 24,000 to 40,000 42 " 38 " 62 6 to 96. 3i250 300 used. Hoists with lifts from 4 feet to 8 feet are standard sizes ordinarily Horizontal, telescopic, compound hoists, etc., at special prices. Prices on Request 318 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY HOSE TROLLEYS Prices Quoted on Request on Hose, Hose Trolleys, Wire and End Connections or Tracks. Simplest Construction. Best Results Fig. 442. Standard Hose Trolley, Fig. 443. Hose Trolley, Swivel Type Fig. 444. "I" Beam Hose Trolley THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 319 AIR RECEIVERS Air Receivers are made for 110 Pounds Working Pressure Construction throughout is of best steel plate with flange steel heads. All receivers are subjected to a test of 150 pounds hydrostatic pressure before shipment. They are equipped with Safety Valve, Flanges for Inlet and Discharge pipes, Pressure Gauge and Drain Cocks. The Following are Standard Sizes size Capacity Cubic Diameter Inlet and Diameter Safely Diameter Height Feet Pi pes Valve I 26 in. 3 ft. 6 in. 12 I'i in. I in. 2 30 " 6 " " 30 2 " J , / «i 3 36 " 6 " " 42 2 " 1J2 " 4 36 " 8 " " s6 2,' 3^ " 2 " 5 42 " 8 " " 76 3 " 2 " 6 42 " 10 " " 96 4 " 2 I,' .. 7 48 " 12 " " 150 5 " 2;2 " Fig. 445 They may be either vertical or horizontal. The vertical type will be furnished unless other- wise specified. HORIZONTAL HOIST Horizontal hoists are de- signed for locations w here there is not sufficient head room for vertical hoists or where they are more easily supported in this position. Air hoists may be applied to existing cranes by pur- chaser and are furnished with brackets for attachment to frame in any position, with this idea in view. Fic. 446 320 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY STANDARD AUTOMATIC COMPRESSORS Single Stage Single Acting Fig. 447 Table of Standard Automatic Compressors Actual ca pacity of machine in cub. ft. of free air per mill. at speed given. Size of Air Cylinder Approximate Horse Power required at listed capacity. 40 pds. 60 pds. 80 100 pds. pds. Shipping weights. Do- mest. For- eign. B elt-Driver I, Single Stage 25 6x6 50-80 140 .196 32x38 3'-9'^ 32x6 2 iX 31 3.S 4-5 5-0 1,260 1,410 25 50 { 6x6 ) I Sub-Base S 8x8 80-100 50-80 140 125 .196 •456 32x47 44^54 4'-4^^ 5'V^ 32x6 44x8 2 -•14 IX 31 6.2 3-8 7.8 4-5 9.0 5.0 lO.O 1,450 2,675 1,720 2,900 50 { 8x8 ) I Sub-Base \ 80-110 125 ■456 44x65 5^-8- 44x8 2H IX 6.2 7.8 9.0 lO.O 3.325 3,710 75 9x9 1 9x9 ^ I Sub-Base ) 8x 12 10 X 12 13 X 12 50-80 125 .662 52X 5'-r 52x9 3 2 9-3 11.7 13.6 15.0 3,300 3,700 75 75 125 200 80-110 90-110 70-90 25-40 -5 1 20 120 120 662 .70 1.09 1.S4 52X 60x72 60x72 6on;72 7'-4- 7'-4" 52x9 60x10 60x10 60X 1 3 3/2 4 2 2 2 2'< 9-3 24 -5 11.7 19.5 13.6 13.6 22.5 15.0 15.0 24.5 4,100 6,200 6,400 6,600 4,600 7,120 7,400 7,600 Belt-Driven, Double Stage 100 200 13- 8x12 90-110 120 .9260x72 16-10x16 90-1101201.8666x92 7'-4'''6oxio 3_^ 2 8'-7'Y^6xi5 5 "2,14 1 7.0 j 1 8.5 '6,6001 7,230 34.0 37.oJ9,Soo] 1 1,400 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 321 CURTIS COMPRESSORS-SINGLE STAGE 6x6 Inches and 8x8 Inches and Larger Sizes We recommend one of our Standard Single-Acting and Single Stage Compressors of the two sizes, viz., with cylinders 6x6 inches, and 8x8 inches, and of capacities respectively of 25 and 50 cubic feet per minute. These Compressors are rem.arkable for their extreme simplicity in that they are single-acting, self-oiling, and built so as to eliminate stuffing boxes and cross-heads. The crank shaft is made of steel and runs in chain oiling boxes. Connecting rods have removable phosphor bronze bushings at the upper wrist pin, and have standard marine crank ends. The water jackets completely surround the cylinders, cylinder heads and valve cases. As the pistons are of the trunk pattern and to some extent self-cooling, we are enabled to secure 80 percent more cooling sur- face than is possible with any double-acting type. The valves are of the poppet gravity t3'pe and work without springs. The valves and governor are in the same case and are not built into the machine itself. The governor is automatic in its action, and will maintain a desired pressure in the reservoir ver}^ closely. This governor does not stop the running of the machine, but simply relieves the compressor of its load. It works on a variation of about two pounds. The machine is self-contained, easily lubricated, and practicall}- dust proof. We shall be pleased to quote on these Single Stage Compressors, which we build either with or without sub-base, loose pulleys or govern- ors, as desired. Write to Us for List of Users 322 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FOUNDRY ELEVATORS Compressed Air and Hydro-Pneumatic Elevators Fig. 448 The application of air hoists for elevator service is worthy of consideration wherever com- pressed air is available. It offers a ver}' simple and safe method for the operation of elevators for foundries and similar purposes. Water may be used in combi- nation with air in the hydro- pneumatic type of elevator. Steam may be substituted for air, but is not recommended on ac- count of unavoidable losses occasioned in the use of steam in this way. Platform has oak frame, thoroughly braced with tie rods and straps, and fitted with our improved roller guides. Cylin- der is furnished read}^ to bolt to foundation and framing ; is fitted with proper valve arranged to cut off automatically at top and bottom of lift. Necessary hoist- ing rope and sheaves, for lead as shown, and hardwood guide strips are supplied. The eleva- tor is complete, ready to set up and operate on proper power being supplied. Standard sizes are given in table, but platform and height of lift may be changed to suit purchasers' conditions. Capacity. Standard Size of Platform. standard Lift. 1,000 lbs. 2,000 " 4,000 " 6,000 " 4x1; feet. 5x6 '• q X 6 " 5x6 " 12 feet. 12 " 12 " 12 " Complete drawings of installation furnished when order is placed. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 323 FOUNDRY ELEVATORS. FiC. 449 Belt Power, Worm Geared, Hoisting Machine The use of a well designed and substantially constructed modern elevator operated by power will pay better returns to the foundry than almost any other item of equal expense. There is a great saving in labor, and the output of the foundry may be largely increased by the installation of a practical elevator. The machines described on the following pages are designed for hard service, the construction is simplified to the greatest possible extent, and liability of repairs reduced to the minimum. We design and furnish all kinds operated by steam, compressed air or electricity. All standard machines are self contained. Installation is readily accomplished by ordinary mechanics. Many years' experience, during which improvements have been steadily adopted, and the widespread use of our elevators is a sufficient guarantee of their serviceability. Table of Standard Sizes Size of Platform Lift I)iatiutt-r of Diuiu Diameter of Sheaves BeU Power Elevators. Capacitj- Size of Pulleys Speed of I'ulleys Kevohitions per mill. Speed of Lift. Feet per niiu. Horse Power 2000 lbs. 400O '' c;x6 ft. 5x6 " 12 to 20 ft 12 to 20 " iS'< in. i8;2 " 15 in. lSx4 in. 1SX4 " 2S5 250 20 20 4 6 Speed of lift and horsepower of electric elevators will be .specified in proposals. 324 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY ELECTRIC AND BELT POWER. ELEVATORS Spur Geared *3'>|.- . ^--'tiKs-^'-A I''lG. ^ V> Belt Power Spur Geared Hoisting Machine Hoisting machine is self-contained. Cast iron frame is compact and of ample strength. Spur gears alone are employed ; all gears except drum gear have machine cut teeth. Drum is of large diameter and grooved to take entire length of hoist- ing rope without double wrapping. An improved brake is furnished which automatically sustains the load at all times ; the braking action being proportional to the load on cage. "When operated by electric motor, frame is modified to suit and back gearing introduced. Pulleys for belt power elevators are of liberal dimensions. Loose pulleys have babbitted hubs. Belt shifter is adjustable for various angles of belt within 90°. Operation is controlled by means of hand rope. Automatic stop cuts off power at top and bottom of lift. Table of Standard Sizes Size of Platform Lift Diam- eter of Drum Diam- eter of Sheaves Belt Power Elevators Capacity Size of Pulley Speed of Pulley.s. Revolutions per mill. Speed Horse- of Lift Power 4000 ft 6000 ft 1 0000 ft 5x6 ft. qxe" 6x7" T 2 to 20 ft. 12 to 20 " 12 to 20 " 24 in. 24 " 30 " ic, in. 18 " 24 " 24x41.2 in. 24x4 li " 30x6-4^ "• 230 230 200 20 20 20 6 N 13 Speed of lift and horsepower of electric elevators will be specified in propo.sals. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 825 ELECTRIC SPUR GEARED HOISTING MACHINE -^^" Fig. 451 Electric and Belt Power Elevators Spur Geared or Worm Geared Hoisting machine is self contained. Cast iron frame is compact and well designed ; arranged to bolt on top or underneath head timbers. Worm and wheel have machine cut teeth and run in oil. Gearing is incased in cast iron, dust proof cover. Drum is of large diameter and grooved to take entire length of hoist- ing rope without double wrapping. When operated by electric motor, frame is mounted on substantial base which also supports motor. Back gears with machine cut teeth pro- vide the necessary reduction of speed. They are mounted so as to reduce .space occupied by gearing to most compact form. Brake is automatic in action and sustains the load at all points. Pulleys for belt power elevators are mounted directly on worm shaft. Loose pulleys have babbitted hubs, and brake is furnished in connection with tight pulley. Belt shifter is adjustable for various angles of belt within 90°. Oper- ation is controlled by means of hand rope ; automatic stop cuts off power at top and bottom of lift. 326 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY ELECTRIC AND BELT POWER. ELEVATORS General Fig. 452 Electric, Worm Geared Hoisting Machine (Motor, With Cover Removed. Controller at the Back, All bearings are babbitted, and provided with improved lubricating devices. Steel shafting is used. Standard crucible cast steel, flexible hoisting rope is furnished. For electric elevators, motors are compound wound, four pole, revers- ible, enclosed tj-pe, with self-oiling bearings. Automatic self-starter in- sures safe operation. Controlling ropes within convenient reach at any point of lift. Stops at top and bottom of lift cutoff power automatically. The electric brake is operated by a solenoid in circuit with the hoist- ing motor and will automatically come into action when the current is off the hoisting circuit. Hoisting machine is designed to be located on timber framework directly over elevator well, but location may be changed to suit conditions. An additional charge will be made for guide sheaves and brackets and extra hoisting rope. Complete elevator includes hoisting machine, necessary hoisting rope for direct lift, controller rope with guide sheaves and brackets, standard oak platform, as described on following page and hardwood guide strips, all ready to set up and operate when proper belts are furnished and power supplied. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 327 Fig- 453 Standard Elevator Platform Two Tons Capacity ELEVATORS Standard Platform for Elevators The construction of our standard platform is well illustrated in cut op- posite. Oak timber is used through- out and all joints are tenoned or bolted. Tension and brace rods effectual- ly tie the frame together and prevent it from getting out of shape. Cast iron brackets connect head beam with side pieces. Guide brackets at top and bottom of side frame are fitted with rollers on both face and sides which bear against hardwood guide strips. The platform is thus maintained in proper position and friction of guides is reduced to a minimum. Safety Catch The wrought iron yoke over head beam formed with loop for attach- ment of hoisting rope, or carrying sheave, as shown in cut, bears against a flat steel spring on its under side, and is connected with levers in such a way that dogs are free when elevator is in service and suspended by hoisting rope. In case of breakage of rope the spring comes into action and dogs are thrown out and engage the guide timbers and hold the plat- form firmlj'. Dogs have steel points. This arrangement will commend itself as a simple and reliable means for insuring the safety of operators or prevention of damage to property. Steel Frame If desired a structural steel frame may be supplied at an additional cost. Prices will be made on elevators with special platforms, and with different heights of lift than specified in tables, when desired. In ordering always locate countershaft, if belt power is employed, give exact height of lift, position of hoisting machine and entrance to platform in relation thereto. Complete drawings are supplied, showing clearly the method of erecting. Prices on application. 328 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY SYSTEM 2IA INCHES Fig. 454 /227 ef QvAOfft»r Fig. 455 a M B Q Q B fSl. 20/?. I I SECTION] Fig 456 J HI Fig. 457 /239 TWO THfmvl -iWITCH Fig. 458 jtW^SSSMK N yjjjj.tjj.i.jiii y 9ZD3J0. 9«° Crossing 673.^° Crossing 45° Crossing Fig. 459 Straight and curved track, switches and crossings kept in stock, ready for immediate shipment. They are ready to lay immediately on arrival on the ground. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 329 INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY SYSTEM Flexible Wheel Base Cars Our cars have a flexible wheel base, the axles taking a radial position on a curve, the wheels and the radius of the curve being so proportioned that there is no slipping on the rails to cause a waste of energy in friction. The principle on which these cars turn a curve is illustrated in cut No. 1377. A cylinder rolls on a plane in a straight line, without sliding friction ; a cone also rolls wdthout sliding friction on a plane, but in a cir- cular direction. If a pair of wheels rigidly fixed on an axle running on a curve have the same diameter as the cone would have at each rail, they are virtually portions of the cone, and the wheels would run around the curve without sliding friction, the axles taking a radial position. N9 1377 Fig. 460 Eight- Wheel Flat Car Fig. 461 For handling long, heavy or hulky articles. Has the advantage of distributing heavy loads on more wheels, and on a light track carries double the load that can be carried on a tour-wheel car. AH Standard Sizes are kept in stock from which prompt shipments can be made. 330 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY INDUSTRIAL RAILWAY SYSTEM Charging Cars I'lG. 40^ For bringing coal from storage bins to boiler rooms and retort houses. Is a convenient and economical way of carrying coal to the boiler room. Tip Cars ViCr. 4^;, For handling all varieties of bulk material used in manufactories. Econom- ical and convenient. Especially suitable for dumping into a pit or from a trestle. Self-Dumping Cars Fig. 464 For use on elevated track, for handling coal. Cars dump on both sides. The easiest running and most satisfactory cars for carrying bulk material. THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 331 CRANES OF ALL DESIGNS We present the following pages containing illustrations, reproduced from photographs, of various cranes in actual service. These engravings will give some idea of the construction and utility of our cranes. Designs are developed on scientific lines, but with close attention to practical details of construction and operation. Types are standardized and particular features are uniformly adhered to. Special consideration is given to the feature of accessibility. All shaft bearings on Electric Travelers have caps, and any shaft may be re- moved without disturbing other parts. Ample space is provided for motors, bearings, etc. Factor of safety is always fully maintained. All construction, except motors and controllers, is produced m our own shops. Electrical apparatus is obtained from manufacturers qual- ified in all respects to obtain most successful results for service required. Frequently motors of same make may be used for cranes as for the shop equipment, which is of considerable advantage in attention and repairs, if necessary. In the list of users of our cranes will be noted the names of many leading concerns whose judgment in selection of cranes cannot be questioned. When it is considered in addition that successive orders have frequently been received, it must be appreciated that our cranes have decided features of merit. 332 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY JIB CRANES Single Under-Braced Jib Cranes Usually the Single Braced Jib (Type A.) can be constructed at a lower cost than any other type. It represents the simplest form of jib crane and is adapt- able in nearly all locations. Type A Triple Under-Braced Jib Cranes The Triple Braced Frame is most suitable for locations requir- ing ample clearance under the jib and proportionally large radius of jib. Type B Top-Braced Jib Cranes The Top-Braced Jib is adapt- ed to high ceilings and to yard use. It possesses the advantage of a perfectlj' clear space under the jib. This type is most highl}' recommended where installation is at all feasible. Type C Fop Prices Give Height of Mast, Length of Jib, Type of Frame, Most Available Power and Class of Work THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 333 BRACKET CRANES Traveling Bracket Crane Carrying Pneumatic Riveter 334 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY u O 5 "3 u *3 <3 B O H E THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 335 HAND POWER TRAVELERS Hand Power Traveling Crane Chain Sprocket Hoist Chain Sprocket Hoist Traveling Cranes are used in connec- tion with a free trolley, which contains the hoisting gear operated with two speeds. All movements are controlled from the ground by means of pendant chains operated by hand. All chains are of uniform pitch, accurately fitting the sprocket wheel. Where a bridge or trolley platform is used they are operated by hand cranks. This type of crane is for all capacities, is standard construction, and is used in power houses for placing machinery and making repairs; in mills for handling operating machinery, and valuable in other situations where occasional service only is required. It is perfectly reliable in construction and can be installed at a minimum expense. The Standard Power Station Crane for Electric Railways and Electric Light Plants 336 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY B 9 C O o e bO e O •a B X THE S. O B E R M A YE R' CO M P A N Y 337 *- ^ 338 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 339 J£ U 3 H o o M u. I B S £ u % ■a O o ^1 w o S r. O c O '5 V s 0> 340 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANV 341 342 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OUR TRAFFIC DEPARTMENT The importance of giving especial attention to the handling, routing and rating of shipments, proper presentation and prosecution of claims, etc., is recognized by leading industries throughout the country, and the advantages to the customer are obvious in dealing with a firm where such matters are Systematically Handled by a Special Department. Shipments in Transit are Carefully Watched and if delayed are immediately traced, located and delivered. Claims for loss or damage are promptly investigated, information furnished as to most direct routing, proper rating, etc., and the resources of the Department are in- stantly and constantly at the customer's service. All correspondence with reference to shipments should be addressed to our Traffic Department. Use cipher code if necessary, pages 365-369. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 343 WE CAN TELL YOU HOW TO SAVE MONEY IN YOUR. BLACKSMITHING DEPARTMENT In nearly every manufactory in which iron or steel is used in construction, there is a great amount of bending of these materials which is accomplished by hand, simply because it would hardly pay to buy expensive power machinery, or because the power machinery in use necessitates the outlay of too much time and expense in making and setting forms, to warrant its use on any but large jobs. To handle this class of work we are manufacturing and handling a line of low- priced Hand Bending Tools — machines that are daily earning the title *' money savers" in many shops throughout the country. ANGLE BENDERS Built in Two Sizes No. 1 Bends flat stock up to 2 inches wide by ^-inch thick» and round or square stock up to ^-inch. Bends ^ x i inch and under edgewise. Price, with one set of dies $18.00 Set of dies for light edge bending, . . $ 2.00 Clean, square corners re- |i^|/ suit from the use of these yy\ machines. Many light jobs Fig. 465 can be bent cold. Their money saving ability is especially evident in the ease and rapidity with which they can be set to take difierent sizes of stock and to bend angles of different degrees. Especially adapted for bending LININGS for SNAP FLASK work in FOUNDRIES. No. 2 Patented July 1"), 1902 Bends flat stock up to 4 inches wide by 1^ inch thick, and round or square stock up to iX inch. Bends ^ by i^ inch stock and under edgewise. Bends angle iron if a triangular piece of stock is cut from the upper wing. The No 2 angle bender takes work of an astonishing range for a hand machine, and will be found highly valuable in many shops. Price, with two full sets of dies, $30.00 Special Dies Up to 24 Inches High Made to Order. Prices on Application 344 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY OBERMAYER EYE BENDERS -www> Built in Three Sizes No. 1 takes stock up to and including 'i inch. inches, outside diameter. Price, $20.00 Bends rings and eyes up to aj-j No. 2 takes stock up to and including i^ inch. Bends rings and ejes up to 3 inches, outside diameter. Price, $25,00 No. 3 takes stock up to and including i^g inches round or square. Bends eyes up to 7 inches, outside diameter. Price, $40.00 These machines bend hot stock and turn out perfect eyes and hooks, uniform in character and size. Our system of gripping tlie end of the stock and carrying it around a forming pin enables the operator to turn eyes on the ends of long rods. Their money saving ability is especially evident in the ease and rapidity with which they can be set to take different sizes of stock and to bend diiierent forms. Ease and quickness of adjustment, simplicity and rapidity of operation, wide ranges of adaptability — these are the main points of advantage which render them valuable. If yoti are in doubt as to which of the different patterns of these tools is most suited to your needs, or if you have work which you think will require special ma- chines or parts, send us drawings, blue prints, sketches or samples of the work you have to bend, with dimensions, and we will tell you definitely what we can do to meti your requirements. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 845 Stock Room Chicago Warehouse View of One Floor of Equipments SUNDRIES Bolts, Stove. Core Flour (mixtures,) Core Sand. Dextrine. Diamond Pattern Lumber. Dolomite. Drop Doors, Cupolas. Excelsior Facing. Eye Shields, Mica. Fire Mortar. Fire Stone. Flint. French Molding Sand. Ground Silica. Gum Shellac. Hammer, Sledge. Hoisting Rope. Limestone. Linseed Oil. Low Grade Flour. Malleable Iron Fur- naces. Mica for Cupola Holes. Pattern Lumber. Powdered Glue. Red Dog Flour. Sand Driers. Steel Sand. Stove Polish Mtriol. 346 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY SWIVELED TYPE TRUCK LADLES Fig. 467 These Truck Ladles are made with capacities of 500 pounds and one ton. UNIVERSAL PATTERN MAKERS' VISES Easily operated and practically the most convenient and economic vises on the market today. They are made in three sizes. Fig. 46S Metal Pattern Makers' They can be quickly adapted to any .required position. Wood Pattern Makers* (different view) Write for further information and prices THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 347 MOLDING SAND OF ALL KINDS WE FURNISH Cincinnati Sand Newport Zanesville Sandusky Centerton Albany French Brass Molding Sand Steel Silica Sand Heavy Machinerj- Castings. Medium and Light Castings. Large and Small Cores. Piano Plates. Geared Wheels. Suitable Radiators. Stove Plate Castings. Snap Work. Car Wheels. Light and Heavy Brass Castings. Light and Heavy Malleable Castings. Steel Castings. for ALSO Hard Silica Rock. Crushed Rock. Fire Sand. Fire Mortar. Ground F'lint. Ground Ganister.' Ground Quartz. Crushed Ganister. Ground Silica Rock. Welsh Mountain Clay. Welsh Mountain Rock. White Core Sand. Core Gravel. Kaolin. Lake Sand. River Sand. We own and operate Sand Banks and Quarries in different parts of the LTnited States, and our .shipping facilities are such that we can furnish material suitable for your class of work, making shipments from the point nearest to the manufacturer. Correspond with us, stating kind and quality of castings you manufacture and we can determine the sand most suitable for your work. 348 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY MOLDING SAND SUITABLE FOR STEEL CASTINGS Silica Sand, Quartz, Gannister, Silica Rock, Welsh Mountain Fire Clay, and Core Sand Our Eastern quarries are situated in the heart of the well known district of Pennsylvania, noted for its superior quality of Silica Sand. Our facilities for handling and grinding this kind of material are unsur- passed. We have the most modern and up-to-date plant of its kind, and by our improved cleaning process we extract the Kaolin and our product analyzes 98 to 99% Silica. This material can be furnished in any degree of fineness, absolutely dry when so ordered, and free from loam and all organic matter. Cores when made properly do not break or blow in the casting, and when rapped readily peel or rattle out. Our high Silica Sand is used extensively by steel manufacturers on bottom of furnace beds, and gives excellent satisfaction. The following brands may be used for : r Obermayer's Heavy Steel Silica Sand. Green Sand j " Esso" Steel Silica Sand. Molds ] Welsh Mountain Clay. I Silicaceous Clay. r " Esso " White Silica Sand. Hard Silica Rock. Ground Silica Rock. Special Steel Mold Wash. Silica Flour. Welsh Mountain Clay. Ground Silica Wash. We can furnish any kind, suit- able for heavy, medium, or light castings. Crushed Welsh Mountain Rock. Silica Sand. Fine Grade Crushed Gannister. Core Sand { Lake or River Sand. White Fine Crushed Silica Rock, washed, screened and thoroughly dried if desired. I, Capacity four to five cars per day. Our mills are situated direct at the quarries along side of Pennsylvania Railroad track, and our shipping facilities cannot be excelled. Our Western shipments are made direct from the Massillon District from which mines we are shipping all kinds of Molding and Core Sand for small or large steel castings. When wish- ing information regarding Open Hearth, Bessemer, Basic or Crucible Steel Molds, write us for prices and samples. Dry Sand Molds THE S. o'=?'^'^'^'''^YPR COMPANY 349 TO THE HOLDERS! WE HAVE IN STOCK Ready for Immediate Shipment STANDARD REFERENCE BOOKS Regarding the Melting of IRON. BRASS OR STEEL. THESE BOOKS ARE OF GOOD VALUE TO YOU - Note the FoUowing : Shipped with Charges Paid to Any Point in America American Foundry Practice-By Thos. D. West. Price $2.50 vol. net. Treats of loam and dry sand and green sand molding and management of Cupola., Molders' Text Book— By Thos. D. West. Price $2.50 vol. net. Treats of Cupolas, best method of handling and melting iron. Modern Molding and Pattern Making- By J. P. Mullix. Price $2.50 vol. net. Treats of pattern shop and foundry work. Practical Iron Founding— Price $1.50 net. A condensed treatise on molding with practical rules. Founding of Metals— By Edward Kirk. Price $2.50 vol. net. A treatise on melting, together with mixtures of metals. The Iron Founder— By vSimpson Bolaxd. Price $2.50 vol. net. A treatise on molding, shrinkages, pressure of molds, etc. Iron Foundry Supplement -By Simpsox Bolaxd. Price $2.50 vol. net. Illustrated— regarding foundry eq-uipment. Practical Brass and Iron Founders' Guide-By James Larkix. Price $2.50 vol. net. Treats of brass founding and mixture of metals. Cupola Furnace -By Edward Kirk. Price $350 vol. Best method of management of cupola, placing tuyeres, lining, etc. Cast Iron— By Wm. J. Keep. 225 pages, Svo., cloth, prke $2.50 net. A record of original research. Other techmcal books secured when desired, and furnished at lowest Jobbers' Prices 350 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY PIG IRON ALL THE LEADING BRANDS FOUNDRY COKE BLACKSMITHS' COAL COPPER TIN LEAD ZINC ANTIMONY MANGANESE ALL THE ABOVE METALS AT LOWEST PRICES MIXED CARLOADS A SPECIALTY fORTY^OLID MILESofFOUNDRYBiCINGS, rOUNDRYSUPPLIESPLUNBACaBlACKLEAD. CINCINNATI, O. CHICAGO, ILL PITTSBURG, PA. C/e/?er(?/C^/ces: (d//?c//?/?3//. O FULL CARLOADS. - - • 4.410 NET Tons. 80.291 POUNDS. .... 160.582.000 an average of 30.000 pounds per car. equals 5.353 cars. •■ 30 Cars to the Train. Equals 178 Trainloads. •• 34 Fee-t to a Car. allowing usual space ween cars and length of engines, these trains would extend FORTY MILES THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY FAN TYPE BLOWERS 351 Table of Speeds and Capacities as applied to Cupolas 11 X 3 O CO •F£5 Diameter Inside of Cupohi. in Inches Z t-i I. = Speed— No. of RcvoIu tions per Minute Mel tin jr Capacity in Lbs. per Hour Cubic Feet of Air Required per Minute J. K 3 '^ 1z Speed— No of Revolu- tions per Minute Melting Capacity in Lbs.' per Hour Cubic Feet of Air Required per Minute 4 4 20 8 4732 1545 666 9 5030 1647 717 5 6 25 S 4209 2321 773 10 4726 2600 867 6 « 30 8 3660 3093 951 10 4108 3671 1067 7 14 35 S 3-! 44 4218 i486 10 3642 4777 1668 8 18 40 8 2948 5425 2199 10 3310 6082 2469 9 26 45 10 2785 7818 3203 12 3260 8598 3523 lO 3b 55 10 2195 II 295 4938 12 2413 1237S 543 ' II 45 65 12 I9S2 16955 7707 14 2116 18357 83SS "^ 55 72 12 1647 22607 10276 14 1797 25176 11144 12 75 84 12 1625 25836 1 1 744 14 1775 28019 12736 Table of Necessary Increased Pipe Diameters for Different Lengths Length of Pipe 30 Ft. foFt. 90 Ft. 120 Ft '50 Ft. 180 Ft. 210 Ft. 240 Ft. 270 Ft. ' 300 Ft. Diameter of Blower Outlet in inches £6.3 a<^ 5°-S u xi «l_ V li ^ *-' Q. SO.— 1- fU S^3 .5<- 5=1 ^ ii. M in Diameter of I'ipe should be 3 3H zV^ 4 4K 4^^ 4% 5 si< 5% 5^4 3'4 3^ 4^ ^'A 4^8 5 5J4 ^1^ 5«^ s% 6^ 4 4^8 4^ sh ^% S% 6 614 6;^ 6% 7 ^H 5 sh 5^ 6 6% 6% 7 7K 7H 7% 5 S'A 6 6>8 64^ 7>^ 7^^ 7% 8;^ 8 34 s% 6 Oh 7 7i^^8 8 8^^. 9 9H 9% 10^ ^0% 7 1% 8:^4 8^8 9>^ 10 io>^ lOj^s 11% 11% 12^ 8 8^ 9H 10^ 1034 i^'i "% I2?« 12% 13% 1 3% 9 10 10^ II>-2 12:^ 12% 1,3% 14 14^^ 153^ 155^ 10 II 11^8 12% 13^2 M>4 14^8 IS^-^ 16;^^ 1634 17% II 12 13 i3>& 14M 15^8 i6>^ 171^ ^1% i8i^ 1978 12 13^ hM ^sH i6is 17 17% ,85/« 19% 203^ 20% 13 14k 15:^8 i6}4 17H 18^ 19^ 2014 21 2tM 225^ '4 I5>^8 16H 17,^4 I8>8 19^4 20% 21% 225^ 23 M 24^-4 15 I6>^2 17^ 19 20l^ 2ll^ 22l^ 23K 24^ 2S3^' 26 16 I7>^2 19 20^8 21^ 22^8 23% 24% 25% 267^ 273^ ^l I7H 20^6 21 y2 22 3^ 24 2SJ4 263„ 271^ 28M 29 Ig 18 19^ 2i>a 22% 24k 25/^ 26% 27^8 29^ 3oJs 3'>4 19 20?8 22i/2 24 25 J^ 27 28^ 29.H' ^o% 3I>8 33 20 22 23 ^-fe 25M 27^8 28>i 29% 31 VA 33^^ 34>( 21 23 24^8 265/8 281^ 29?^ 31^ 3210 33^8 35K 36% 22 24^ 26^ 27/^8 29H 31 Jt 32 H 343^ 35IW 36^4 38^ 23 25^ 27M 29^ 3o!/8 32V2 .34'^ 35 h 37^ 38 H' 39% 24 263^ 281/^ 3o;'8 32M' 34 35^8 .37^4 3834 40M 4I?'8 Length of Pipe 30 ft. 60 ft. 90 It. 21 in 120 ft. 150 ft. 33 in 180 tt 210 ft 240 ft 48 in 270 ft.' 54 in 300 ft. 60 in Length of Mouth-piece 9 in 15 in 27 in 39 in 42 in 3o2 THE S. OBEKMAYEK COMPANY USEFUL INFORMATION To ftni' circumference of a circle multiply diameter by 3.1416. To find diameter of a circle multiply circumference by .31831. To find area of a circle multiply square of diameter by .7854. To find side of an equal square multiply diameter by .8S6.2. Doubling the diameter of a pipe increases its capacity four times. A gallon of Wc.ter (U. S. standard) weighs 8Vs pounds and contains 231 cubic inches. A cubic foot of water contains 7 14 gallons, 1,728 cubic inches, and weighs 62 Vj pounds. To find the pressure in pounds per square inch of a column of water, multiply the height of the column in feet by .434. Steam rising from water at its boilirig p.oint (212 degrees) has a pressure equal to the at- mosphere (14.7 pounds to the square inch). A standard horsepower: The evaporation of 30 jiounds of water I'.er hour from a feed water temperature o^ 100 degrees Fahrenheit into steam at 70 jounds gauge pressure. To ascertain heating surface in tubular 'boilers multiply two thirds the circumference of l)oiler by length of boiler in inches, and add to it the area of all the tubes. One-si.xth of tensile strength of plate multiplied by thickness of plate and divided by one- half the diameter of boiler gives safe working pressure for tubular boilers. For marine boilers .add 20 percent for drilled holes. To find the amount of air that can be produced by different size air cylinders: Find the .area of cylinder, and multiply that by the stroke, tlicn multiply the result by 2 if it is a .Straight Line Com))ressor, by 4 if a Duplex Compressor, or by 2 if a Compound Duplex Com- pressor. Divide this result by 1,728, which will give amount of air per stroke, and then multiply .by number of strokes per minute. To find approximate weight of iron for round bars multiply the square of the diameter in inches by the length in feet, and that product by 26. The product will be the weight in pounds, mearly. To find the approximate weight of iron for square and flat bars multiply the area of the end ■of the bar in inches by the length in feet, and then by 3 32. The product will be the weight ni pounds, nearly. To find the weight of cast iron balls when the diameter is given: :\Iultiply the cube of the diameter by .1377. To find the diameter of cast iron halls v. hen the weit'ht is given: ^Multiply the cube root of the weight by 1.936. To find the wci.Liht of a spherical shell : From the weight of a ball of the outer diameter subtract the weight of one of the inner diameters. To find the weight of grindstones: Square the diameter (in inches) multiplied by tliickness iin inches) then by the decimal .06363. The product will be the weight of the stone in pounds. Bars and Plates Iron: Multiply contents in cubic inches bv .27777 result will be weight in pounds, bteel •■ ■• •■ " ' .2S332 Copper " '■ ■■ ■■ .j2iiS " ■■ " " Brass " " " " .3:12 " " " " Lead " " " " .41015 " " " " Zinc " " " ' .25318 " " " " 'lin " " " ' .36562 " " " " Aluminum " " " " .09375 " " " " The circumference of a circle multiplied oy ,282 equals side of a square of same area. Useful in turning round tanks into square. To find contents in gallons of a square vessel: Multiply number of cylindrical inches by .0034 for wine gallons, by .002785 for ale gallons. To find contents in gallons of a vessel whose diameter is larger at one end than at the other: Multiply the largest diameter by the smaller in inches. Add one-third of the square of their difference, multiply that sum by the height, and multiply that product by .0034 for wine, 01 .002785 for ale gallons. To find capacity of a four sided vessel in gallons: Find cubical contents by multiplying the length, breadth and height in inches and divide product by 231. THE S. OBERMAYER COM PA MY WEIGHTS AND MEASURES Dry Measure Hmrts. riuts. c. allons. Cubic Inches. 3-' 64 S 2150. 8 16 2 537-6 I -; 0.25 67.2 0.5 i 0.125 33-6 4 C I 268.8 Struck Bushel. Pecks. A heap busheI=iJ-4 struck busliels. The cone in a heap bushel must be not less than 6 inches high. 36 bushels make 1 chaldron. Usually a barrel of U. S. Hydraulic Cement=3oo to 310 pounds, and genuine Portland =425 pounds. To change dry measure from U. .S. to Imperial, divide by 1.032. Cubic or Solid Measure 1728 cubic inches^i cubic foot. 27 cubic feet=i C(ubic yard. A cord of wood (4'x4'x8') = i28 cubic feet. A perch of masonry lO.j'xi.s'xi' =24.75 cubic feet, but is generally assumed at 25 cubic feet. I cubic foot of water makes about 1700 cubic feet of steam. I culiic foot=four-fifths of a bushel. Avoirdupois of Ordinary Commercial Weight 16 drams=i oz. 16 oz. ^i lb. :oo lb. ^i cwt. 20 cwt. ^i ton. 28 pounds^i quarter. 4 (juarters or 112 pounds=i cwt. 2240 pounds^! long ton. I pound^27 7-10 cubic inches of distilled water at 39° l-"alirenheit. Measure of Length 4 In. make i Hand. 3 Feet make i yard. 7.92 In. make i link. s'/i Yds. make i rod or pole. 18 In. make i cubit. 40 Poles make i furlong. 12 In. make i ft. 8 I'm-, make i mile. 6 Ft. make i fathom. 69 1-6 Miles make i degree. 60 Geographical miles make r degree. 1760 Yards, or 5280 feet, i mile. Measure of Surface 144 Square inches make i s(iuare foot. 9 Square feet make i square yard. 3054 Square yards make i rod, perch or pole. 40 Square rods make i square' rood. 4 Square roods make i s(]uare acre. 10 Square chains make i square arre. 640 Square acres make i square mile. Gunter's Chain equal to 22 yards or 100 links. 272^ Square feet make i square rod. 43,560 Square feet make i acre. 36 Seg. Cen. Fahr. 261 502 370 680 500 932 52s 977 700 1292 800 1472 900 1657 1000 1832 1 100 2012 1200 2192 1300 • 2372 1400 2552 1500 2732 1600 2912 Color. Light straw Dark straw Brown yellow Dark purple Tempering Steel Purpose. Turning tools for metal Wood tools, taps and 'dies Hatchets, chipping chisels Springs, etc. Teni. Fahr. Alloys w hose fusing point is same temperature. 430 I tin to I M lead 470 : tin to 21/2 lead 500 I tin to 4^ lead 550 I tin to 12 lead Average Temperatures Under Different Conditions BESSEMER PROCESS. Centrigrade Fahrenheit Degrees. Degrees. Running the slag 1580 2876 Running steel into ladle 1640 2984 Running steel into mold 1 580 2876 Annealing furnace, ingot in 1200 2192 Ingot under hammer 1080 1976 OPEN HEARTH PROCESS. Gas from producers 720 1238 Gas entering generator 400 752 Gas leaving generator 1200 2192 Air leaving generator 1000 1832 Fumes passing to shaft 300 572 End of fusion of charge 1423 2588 Refining the steel 1 500 2732 - Running into ladle, first 1 580 2876 Running into ladle, last 1490 2714 BLAST FURNACE— GRAY BESSEMER. Front of tuyere 1930 3506 At tapping 1 570 2858 Strength of Iron The mean strength of American wrought iron is 45,900 lbs.; English 43,900. Ultimate extension of iron is 600th part of its length. The working strain is from 1-6 to J4 the mean strength. Resistance to flexure actions evenly over the surface, equals ^ the tensile strength. Bars of wrought iron will expand or contract 151200th of their length for each degree of heat. With range of temperature of this country (minus 20 to plus 120°) =140°, will expand or con- tract 1080th part of its length, equal to the force of 20740 lbs., or 9J4 ton per sq. inch section. Tensile strength increases, in from i to 6 reheatings and rollings from 43904 lbs., to 60824 lbs., and in from 6 to 12, is reduced again to 43904. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 355 Melting Point, Weight per Cubic Foot, Weight per Cubic Inch, Tensile Strength and Specific Gravity of Metals The following table has been made after consulting various authorities. While not entirely correct, it is sufficiently so for comparison. Name. Melting Weight cu.ft. W point. Degrees. Aluminum 1 300 Alum, Bronze (10 percent) ...1700 Ajax Metal 1850 Antimony 790 Brass, common i 500 — 1900 Bronze 1850 Bismuth 518 Copjier iSs'o " Wire Crown Bronze 1850 Glass 1600 — 2300 Gun Metal (9 copper, i tin) 1850 Iron, Cast (Average) 2700 Iron, Pig (Average) 2200 — 3000 Iron, Wrought 3800 Iron, Wrought (welding) 2400 Lead 620 Manganese Bronze iSoo Nickel 2900 Phosphor Bronze 1850 Platinum 4500 Steel 2550 Tin Zinc 512 775 in ll)s. 162 4?5 545 418 539 545 616 550 555 545 iS . 545 45" '/^ 480/2 712 525 1342 550 1342 490 459 424 Cast cu. inch. Tensile strength 1. per sq. inch. Specific n Ibj gravity. o8q 23,000 2.600 .280 80,000 7.560 315 jCast 38,000 I Wire 96,000 8.400 .244 1,000 8.710 312 JCast 20,000 ( Wire 49,000 8.300 315 j Cast 32,000 I Wire 65,000 8.400 3 55 Cast 3,200 9.900 .3>8 S Cast 22,500 8 . 600 .32 ( Wire 60,000 8.800 ■315 J Cast 37.500 i Wire 90,000 8.400 180 3.000 315 JCast 32,000 8.400 ( Wire 90,000 16,000— -23,500 6.210 f ist. melting 18,000 -! 2nd. " 20,000 [Plates 5'2.000 .280 ) Bar, best 58,000 7.698 i Wire 95.000 ,410 J Cast 1,800 I Pipe 2.100 It. 330 300 S Cast 57,000 ( Rolled 105,000 8.400 .299 .320 .761 .286 .264 i Cast ( Wire Wire j Plates I Wire i Cast ( Wire JCast (Wire 38,500 96,000 53.000 60,000 120,000 4.600 7,000 2,900 20,000 8. loo 8.500 21 .842 7.919 7.300 6.860 WEIGHT AND STRENGTH OF METALS Comporative Weight of Metals Weight per square foot Heavier than one inch tliick. Iron, rolled 40.000 Steel " 40.833 Aluminum, rolled.. 14.126 Brass, rolled 43.68 Copper " 46. 51 Gold Lead Nickel Silver Tin Zinc 100.8 59.80 43-2 54-75 38. 37-6 2 percent 7 percent 13 150 50 36?^ " 5 66 APPROXIMATE PERCENTAGE. Length of a bar able to sup- Lighter than Kind of port its own iron. metals. wt. in. ft. Cast iron 5-35i Hard structural steel.... 23.040 62.91 percent Aluminum 23.040 Ordinary bronze 9-893 Wrought iron 15. 000 35(3 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY STRENGTH OF MATERIALS Ultimate Resistance to Tension In Pounds Per Square Inch METALS AND ALLOYS. ALUMINUM BRONZE. AVERAGE, lo percent W. and 90 percent co]iper 85000 ili " " " 98)4 " ■■ jSooo Brass, cast 1 8000 w ire 49000 Bronze or gnn metal 30000 Copper, cast igooo " sheet 30000 " bolts 36000 " wire, (iinaiinealed) 60000 Iron, cast, 13,400 to 29,000 v65oo " wire, black or annealed 56000 " " bright, hard drawn 78400 Lead, sheet 3300 Steel 45000 to 120000 " Aluminum, 2 1-5 percent Aluminum 70000 " copper, 35 percent copper 60000 " nickel, 3 ^4 percent nickel 86000 " cast, wire, crucible 224000 " " " Bessemer 89600 " " " high carbon 179200 " " " Mild. O. H 134000 The modulus of elasticity of steel from recent tests is from 27,000,000 to 31,000,000. Average, 29,000,000. Tin, cast 4600 Zinc 7000 to 8000 Ultimate Resistance to Compression. Metals Brass, cast 1 0300 Iron 85000 to 125000 Steel 45000 to 120000 Ultimate Resistance to Shearing. Metals Iron, cast 25000 Steel 50000 Shrinkage of Castings In making allowance for shrinkage in casting, pattern makers understand that different shapes will shrink diiferently. The standard table of allowance for shrinkage in use in the best shops in the country is as follows: For Loam castings 1-12 inch per foot. " Green sand caslings i-io " " " " Dry i-io " " " " Brass castings 316 " " " " Copper 3-16 " " " " Tin 1-4 " " " " Bismuth 5-32 " " " " Zinc 5-16 " " " " Lead 5-16 ' To Test the Quality of Iron If fracxure gives long, silky fibres of leaden gray hue, fibres, cohering and twisting together before breaking, it may be considered a tough, soft iron. A medium even grain mixed with fibres, a good sign; a short, blackish fibre indicating badly refined iron. A very fine grain denotes a hard, steady iron apt to be cold short, hard to work with a file. Coarse grain with a brilliant crystallized fracture, yellow or brown spots denotes a brittle iron, cold short working easy when heated, welds easily. Cracks on the edge of bars, sign of hot short iron. Good iron is readily heated, soft under the hammer, and throws out but few sparks. AH iron con- tains more or less carbon, the hardest the most. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 357 Breaking Strength of and Power Transmitted by Wire Ropes (42 Wire) liameter of Diameter of Revolutions per i5rcaking stress II orscpo wer N'clocity of Ropes, PuUevs, minute. of Rope per T ransmi ttcd. Ro))e in teet inches. feet. pound. per second. 7-16 5 100 4,260 8.6 26 15-32 6 100 5. 660 13-4 31 1-2 7 100 8,200 21. 1 30 5-8 8 100 1 1,600 27-5 42 5-8 8 120 1 1,600 33-0 50 5-8 5-8 9 100 1 1,600 51-9 47 9 120 1 1,600 62.2 56 1 1-16 10 100 15,200 73-0 52 I i-i6 10 120 15,200 87.6 62 1 1-16 10 140 I 5-200 102.2 73 1 1-16 12 100 15,200 1 16.7 63 3-4 12 120 17,600 148.9 75 3-4 12 140 17 600 173-7 87 3-4 14 100 17,600 185.0 73 3-4 ' > 14 120 17,600 222.0 87 3-4 15 120 17,600 300.0 94 To Preserve Wire Rope To preserve wire rope from wear or exposure, cover it thickly with linseed oil or with paint formed of equal parts linseed oil and Spanish brown or lampblack. If used under- water or under ground, the best preservative is made by adding to one barrel of tar one bushel of fresh slacked lime, boil well and while hot saturate the rope. Sawdust or oat- meal is sometimes added with good effect. TERMS APPLIED TO ELECTRICAL UNITS The electric units are as follows: \'OLT The unit of electrical motive force. Force required to send one ampere of current through one ohm of resistance. OHM Unit of resistance. The resistance offered to the passage of one ampere when impelled by one volt. AMPERI'- Unit of current. The current which one volt can send through a resistance of one ohm. COULOMB— Unit of quantity. Quantity of current which, impelled by one volt, would pass through one ohm in one second. FARAD Unit of capacity. A conductor or condenser which will hold one coulomb under the pressure of one volt. JOULE — Unit of work. The work done by one watt in one second. WATT The unit of electrical energy, and is the product of ampere and volt — that is, one ampere of current flowing under a pressure of one volt, gives one watt of energy. One electrical horsepower is equal to 746 watts. One kilowatt is equal to 1,000 watts. To find the watts consumed in a given electrical circuit, such as a lamp, multiply the volts by the amperes. To find the amperes, divide the watts by the volts. To find the electrical horsepower required by a lamp, divide the watts of the lamp by 746. To find the number of lamps that can lie supplied by one electrical horsepower of energy, divide 746 by the watts of the lamp. To find the electrical horsepower necessary, multiply the watts per lamp by the number ot lamps and divide by 746. To find the mechanical horsepower necessary to generate the required electrical horse- power, divide the latter by the efficiency of the generator. To find the amperes of a given circuit, of which the volts and ohms resistance are known, divide the volts by the ohms. To find the volts when the amperes and watts are known, multiply the amperes by the ohms. To find the resistance in ohms when the volts and amperes are known, divide the volts by the amperes. 858 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Valuable Practical Receipts and Compositions PLU.MRER'S SOLDER— Tin, 2 pounds, lead, 5 pounds. HARD SOLDER — ^Copper, 1 i)ound, zinc, 8 ounces. YELLOW SOLDER — Copper and zinc, equal parts. YELLOW BRASS — Zinc, 10 pounds, lead, 4 ounces, copper, 24 pounds. BRONZE METAL — Antimony, i pound, tin, 100 pounds, copper, 2 pounds. S1L\'ER COLORED METAL — Tin, 50 pounds, bismuth, i pound, antimony, 3 pounds, copper, 3 pounds. IMITATION SIL\'ER — Copper, 4 pounds, zinc, 4 ounces. WHITE METAL — Copper, 5 pounds, zinc, 3 pounds, lead, i pound, tin, i pound. METAL FOR TAKING IMPRESSIONS— Bismuth, 3 pounds, lead, i pound tin, 8 ounces. RIVET METAL — Tin, 5 jiounds, zinc, 2 pounds, copper, 10 pounds. TINNING ACID for BRASS or COPPER— Muriatic acid, i pound, give it all the zinc it will dissolve: add 4 ounces of sal ammoniac, i pint water. FOR TINNING BRAS.S — Water, 4 gallons, salt, i pint, cream tartar, i pound. MIXTURE for SILVERING METALS— Dissolve 2 ounces of silver in 3 grains of corrosive sublimate, add salt, 8 quarts, tartaric acid, 4 pounds. To Separate SIL\'ER from COPPER — Sulphuric acid, one part, nitric acid, one part, water, one part, then boil the metal in the mixture until it dissolves; add a little* salt and the silver will subside. COMMON PEWTER— Tin, 4 pounds, lead, i pound. QUEEN'S METAL — Tin, 9 pounds, antimony, i pound, lead, j pound, bismuth, i pound. IMOCK PLATINUM — Copper, 4 pounds, zinc, 18 pounds. TYPE METAL — Lead, nine parts, antimony two parts, bismuth, two parts. CEMENT FOR STOPPING HOLES IN CAST IRON— National Iron Filler Cement mixed with water until it is about the consistency of common paste, then it is ready for use. It should be kept in a dry place. Proportions of Various Compositions in Common Use In 100 Parts BABBITT METAL— Tin, 89, copper, 2.7, antimony, 7.3. FINE YELLOW BRASS— Copper, 66, zinc, 34. GUN METAL VALVES— Coppec, 90, tin, 10. WHITE BRASS— Copper, 10, zinc, 80, tin, 10. GERMAN SILV'ER — Copper, iz.z, zinc, 33.4, nickel, zz-i- CHURCH BELLS — Copper, 30, zinc, 5.6, tin, lo.i, lead, 4.3. GONGS— Copper, 81.6, tin, 18.4. LATHE BUSHES— Copper, 80, tin, 20. MACHINERY BEARINGS— Copper, 87.5, tin, 12.5. SHEATHING METAL— Copper, 56, zinc, 44. Safe Pressure on Bearings and Slides KIND OF JOURN.\L BEARING. Pressure per Sq. In. of Projected Area, p. Bearings on which the load is intermittent and the speed slow, such as crank-pins of shearing machines 3,000 pounds. Cross-head neck journals 1,300 " Crank-pins of large, slow speed engines 800 — 900 " Crank-pins of marine engines, usually 400 — 500 " Main crank-shaft bearings — marine engines (slow) 600 " Main crank-shaft bearings — marine engines (fast) 400 " Locomotive driving-axle journal 180 — 350 " Railway journals 200 " Fly-wheel shaft journals 1 5>i — -5o Small engine crank-pins 150 — -0° Slipper slide blocks, marine engines 100 Stationary engine slide blocks -2 5 — '-5 Stationary engine slide blocks, usually 30 — 60 Propeller thrust bearings S" — 7° Shaft in cast iron steps or seats i S THE S, OBERMAYER COMPANY 359 USEFUL RULES AND TABLES P-L- AN H. P. 33,000 P — Pounds Pressure per Square Inch L— Length of Stroke in Feet A— Area of Piston in Square Inches N— Number Revolutions per Minute Horsepower Horsepower is an amount of mechanical force capable of raising 33,000 pounds one foot high, per minute. Rule to find Horsepower of an Engine Area of piston in inches, multiply by pressure per square inch, multiply by speed of piston in feet uer minute, and that product divided by 33. ooo- , , , , The pressure per square inch should be the mean pressure throughout the stioke exerted on the piston, which can be found by attaching an indicator to the engine. The result will be what engineers term indicated horsepower. . r r • »• „f For the net eiTective horsepower, deduct from the above about one-quarter for friction ot *^^ WhJn"the^i''ndicator is not used, and in the calculation the boiler press'.ire is substituted for the mean effective pressure, deduct from the result obtained from 40 to 60 per cent, for lo^s by condensation and friction of steam in pipes and passages, decrease of pressure in cylinder due to expansion, back pressure of exhaust, and friction of the working parts For engines from 20 to 60 horsepower, an average of 50 per cent, may be deducted; for smaller engines more. . The mean pressure in the cylinder when cutting ot at 1-4 stroke equals boiler pressure multiplu.d by .597 1-3 3-8 1-2 5-8 2-3 3-4 7-~ 670 ■ 743 .847 .919 •937 .966 .992 The horsepower of boilers is best defined by the heating surface of a boiler and is different according to their construction. A tubular boiler will give one horsepower to every is square feet of heating surface; a flue boiler every 12 square feet, and a cylinder boiler 10 Iquarl feet gives one horsepower. There is no standard law governing the horsepower of steam boilers, but this rule is adopted by most experts as a fair rating. One cubic foot of water evaporated per liour=i nominal horsepower. 7 1-2 pounds of coal consumed per hour will evaporate 1 cubic foot of water=i horsepower. I square foot of grate will consume on average 12 pounds of coal per hour=i 610 horse- ''°''''.\ theoretically perfect steam engine consumes 66- 100 pounds of coal per hour, per horse- ''"^ ^Marine condensing engines consume 2 to 6 pounds of coal per horsepower. Fuel I pound of coal will evapor.ite from 7 to 10 pounds of water. I " dry pine wood " " 4 to 5 I ton of anthracite coal requires a space of 42 cubic feet. 1 " bituminous " " " 44 1 ** coke 150.35 cubic feet of air are required for the combustion of 1 pound of coal. 360 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY Belting Horsepower of a belt velocity in feet per minute, multiplied by the width the product •divided by i,ooo. I in. single belt moving at i.ooo feet per minute i H. P. I in. double " " "" 700 " " '" i H. P. It is desirable that the angle of the belt with the floor should not e.xceed 45. It is also desirable to locate the shafting and machinery so that the belts should run off from each shaft in opposite directions, as this arrr.ngement will relieve the bearings from the friction that would result when the belts all pull one way on the shaft. The diameter of the pulleys should be as large as can be admitted. The pulleys should be a little wider than the belt required for the work. Belts should be kept soft and pliable. For this purpose blood warm tallow, dried in by the Iheat of fire or the sun, is advised. Castor-oil dressing is also good. If possible to avoid it, connected shafts should never be placed one directly over the other, •as in such case the belt must be kept very tight to do the work. For this purpose belts should he carefully selected of v.ell stretched leather. Table of Arch Brick Inside Diameter, ft. 6 in. " o " " 6 " " o " " 6 " o " " 6 '• '• o " " 6 " o " 6 " o " ., g .> o " " 6 " o " " 6 " " o " " 6 " " o " " 6 " " o " " 6 " No. 3 .\rch. iS. 13- 4- No. 2 Arch. No. 13- 29. 41.4691 31- 21 . 10. 3073 Arch. Square. Total. 26. 33- 41. 49- 57. 64. 7-5398 So. R7. ^3- 95 30. 102. 38. 1 10. 45- 117. 53- 60. 68. 125- 13^- 140. 75- 83- 90. 98. 147- 155 162. 170 105. 177- 113- 185. 121. 193. 4691 Table of Wedge Brick Inside jiameter. No. 2 Wedge -> ft. in. 2 6 " 60.3187 3 " 48. 3 6 " 36. 4 " 24. 4 6 " ; 5.0637 S *' " 5 6 " 6 " " 6 •' 6 " 7 " " 7 6 " 8 " S 6 " 9 " 9 6 " :o " :o :; I .. 6 " " 12 c. 6 " " No. I i9-;e35 40. 59- 79- 98. 98. 98. 93. 98. q8. 98. 7-5398 15- 23- 30. 38. 46. - S3- bi. 68. 76. 83. 91. 60 68 76 83 91 08 106 113 12 1 12S 136 144 I 5 I 159 166 174 181 189 196 204 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 3<31 SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF VARIOUS SUBSTANCES Av.wt. NAMES OF SUBSTANCES. SpCC. Ibs.ptr Gravity, cu. ft. Aluminum, cast 2.60 162 Aluminum, hammered 275 Anthracite 1.40 — 1.70 " solid, of Pennsylvania 93 " broken, loose 54 " " moderately shaken .... 58 " heaped bushel, loose (80) Ash 825 5 J. So Asphallum i.io-i .20 S7 Beech 0.85 53 Brass, cast 8.4O — 8.70 504 " rolled 8.57 524 Brick 1.90 iiS Brick, common h:n-(l 1.53 — 2.30 125 Cedar 5.6: Cement, gound, loose 1.85 35 . 06 " hydraulic, ground, loose, American, Rosendale 56 Cement, hydraulic, ground, loose, American, Louisville .... 50 Cement, hydraulic, ground, loose, English, Portland 90 Charcoal 0.44 " birch 34 " fir 28 " oak 21 Green timbers usually weigh from one- fifth to one-half more than dry. Cherry, dry 0.76 — 0.84 42 Clay, dry 1.80 — 2.60 119 " lump, loose i-93 121 Coal, bituminous, solid 1.20 — i . 50 84 broken, loose _ 49 " " heaped bushel, loose. (74) Coke, loose, of good coal 0.55 26.3 " " heaped bushel (40) Concrete 2.47 " in cement 137 " ordinarj' 119 Copper, cast 8.79 542 " rolled 8.78 — 9.00 548 Earth, humus 1.30 — i .So " common, loam, dry, loose ... 76 Earth, common, loam, dry moder- ately rammed 95 " as a soft flowing mud 108 Ebony, (American) i -331 76. Emery 4.00 250 Glass, common window 2 . 64 157 " plate 2.80 175 Gneiss, common 2.40 — 2.70 16S Gold, cast, pure or 24 carat 19.28 12.04 " Pure-hammered 19-33 12.17 Granite 2. 50 — 3 .00 170 Gypsum, cast, dry 0.97 142 Ice 0.8S — o .92 58.7 Iron, cast 7.10 — 7.50 450.5 " wrought 7 . 79 486 ;/2 Lead 11.37 /'- Lignum vitae i-333 83.19 Av.wt. NAMES OF SUBSTANCES. Spec. lbs.i)cr Gravity, cu. ft. Lime 2.30 — 3 . 20 " slacked, ground 1.30 — 1.40 " (luick, ground loose or in small lumjis , 53 " quick; ground loose thoroughly shaken 75 Limestone 2.46 — 2.84 168 loose in irregular fragments 96 iVragnesium I.74 109 Mahogany, Spanish, dry ....0.56 — 1.09 53 " Honduras, dry 35 Majile, dry 0.70 49 Marble 2.52—2.85 Masonry, stone, dry 2.00 — 2.55 ■' of granite or limestone, well dressed 165 " of mortar rubble 154 ^Masonry, brick, dry i.;o — 1.60 of dry rubble 138 Mercury at 32° Fahrenheit ....13.596 849 Mica 2.80 183 Oak, dry 0.69 — 1.03 59 " white, dry 50 " other kinds 32 — 45 " (old) 1. 170 73.10 Petroleum at 59° Fahrenheit ....0.80 55 Pine 0.3 5 — o . 60 " white, dry 25 " yellow. Northern 34 " " Southern 45 Plaster of paris. (average) 2.00 125 Platinum, cast 21.15 13.42 " hannnered 21.3 — 21.15 Quartz, common, jnire 2.5 — 2.80 165 Sand 1.80 113 Sand, fine, dry 1.40 — i . 65 90 — 106 " wet 1.90 — 2.05120 — 140 " coarse 1.40 — i . 50 Sandstone 2.20 — 2.50 151 Silver, cast 10.48 655 " hammered 10.02 Slate 2. to — 2.73 175 Spruce 50 3 ■ • -5 Snow, fresh fallen 0.19 5' — '.2 Soil (conniion) 213. 133 Steel 7.26 — 7.86 jgo Stone (connnon ) 2.52 1 58 Sulphur 1-93 — 2.07 125 Tin, cast 7.2a 459 " rolled "-30 Water, pure rain or distilled at 39'' Fall 1 .00 " pure rain or distilled at 60° Fah. (Standard temp.) .... 62.35 Water, sea i . 03 64 Walnut wood, dry 0.60 — 0.81 ^i Wax, bees 0.95 — o .98 60 . s Zinc, cast 6.90 437.5 " rolled 7.20 362 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY HANDY REFERENCES FOR FOUNDRYMEN Id Weight of Earths, Rocks, etc. \\'eiglu of cu. yd. of Sand about 30 cwt. '■ " " " " Gravel " 30 " •• " " " Marl " 26 " " " " " Claj' " 3 : •' ' ' " Chalk " 36 " " " " " " Sandstone " 39 " " " " Shale " 40 ■' ■■ " " " Quartz " 41 " " " " Granite " 42 " " " " " " Trap " 42 " " " " " Slate " 43 " Earth and clay increase in bulk 1-4 when diis;, but subside. 1-5 in height and decrease 1-6 in bulk when formed into embankments. Sand and gravel increase in bulk i 1-12, when dug. Sand subsides in embankment 1-4 in height; Gravel from i-io to 1-12, according to coarseness. Rock increases 1-2 of its original bulk when excavated. From six hundred to eight hundred pounds of fire clay is enough to lay one thousand brick. Generally, the clay should be soaked and mixed thin, then the brick should be dipped and rubbed close. All brick work should be warmed up slowly to expel moisture, before applying severe heat. It requires seven brick to lay one square foot of four and one-half inch wall, fourteen brick for one square foot of nine-inch wall, and twenty-one brick for one square foot of thirteen- inch wall. One thousand brick, closely stacked occupy abovit fifty-six cubic feet, one thousand old bricks, cleaned and loosely stacked, occupy about seventy-two cubic feet. Quantities of Earth Equal to a Ton Sand, river, as filled into carts 21 cubic feet. Sand, pit .23 .28 Gravel, coarse Marl Clay, stiff Chalk, lump Earth, mold .29 ■33 HANDY RECEIPTS FOR FOUNDRYMEN To Compute the Weight of Cast Iron Ascertain the number of cubic inches in the pieces, and multiply by .2607, and the product will be the weight in pounds. To Prevent Iron From Rusting Warm it, then rub with white wax, put it again to the fire until the wax has pervaded the entire surface, or immerse tools or bright work in boiled linseed oil and allow it to dry on them. Stone and Iron When stone and iron are to be cemented together, use a compound of equal parts of pitch and sulphur. Coppering Iron Iron can be coppered by dipping it into melted copper, the surface of which is protected by a melted layer of cryolite and phosphoric acid, the articles thus treated being heated to the same temperature as the melted copper. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 3G3 To Harden Cast Iron Many times it is very convenient to make an article of cast iron tliat needs to be finished, and which should be very hard. Cast iron can be hardened as easily as steel, and to such a degree of hardness that a tile will not touch it. Take one-half pint of vitriol, one peck of common salt, one-half pound saltpeter, two pounds of alum, one-quarter pound prussic potash, one- quarter pound cyanide of potash, all to be dissolved in ten gallons of soft water. Be sure that all the articles are dissolved. Heat the iron to a cherry red and dip it in the solution. If the article needs to be very hard, heat and dip the second time, and even the third time. Annealing Cast Iron To anneal cast iron, heat it with a slow charcoal fire to a dull red heat, then cover it over about two inches with fine charcoal, then with ashes; let it lie until cold. Hard cast iron can be softened enough in this way to be filed or drilled. '1 his process will be exceedingly useful to iron founders, as by this means there will be a great saving of expense in making new patterns. Case Hardening Place horn, hoof, bone dust, or shreds of leather, together with the article to be case hardened in an iron box subject to a blood red heat, then immerse the article in cold water. Case Hardening with Prussiate of Potash After polishing litat the article to a brijjlit red, rub the surface over with prussiate ot potash, allow it to cool to a dull red, and immerse it in water. Glue to Resist Moisture I pound of glue melted in 2 quarts of skim milk. Marine Glue I of Indian Rubber. 12 mineral naphtha or coal tar. Heat slowly, mix, and add 20 powdered shellac. Pour out on a slab to cool. When used, to be heated to about 250. Liquid Glue Glue, water and vinegar, each two parts. Dissolve in water bath, and add alcohol, i part. Lacquers Used to Preserve Polishes on Brass Lacquers are ordinarly of two kinds: alcohol and products of alcohol. Good alcohol lacquers consist of shellac, and gums of various sorts, to produce colored effects, and are applied by heating the brass. The lacquer most commonly used is made by dissolving i ounce of soljble cotton in a quart of amylacetate and thinned with mixture of amylacetate and fusel oil to consistency desired. Brazing The edges filed or scraped clean and bright, covered with spelter and powdered borax, and exposed in a clear fire to a heat sufficient to melt the solder. 364 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY To Remove Rust from Steel Steel which has been rusted can be cleaned by brushing with a paste comnound of 1-2 ounce <:yanide potassium, 1-2 ounce castile soap, i ounce whiting, and water sufficient tc> form a paste. The steel should be washed with a solution of 1-2 ounce cyanide potassium in 2 ounces water. To Preserve Steel from Rust I Caoutchouc, 16 turpentine, dissolve with a gentle heat, then add 8 parts boiled oil. Mix by bringing them to the heat of boiling water, apply to the steel vvith a brush, in the way of varnish. It may be removed with turpentine. Annealing Steel For small pieces of steel, take a piece of gas-pipe two or three inches in diameter, ami put the pieces in it, first heating one end of the pipe, and drawing it together, leavnig the other end open to look into. W'hen the pieces are of cherry-red, cover the fire with sawdnst, use a charcoal fire and leave the steel in over night. In Turning Steel or Other Hard Metal Use a drip composed of petroleum two parts and turpentine one part. This will insure easy cutting and perfect tools when otherwise the work would stop, owing to the breakage of tools from the severe strain. Tempering Recipes Rosin, 2 pounds, tallow, 2 pounds, pitch, i pound. Melt together and dip the hot steel in it. Salt, 1-2 cupful, saltpeter, 1-2 ounce, alum, pulverized, i teaspoonful, soft water, 9 gallons. Never heat above a cherry red nor draw anj' temper. By melting together i gallon spermacetti oil, 2 pounds tallow, and 1-4 pound wax, a mixture is obtained very convenient for tempering any kind of steel article of .small size. Adding I pound rosin makes it suitable for larger articles. To Solder Without Heat Brass filings, 2 ounces, steel filings, 2 ounces, Fluoric acid, 1-4 ounce. Put the filings in the acid, apply the solution to the parts to be soldered. After thoroughly cleaning the parts in contact, then dress together. Do not keep the fluoric acid in glass bottles, put in lead or earthen vessels. To Soften Steel Cover it vvith clay, heat to a cherry red in a charcoal fire, and let cool over night in the fire. To Temper Steel very Hard Water, 4 parts, flour, 1 part, salt, 2 parts, mixed to a paste. Heat the steel until a coating adheres when dipped into the mixture, then heat to a cherry red and cool in cold soft water. The steel will come out white and very hard. To Temper Steel on One Edge Only nip the edge to be tempered into hot lead until proper color, then temper in ordinary fashion. To Drill Hardened Steel Cover your steel with melted beeswax, when coated and cold, make a hole in the wax with a fine pointed needle or other article the size of holes you require, put a drop of strong nitric acid upon it, after an hour rinse oft and apply again, it will gradually eat through. A mixture of i ounce of sulphate of copper, 1-4 ounce of alum, 1-2 teaspoonful of powdered salt, I gill of vinegar and 20 drops of nitric acid will make a hole in steel that is too hard to cut or file easily. A small hole drilled at the end of a crack in sheet steel will stop it from growing larger. THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 3G» Obermayer's Telegraph Code IN REFERENCE TO ORDERS, SHIPMENTS, TERMS AND DISCOUNTS Questions Regarding Purchasing At what price can you ship? Badge At what price and how soon can you ship ? Bait What quantity can you ship ? Breed How soon can you sliip? ^^^^^ Can you furnish from stock, if not, how long will it take to make ? . . Bank How many have you in stock ? ^^^^ How long will it take to make and ship ? Bark When will you ship our order? Baron Telegraph immediately price F. O. B. factory Beach Name freight rate from your factory to our city Beadle Your offer acceptable, execute order Heaver When did you ship our order ? ^^^^t What is the best you can do ? Beckon Can you ship promptly ? Berth At what discount will you .sell Better Can you do better? ^^^'""et To be delivered in this city ^]'^ See letter ^'^ Please reply immediately by telegram Block Get through rate of freight ^^^^^ If so enter our order ^°^^' Will you accept order? ^°'"^ Will you accept order from ? ^^^'>^ On what basis should order be accepted ? Brush Answers Regarding Purchasing We can ship \'^\ We can shi]) today ^/'^''"^ We can ship tomorrow Cadet We have all in stock and can sh'p at once Canoe We have in stock and can shi]) it Capon We can ship before ^-''^•'^^ We have only but will ship tl.e other size promptly .... Can We have none in stock ^^^ We can ship part from stock, the balance <-'^i'^^ 366 THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY Answers Regarding Purchasing— Continued Impossible for us to fill your order in the time specified Cap We have none in stock, but can ship from factor}- . . Cater None of the goods 3'ou order are in stock Cargo If ordered immediately Chic Immediately on receipt of order Choke On receipt of order Chess After receipt of order Chat "Will ship earlier if possible Clear We can promise definitely Coal We can quote you discount on Clay We can change present discount Clock For immediate acceptance Coast For acceptance within Clamp Delivery in your city Coat Price as per our recent quotation Cog Price as per our last invoice Coach Can not send exactly what you order Cob Shall we substitute ?..... Coax Free on board at Comb Less freight allowance per 100 pounds of Cold We have entered your order for Colony We will accept order Child We do not sell Consist In less than Consul Please specify sizes Copj^ Your telegram is not clear, please repeat Cool We cannot secure rate to Cost Reply immediately by our code Crown Subject to immediate reply by wire Crop Please wire reply to our telegram of Coil Phrases for Ordering Wanted at once, when will 3-ou ship? Answer by telegraph Duet Enter order for Duty Duplicate order Drum Ship at once anj' portion of order Draw Hasten shipment ot Down We are entirely out Drawn We must have Debit Order of the Dr}- If not already executed cancel Dock Cancel balance of order Docket Cancel order unless shipped by Diver Ship what you have ready and balance as soon as possible Doctor THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY 307 Phrases for Ordering— Continued Ship via rail Dean Ship via canal Debate Ship via fast freight • ■ ^^^^^ Ship via river Deck Ship via express Deed Ship via cheapest route • Degree Ship via quickest route ■ ^^^^^ Ship to-day sure . . • ^^'^ Ship as soon as possible I^od Questions: Orders and Shipments When can you ship? Echo When will you ship ? Electro If not, when will you ship ? Error Have you shipped order? I^"" Have you shipped us any ? Eddy Shall we ship the sizes we have in stock Ebony Shall we enter order? ^^^^'^3' Please send shipping instructions l-.ducate Shall we ship from Chicago or Pittsburg factory ? Emblem Shall we ship from Cincinnati ? ' • -Enlist Shall we ship from Larimer? Epoch Shall we ship from Harvey by express or by freight Excess Shall we make shipment C. O. 1) Essay Have you entered order and when will you ship Esteem Answers: Orders and Shipments We will ship ^7'"-^' We will ship at once ^f-^ We will ship on ^[^''^^ We will try to ship ^''^^'^ We have shipped ^''"'^ We have shipped per ^■l"'^^ We shipped your order on ^'''''" We expect to ship on the lorge We have not shipped •''''^"J We will hold order for the shall we ship balance witliout lliem . Mood We cannot secure car immediately I'oundry We will not ship until we hear further from you I^"ll :;(;8 the s, obermayer company Questions Regarding Forwarding, Tracing, Etc. Trace quick goods on invoice of Ibex Duplicate and ship at once goods on invoice of Idea Trace following goods short on invoice of Ignore Duplicate and ship quick following goods short on invoice of . . . . Induce- Advise quick wa3-billing reference to invoice of Island Advise quick date of forwarding routing, car number and initial, in- voice of Ivy Answers Regarding Forwarding, Tracing, Etc. We are tracing goods on invoice of Jab We will duplicate awd ship at once, invoice of Jade We are tracing goods reported short on invoice of Jangle We will duplicate and ship immediately, goods reported short on in- voice of Jail Following is wa3-billing reference to invoice of Jamb Following is date of forwarding routing, car number and initial, in- voice of Jasper Phrases Regarding Time We will ship immediateU- Hack Last of this week Habit Early next week Hope Last of next week Happy- First week in Lleap W^e will ship to-morrow Hand Second week in Heed About the middle of Hear W^ithin three da^-s Hold WMthin four days Hood W^ithin five da5'S Heron W'ithin one week Hide Within ten days Honor Within two weeks , Horn Within three weeks Hero Within four weeks • ■ Horse Within two months Hedge TERMS Net cash thirt\^ days Kid Net cash sixty da3-s Knock Draft attached to bill of lading Knead. Less 2 percent if paid in ten days Keel Less I percent if paid in ten daj'S Knit Usual terms Kill 60 days 2 percent cash 10 days Kului THE S.OBERMAYER COMPANY 369 Discounts Percent) 1 percent Gale 2 " Gave lYz " •■ • Gain 3 " c;iad 5 " ■ Gold S and 2}i " Given Goal ' ■ • Good ' Guard ' Grand ' Grade ' Ge3-.ser ' Ginger ' Gem ' Genial ' Gentle ' Garter ' Great f;iddy Girdle (ilory Glend " Glore Gobble Glove 1' Gri]i Grotto 1% lO 12/^ 15 20 25 30 35 40 40 and 5 40 and 10 40-10 and 5 40-10 and 1% 40-10 and 10 50 50 and 5 50 and 10 50-10 and 10 60 60 and 5 60 and 10 Prices on All Equipments in Catalogue Subject to Liberal Discount; Market Prices Governing (Quotations. Correspondence Solicited. 370 THE S. OBERMAYER COMPANY T X 7'E have endeavored to give you a complete catalogue of Foundry Facings, Supplies and Equipments, and if we have omitted any- thing, and there is any special article wanted in the foundry not herein enumerated, write us and we will be pleased to give you the necessary information regarding same. OUR. AIM IS TO SERVE OUR CUSTOMERS TO THE BEST OF OUR ABILITY PROMPT SHIPMENTS BEST GOODS RIGHT PRICES We have full descriptive circulars of the different articles mentioned, and are always willing to send same to those interested. We assure you all matters will have our prompt and careful atten- tion. Shipments Made from Nearest Factory to Your Foundry All Goods Listed in Catalogue Subject to Discount ■■ V.\BR^'^'' OF CONGRE^^ 003 3A8 420 7